WO2023103969A1 - Surgical instrument - Google Patents

Surgical instrument Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023103969A1
WO2023103969A1 PCT/CN2022/136620 CN2022136620W WO2023103969A1 WO 2023103969 A1 WO2023103969 A1 WO 2023103969A1 CN 2022136620 W CN2022136620 W CN 2022136620W WO 2023103969 A1 WO2023103969 A1 WO 2023103969A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
rod
driving
instrument
tube
hook
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/136620
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孙培原
吴渡江
王建辰
Original Assignee
深圳市精锋医疗科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202111482180.8A external-priority patent/CN116269774A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111479782.8A external-priority patent/CN116269805A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111482143.7A external-priority patent/CN116269772A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111482178.0A external-priority patent/CN116269807A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111482124.4A external-priority patent/CN116269771A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111482166.8A external-priority patent/CN116269773A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111479754.6A external-priority patent/CN116269804A/en
Application filed by 深圳市精锋医疗科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市精锋医疗科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2023103969A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023103969A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets

Definitions

  • This specification relates to the field of medical instruments, in particular to a surgical instrument, a slave operating device using the surgical instrument, and a surgical robot with the slave operating device.
  • Minimally invasive surgery refers to a surgical method that uses modern medical instruments such as laparoscopy and thoracoscopy and related equipment to perform surgery inside the human cavity. Compared with traditional surgical methods, minimally invasive surgery has the advantages of less trauma, less pain, and faster recovery.
  • a minimally invasive surgical robot usually includes a main operation console and a slave operation device.
  • the master operation console is used to send control commands to the slave operation device according to the doctor's operation to control the slave operation device. control commands and perform corresponding surgical operations.
  • a surgical instrument that can be detached from the operating device is connected to the operating device.
  • the surgical instrument includes a driving device and an end effector for performing surgery, as well as a long shaft for connecting the end effector and the driving device.
  • the driving device is used for Connect the surgical instrument to the slave operating device and receive the driving force from the slave operating device to drive the movement of the end effector.
  • the driving device is connected to the end effector through a cable, and the driving device controls the movement of the end effector through the cable.
  • Minimally invasive surgical robots have high requirements for the mechanical stability and reliability of surgical instruments, otherwise, mechanical failure of surgical instruments may bring risks to patients.
  • the embodiments of this specification are dedicated to providing a surgical instrument, a slave operating device, and a surgical robot with very stable mechanical properties.
  • the embodiment of this specification provides a surgical instrument, including: a pipe extending along the longitudinal direction and having a first end and a second end; wherein, the first end is used for installing a terminal instrument;
  • the driving rod of the terminal instrument; the end of the driving rod away from the first end is formed with a first surface facing the first end and a second surface facing away from the first end;
  • a drive device coupled to the second end of the drive device can apply a force to the first surface and/or the second surface to move the drive rod along the longitudinal direction.
  • Embodiments of the specification also provide a surgical instrument, including an end effector for performing surgery, and further including:
  • the terminal instrument has an instrument outer tube for being socketed with the tube, as well as an anvil and a nail seat; the part of the instrument outer tube sleeved on the tube is matched with the outer tube connector, so that The instrument outer tube can be driven by the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction to drive the anvil of the terminal instrument to open or close relative to the nail seat.
  • Embodiments of the present specification also provide a surgical instrument, including: a driving device, a firing rod assembly, and a terminal instrument;
  • the drive device includes a casing, a firing drive unit accommodated in the casing, and the firing drive unit outputs a rotational driving force;
  • the firing rod assembly includes a firing rod limiter fixedly connected to the casing, the firing rod is circumferentially limited by the firing rod limiter, and the firing rod is driven to rotate by the rotational driving force of the firing drive unit.
  • a rod driving part; the firing rod moves along a straight line under the driving of the firing rod driving part to fire the terminal instrument to move.
  • the embodiment of this specification provides a slave operating device, including at least one mechanical arm, the mechanical arm includes a plurality of joints and an actuating device, and the multiple joints are linked to realize the movement of multiple degrees of freedom of the actuating device,
  • the surgical instrument described in the foregoing embodiments is detachably mounted on the actuating device.
  • the embodiments of this specification provide a surgical robot, including a master operation console and the slave operation device described in the foregoing embodiment, where the slave operation device performs surgical operations on the human body according to the instructions of the master operation console.
  • the surgical instrument provided by the embodiment of the present specification adopts the driving rod as the element for triggering the terminal instrument, and the driving rod is provided with two opposite surfaces, ie, a first surface and a second surface. In this way, force can be applied to the first surface and/or the second surface respectively, so as to push the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly. This way of driving the driving rod to move is very direct and stable, which improves the mechanical reliability of the surgical instrument.
  • the end device provided by the embodiment of this specification, by setting the device outer tube that can move relative to the knife rest of the end device, realizes that when the device outer tube moves along the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube of the long axis assembly, it can stably make The anvil and the nail seat of the terminal instrument rotate relatively to realize opening or closing, which provides better mechanical stability.
  • the surgical instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification, by setting the firing rod limiter fixed relative to the casing of the driving device, on the basis of limiting the firing rod in the circumferential direction, it also realizes the firing rod along the longitudinal direction. guiding role. Further, the rotation of the firing rod driving part can be converted into the linear motion of the firing rod inside the driving device.
  • Fig. 1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the main operation console provided by the embodiment of this specification;
  • Fig. 2 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the use scene of the slave operating device provided by the implementation of this specification;
  • Fig. 3 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the surgical instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Figure 4 is an exploded schematic diagram of the top plate, bottom plate and support frame of the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure inside the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Figure 6 is an exploded schematic diagram of the installation structure of the rotation tube, the bottom plate and the driven wheel provided by the embodiment of this specification;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic exploded perspective view of a part of the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the driving device provided by the embodiment of the present specification along the axis X of the long shaft assembly;
  • Fig. 9 is a three-dimensional exploded schematic diagram of some components in the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the driving device provided by the embodiment of the present specification along the axis X of the long shaft assembly;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the driving device provided in FIG. 8 along the line Y-Y;
  • Fig. 12 is a partial perspective view of the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of the present specification with the first fastener and the second fastener installed;
  • Figure 13 is an exploded view of the partial perspective view shown in Figure 12; wherein, the rotation tube is partially cut away to show the internal structure;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the partial perspective view shown in FIG. 12 along the axial direction of the long axis assembly;
  • Figure 15 shows a schematic cross-sectional view along the line Z-Z shown in Figure 14;
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic perspective view of the installation state of a driving rod and a fastener provided in the embodiment of this specification;
  • Figure 17 is a schematic front view of the body limiter provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic side view of the body stopper shown in Fig. 17;
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic front view of the first assembly cap provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic bottom view of the first assembly cap shown in Figure 19;
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic perspective view of the driving device and the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of this specification;
  • Fig. 22 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the rotation tube hook provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 23 is a schematic perspective view of the terminal device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the end instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Figure 25 shows a partial perspective view of the knife holder and the pusher rod provided by the embodiment of this specification
  • Figure 26 is a partial perspective view of the firing rod provided by the embodiment of the present specification.
  • Fig. 27 is a partial cross-sectional schematic view of the end device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 28 is a partial cross-sectional schematic view of the terminal device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 29 is a partial perspective view of the end device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • FIG. 30 is a partial perspective view of the drive rod provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • FIG. 31 is a perspective schematic view of the fastening tube provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic perspective view of the internal structure of the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 33 is a partially exploded perspective view of the firing rod provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic perspective view of the internal structure of the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 35 is a schematic structural view of the end instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification.
  • Fig. 36 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the first end of the autorotation tube of the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of the present specification.
  • Main operating console 100 Slave operating equipment 200
  • Mechanical arm 210
  • Actuation device 220 Surgical instrument 300 Drive device 310
  • the second side 361 The groove wall 369 The first annular groove 365
  • the first drive unit 367 The first center hole 377a
  • the first drive shaft assembly 373 The first connecting assembly 376 The first central hole 377b
  • the first driving shaft 374 The through hole 382 The first connecting shaft 378
  • the first shift fork cover plate 385 The first annular groove 387 The housing 381
  • the first shift fork body 383 The nut 388 The bottom surface 389
  • the second shift fork 409 The second drive shaft assembly 411 The groove wall 407
  • the second center hole 415b The second shift fork body 417 The second center hole 415a
  • the second through hole 433 The firing rod assembly 435 The first through hole 431
  • the second section 439 The driving wheel 475
  • the first section 437
  • Rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 Top plate 481 Rotation tube drive unit 471
  • the second driving part 418 The nut 426
  • the first guide shaft 468 The base 472 The first guide seat 474
  • Rotation tube drive unit 471 Autorotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 Driving wheel 475
  • the second guide shaft 476 The second guide hole 478
  • the third through hole 482 The first fastener 502 The first section 504
  • the second section 506 The second fastener 508
  • the third section 510
  • the fourth section 512 The main body connecting part 514 The second section groove 522
  • the first fastener body 518 The first groove 520 The first notch 528
  • the first stop wall 524 The second stop wall 526 Body limiter 534
  • the second gap 530 The first opening window 532
  • the first component cap 542 The brim of the hat 543 The hook for the rotation tube 560
  • the first hook arm 580 The second hook arm 582 The second hook stop surface 584
  • Circumferential flange 612 Flange step 614 Flange side 616
  • Toolholder groove 618 Toolbar connector 620 Connecting groove 622
  • the first pull rod 704 The top surface of the nail seat 700
  • the swing rod assembly 702 The first pull rod 704
  • the fourth tie rod 710 The second tie rod 706 The third tie rod 708
  • the third pin shaft 718 The first pin shaft 712 The second pin shaft 716
  • the first outer pipe section 724 The fourth pin shaft 720
  • Arc groove 800 Second outer pipe section 726 Outer pipe joint 728
  • Second manual shaft 825 Intermediate pinion gear 822 Intermediate large gear 824
  • the second knob 823 The second manual large gear 826 The second limit frame 828
  • the third drive member 852 The third connection assembly 848 The third drive shaft 850
  • Shaft fixing piece 858 The third connecting piece body 854 Shaft fixing piece 856
  • Second transition gear 864 Third drive shaft gear shaft 860 Manual drive unit 862
  • the first manual shaft 870 The first manual wheel assembly 866 The first knob 868
  • a minimally invasive surgical robot generally includes a slave operating device and a master operating console.
  • FIG. 1 shows a main operation console 100 according to an embodiment of the present specification.
  • FIG. 2 shows a slave operating device 200 according to an embodiment of the present specification.
  • the surgeon can perform relevant control operations on the slave operating device 200 on the master operating console 100 , and the slave operating device 200 performs surgical operations on the human body according to input instructions from the master operating console 100 .
  • the master operating console 100 and the slave operating equipment 200 can be placed in the same operating room, or in different rooms, and even the master operating console 100 and the slave operating equipment 200 can be far apart.
  • the master operation console 100 and the slave operation device 200 are respectively located in different cities.
  • the master operation console 100 and the slave operation device 200 may perform data transmission in a wired manner, or may perform data transmission in a wireless manner.
  • the master operation console 100 and the slave operation device 200 are located in the same operating room, and the data transmission between the two is carried out in a wired manner. Long-distance data transmission through 5G wireless signals.
  • the slave operating device 200 includes a mechanical arm 210 and an actuating device 220 disposed at a distal end of the mechanical arm 210 .
  • the surgical instrument 300 for performing surgical operations is connected to the actuating device 220 , and the actuating device 220 drives the surgical instrument 300 to move through a plurality of actuators inside the actuating device 220 .
  • multiple surgical instruments 300 can be connected to one actuator 220, and the distal ends of multiple surgical instruments 300 enter the human body through one incision, thereby reducing the number of surgical incisions and making postoperative recovery faster.
  • the slave operating device 200 can also have multiple robotic arms, and multiple surgical instruments 300 can also be installed on different robotic arms, and the end instruments 300 of different surgical instruments 300 can enter the human body through different incisions. .
  • surgical instrument 300 includes:
  • a pipe extending along the lengthwise direction and having a first end 351 and a second end 353; wherein the first end 351 is used to install a terminal instrument 321; a driving rod for driving the terminal instrument 321 is provided in the pipe;
  • the end away from the first end 351 is formed with a first surface facing the first end 351 and a second surface facing away from the first end;
  • the end of the driving rod away from the first end 351 is provided with a flange that deviates from the longitudinal direction; the flange has the first surface and the second surface; the driving device 310 has a flange along the An annular groove extending in the circumferential direction of the pipe, the flange of the driving rod is at least partially accommodated in the annular groove, so that the driving device 310 can drive the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction;
  • the drive rod is limited relative to the circumferential direction of the pipe.
  • the pipe is an autorotation tube 427, and the driving device 310 can drive the autorotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the flange of the driving rod moves along the annular groove.
  • the drive device includes a drive rod drive unit, the drive rod drive unit includes a shift fork provided with an annular groove, and a drive shaft assembly that is rotatably coupled with the shift fork; the shift fork can be driven by the drive shaft assembly and move along the axial direction of the drive shaft assembly to drive the drive rod to move along the longitudinal direction.
  • one or more driving rods can be arranged in the rotation tube 427. Specifically, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7-9 , two driving rods are arranged in the rotation tube 427. The second driving rod 393 .
  • the first driving rod 355 can be limited relative to the circumference of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the end of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end is provided with a first flange 363 deviated from the longitudinal direction; the first flange 363 has a first surface 359 and a second surface 361 .
  • the driving device 310 has a first annular groove 365 extending along the circumference of the rotation tube 427, and the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 is at least partially accommodated in the first annular groove 365, so that the driving device 310 can move along the longitudinal direction.
  • the long direction drives the first driving rod 355 to move.
  • the driving device 310 can drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 moves along the first annular groove 365 .
  • the driving rod driving unit used to drive the first driving rod 355 is a first driving unit 367
  • the first driving unit 367 includes a first driving unit provided with a first annular groove 365.
  • the axial direction and the longitudinal direction of the first driving shaft assembly 373 tend to be parallel.
  • the driving device 310 also includes a first guide shaft 468 guiding the first shift fork 371; A guide hole 464 ; the first guide shaft 468 passes through the first guide hole 464 and is in clearance fit with the first guide hole 464 .
  • the driving device 310 further includes a first guide seat 474 sleeved on the first guide shaft 468 and fixedly connected with the first shift fork 371 .
  • a third surface 397 facing the first end and a fourth surface 401 facing away from the first end are formed at the end of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end.
  • the driving device 310 can apply a force to the third surface 397 and/or the fourth surface 401 to make the second driving rod 393 move along the longitudinal direction.
  • the drive rod driving unit that drives the second drive rod 393 is the second drive unit 405 , and the configuration of the second drive unit 405 is basically the same as that of the first drive unit.
  • the configuration of the second drive unit 405 is basically the same as that of the first drive unit.
  • a surgical instrument 300 may include a driving device 310 , a long shaft assembly 320 and a terminal instrument 321 .
  • the major axis assembly 320 may include an autorotation tube 427 extending in a lengthwise direction, a firing rod assembly 435 and a drive rod at least partially housed within the autorotation tube 427 .
  • the long shaft assembly 320 has a first end 351 and a second end 353 along the lengthwise direction. The first end 351 of the long shaft assembly 320 can be installed with the terminal instrument 321 , and the second end 353 of the long shaft assembly 320 is coupled with the driving device 310 .
  • End instrument 321 may include wrist and/or end effector 340 .
  • the driving device 310 may be engaged with the actuating device 220 .
  • Multiple drive units within drive assembly 310 may manipulate wrist and/or end effector 340 through long shaft assembly 320 .
  • End effector 340 may be an instrument that performs functions such as cauterization, shearing, cutting, clamping, or imaging.
  • the first end 351 of the long shaft assembly 320 may only be connected to the wrist, and actions such as pressing or provoking tissues are performed through the movement of the wrist.
  • the end instrument 321 can have at least a first mode. In the first mode, the end instrument 321 can rotate and swing.
  • the end instrument 321 can also have a second mode. In the second mode, the end instrument 321 is movable.
  • the casing 381 of the driving device 310 can provide stable support for the internal structure.
  • the housing 381 of the driving device 310 may mainly include a top plate 481, a bottom plate 483, a support frame 485, and a shell connected to the top plate 481 and the bottom plate 483 (not shown in FIG. 4 , as shown in FIG. 3 ).
  • the supporting frame 485 is fixedly connected with the top board 481 and the bottom board 483 .
  • the rotation tube 427 extends along the longitudinal direction to form the first end 351 and the second end 353 .
  • the self-rotating tube 427 can be hollow as a whole to form a hollow tube.
  • the driving device 310 can provide a rotational driving force to the spinning tube 427 .
  • the rotation tube 427 can rotate under the action of the rotation driving force.
  • an autorotation tube driving unit 471 for driving the autorotation tube 427 to rotate may be disposed in the driving device 310 .
  • the autorotation tube drive unit 471 may include: the autorotation tube drive shaft assembly 473, the drive wheel 475 sleeved on the autorotation tube drive shaft assembly 473, the driven wheel 477 fixedly connected with the autorotation tube 427, and the drive wheel 475 and Transmission member 479 on the driven wheel 477.
  • the rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 can be driven to rotate by the actuator of the actuating device 220 . Because the driving wheel 475 is fixedly connected with the rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 . In this way, the driving wheel 475 can rotate together with the rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 . The rotation of the driving wheel 475 will drive the transmission part 479, and then the transmission part 479 can drive the driven wheel 477 to rotate. The driven wheel 477 is fixedly connected with the rotation tube 427, so that the driven wheel 477 can drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate together. Furthermore, the rotation tube driving unit 471 drives the rotation tube 427 to rotate.
  • the driven wheel 477 may include a driven wheel body 442 and a rotation tube fixing member 444 .
  • the driven wheel body 442 can be sleeved on the rotation tube 427 , and the rotation tube fixing member 444 can be fixedly connected with the driven wheel body 442 to fasten the driven wheel 477 on the rotation tube 427 . Further, the rotation tube fixing member 444 can be fixedly connected with the driven wheel body 442 by means of screws or rivets.
  • the transmission member 479 has certain flexibility, and it can be wound on the driving wheel 475 and the driven wheel 477 .
  • the material of the transmission member 479 can be steel wire, belt and so on. No specific limitation is made here.
  • the long shaft assembly 320 is provided with a first driving rod 355 for driving the terminal instrument 321; an end 357 of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 is formed with a The first surface 359 facing the first end 351 and the second surface 361 facing away from the first end 351 .
  • the driving device 310 is coupled to the second end 353 of the long shaft assembly 320 .
  • the driving device 310 can apply force to the first surface 359 and/or the second surface 361 to move the first driving rod 355 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the first driving rod 355 can move away from the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the driving device 310 applies a force to the second surface 361 of the first driving rod 355
  • the first driving rod 355 can approach the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction. In this way, stable driving of the first driving rod 355 to move along the lengthwise direction can be achieved.
  • the first driving rod 355 can further drive the corresponding function of the terminal instrument 321 .
  • the movement of the first driving rod 355 along the longitudinal direction can trigger the movement of the end instrument 321 in the first mode.
  • the first driving rod 355 can be limited relative to the circumference of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the rotation tube 427 can be driven by the driving device 310 to rotate relative to the axis X of the rotation tube 427, so that the end instrument 321 can be driven to rotate, and then the position and angle of the end effector 340 can be adjusted to facilitate the operation.
  • the first driving rod 355 can be circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 . That is, when the rotation tube 427 rotates relative to the axis X thereof, the first driving rod 355 will also rotate around the axis X of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first driving rod 355 can also rotate around the axis X of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the relative position of the first driving rod 355 in the rotation tube 427 can be stably maintained, which improves the stability of the surgical instrument 300 .
  • the end 357 of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 is provided with a first flange 363 deviated from the longitudinal direction.
  • the first flange 363 has the first face 359 and the second face 361 .
  • the extension direction of the first flange 363 may deviate from the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the extension direction of the first flange 363 may have an acute angle or a right angle with the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first flange 363 has two surfaces, and one surface faces the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the first surface 359 .
  • One surface faces away from the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the second surface 361 .
  • first driving rod 355 By forming a first flange 363 on the first driving rod 355 , and forming the first face 359 and the second face 361 on the first flange 363 . In this way, structurally, it is convenient to drive the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first flange 363 can be integrally formed with the first driving rod 355 . In this way, there is a better combination between the two.
  • the first flange 363 and the first driving rod 355 can also be independent components, and they can be connected through appropriate connection methods.
  • the end 357 of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 may be provided with a groove (not shown in the figure).
  • the surface of the side wall of the groove facing the first end 351 can be used as the first surface 359
  • the surface of the side wall of the groove facing away from the first end 351 can be used as the second surface 361 .
  • the end surface of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 may serve as the second surface 361 .
  • those skilled in the art can also make other changes under the inspiration of the implementation modes of this specification, but as long as the functions and effects realized are the same or similar to the functions and effects disclosed in multiple implementation modes of the specification, all changes should be covered. within the scope of protection claimed in this case.
  • the driving device 310 may have a first annular groove 365 extending along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 is at least partially accommodated in the first annular groove 365, so that the driving device 310 can drive the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction. .
  • a driving unit 367 of the driving device 310 may be provided with a first annular groove 365 for at least partially receiving the first flange 363 .
  • a force can be applied to the second surface 361 of the first flange 363 through the groove wall 369 of the first annular groove 365, so that the first driving rod 355 moves toward the first driving rod 355 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427.
  • Terminal 351 moves.
  • Force can also be applied to the first surface 359 of the first flange 363 through the groove wall 369 of the first annular groove 365, so that the first driving rod 355 moves toward the second end along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427. 353 moves.
  • a part of the first flange 363 protrudes from the first driving rod 355 and can partly extend into the first annular groove 365 .
  • the part of the first flange 363 protruding from the first driving rod 355 can also be completely accommodated in the first annular groove 365 .
  • the driving device 310 may be able to drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 moves along the first annular groove 365 .
  • the first annular groove 365 can provide a moving space for the first flange 363 along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the driving device 310 may drive the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 while driving the rotation tube 427 to rotate. In this way, the execution efficiency of multiple surgical instruments 300 can be improved, and the operation time can be reduced to a certain extent.
  • the driving unit 367 provided with the first annular groove 365 is named as the first driving unit 367 .
  • the first drive unit 367 may include: a first shift fork 371 provided with the first annular groove 365, and a first shift fork 371 rotatably engaged with the first shift fork 371 A drive shaft assembly 373.
  • the first shift fork 371 can be driven by the first drive shaft assembly 373 to move along the axial direction of the first drive shaft assembly 373 so as to drive the first drive rod 355 along the longitudinal direction. direction to move.
  • the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first drive shaft assembly 373 , and a first transmission structure is arranged between the first drive shaft assembly 373 .
  • the first transmission structure can convert the rotation of the first drive shaft assembly 373 into the linear motion of the first shift fork 371 .
  • the first transmission structure may adopt a screw structure.
  • the first transmission structure may also be configured as a structure in which a cam cooperates with a cam groove. That is, a cam slot is provided on the first drive shaft assembly 373 , and a cam that can slide along the cam slot is provided on the first shift fork 371 . In this way, the first transmission structure can convert the rotation of the first drive shaft assembly 373 into the linear movement of the first shift fork 371 through the cooperation of the cam and the cam groove.
  • the first shift fork 371 corresponds to the center of the first annular groove 365 and is provided with a first center hole 377a.
  • the first central hole 377 a of the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the first shift fork 371 and the firing rod driving member 448 can relatively move along the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly 320 .
  • the firing rod driver 448 is constrained on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 .
  • the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first driving shaft assembly 373 and the firing rod driving member 448 at the same time, so that when the first driving shaft assembly 373 drives the first shift fork 371 to move, due to the blocking of the firing rod driving member 448, So that the first shift fork 371 will not rotate relative to the first drive shaft assembly 373 .
  • the first driving rod 355 can also prevent the first shift fork 371 from rotating relative to the first driving shaft assembly 373 .
  • the first fork 371 may include a first fork body 383 and a first fork cover 385 .
  • the first shift fork body 383 is formed with a first annular groove 387
  • the first center hole 377 a is located at the center of the first annular groove 387 , and the two may have the same centerline.
  • the first shift fork cover plate 385 is mated with the first shift fork body 383 to form a first annular groove 365 .
  • the center of the first shift fork cover plate 385 has a first center hole 377b. In this way, the first shift fork 371 can be sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the diameter of the first central hole 377 b of the first shift fork cover plate 385 is larger than the outer diameter of the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • An annular space is formed between the first shift fork cover plate 385 and the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the first driving rod 355 can extend from the annular space into the first annular groove 365 , so that the first flange 363 is at least partially received in the first annular groove 365 .
  • the first driving rod 355 can move along the annular space, so that the first driving rod 355 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first shift fork cover plate 385 and the first shift fork body 383 can be fixedly connected. Specifically, screws, rivets, or buckle structures can be used to realize the position limitation for the two. Of course, glue can also be used to bond the two.
  • the second surface 361 can be in contact with the bottom surface 389 of the first annular groove 387, and the first surface 359 can be in contact with the first shift fork.
  • the axial direction of the first drive shaft assembly 373 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction. Since the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first drive shaft assembly 373 , when the first drive shaft assembly 373 drives the first shift fork 371 to move, the first shift fork 371 will move along the first drive shaft assembly 373 . Since the first driving shaft assembly 373 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , the first shift fork 371 drives the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first driving shaft assembly 373 is installed on the driving device 310 .
  • the first drive shaft assembly 373 may mainly include a first drive shaft 374 , a first connection assembly 376 , a first connection shaft 378 and a first drive member 380 .
  • the first drive shaft 374 passes through the through hole 382 of the first shift fork body 383 , so that the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first drive shaft assembly 373 .
  • the top plate 481 defines a through hole 384 corresponding to the first driving shaft 374 , and the first driving shaft 374 is mounted to the through hole 384 through a bearing 386 . In this way, the first driving shaft 374 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
  • a nut 388 is connected to a portion of the first driving shaft 374 protruding from the through hole 384 .
  • a portion of the first drive shaft 374 in contact with the bearing 386 is provided with a stepped surface. Furthermore, through the cooperation of the stepped surface, the bearing 386 and the nut 388 , the position of the first drive shaft 374 relative to the top plate 481 is limited, and the first drive shaft 374 is allowed to rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
  • the first link assembly 376 can include a first link body 390 , a shaft mount 392 and a shaft mount 394 .
  • the first connection assembly 376 may be used to connect the first drive shaft 374 and the first connection shaft 378 .
  • the shaft fixing member 392 can fixedly connect the first driving shaft 374 with the first connecting member body 390 .
  • the shaft fixing part 394 can fixedly connect the first connecting shaft 378 with the first connecting part body 390 .
  • the foregoing fixed connection methods may include, but are not limited to, screws or rivets. In this way, the first driving shaft 374 is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft 378 .
  • the first connecting shaft 378 can be installed in the through hole 398 of the bottom plate 483 through the bearing 396 .
  • the first connecting shaft 378 can rotate relative to the bottom plate 483 , so that the first driving shaft assembly 373 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 and the bottom plate 383 .
  • the first driving member 380 is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft 378 .
  • the first driving member 380 can be used to receive the power input of the actuator of the actuating device 220 .
  • the first drive shaft assembly 373 is driven to rotate.
  • the first surface 359 and the second surface 361 of the first driving lever 355 may receive the force exerted by the first shift fork 371 at the same time. At this time, under the resultant force of the forces received by the first surface 359 and the second surface 361 , the first driving rod 355 is moved along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • a second driving rod 393 for driving the terminal instrument 321 is arranged inside the rotation tube 427; a facing The third surface 397 of the first end 351 and the fourth surface 399 facing away from the first end 351 .
  • the driving device 310 can apply force to the third surface 397 and/or the fourth surface 399 to move the second driving rod 393 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the second driving rod 393 can move away from the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the second driving rod 393 can approach the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction. In this way, it is possible to stably drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the lengthwise direction.
  • the second driving rod 393 can further activate the corresponding function of the end instrument 321 .
  • the second driving rod 393 can move along the longitudinal direction, triggering the movement of the end instrument 321 in the second mode.
  • the second driving rod 393 is limited relative to the rotation tube 427 in the circumferential direction.
  • the rotation tube 427 can be driven by the driving device 310 to rotate relative to the axis of the rotation tube 427, so that the end instrument 321 can be driven to swing, and then the position and angle of the end instrument 321 can be adjusted to facilitate the operation.
  • the second driving rod 393 can be circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 . That is, when the rotation tube 427 rotates relative to the axis X thereof, the second driving rod 393 will also rotate around the axis X of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the second driving rod 393 can also rotate around the axis of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the relative position of the second driving rod 393 in the rotation tube 427 can be stably maintained, which improves the stability of the surgical instrument 300 .
  • the end 395 of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end 351 is provided with a second flange 401 that deviates from the longitudinal direction; the second flange 401 has the first three sides 397 and the fourth side 399 .
  • the extension direction of the second flange 401 may deviate from the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the extension direction of the second flange 401 may have an acute angle or a right angle with the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the second flange 401 has two surfaces, and one surface faces the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the third surface 397 .
  • One surface faces away from the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the fourth surface 399 .
  • the second flange 401 can be integrally formed with the second driving rod 393 . In this way, there is a better combination between the two.
  • the second flange 401 and the second driving rod 393 may also be independent components, and they are connected by appropriate connection methods.
  • the end 395 of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end 351 may be provided with a groove (not shown in the figure).
  • the surface of the side wall of the groove facing the first end 351 can be used as the third surface 397
  • the end surface of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end 351 can be used as the fourth surface 399 .
  • those skilled in the art can also make other changes under the inspiration of the implementation modes of this specification, but as long as the functions and effects realized are the same or similar to the functions and effects disclosed in multiple implementation modes of the specification, all changes should be covered. within the scope of protection claimed in this case.
  • the driving device 310 has a second annular groove 403 extending in the circumferential direction of the rotation tube 427, and the second flange 401 of the second driving rod 393 is at least partially received in the first annular groove 403. inside the two annular grooves 403, so that the driving device 310 can drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction.
  • each driving unit may be used to perform a corresponding driving function.
  • a driving unit of the driving device 310 may be provided with a second annular groove 403 for at least partially receiving the second flange 401 .
  • a force can be applied to the fourth surface 399 of the second flange 401 through the groove wall 407 of the second annular groove 403 , so that the second driving rod 393 moves toward the first Terminal 351 moves.
  • a force can also be applied to the third surface 397 of the second flange 401 through the groove wall 407 of the second annular groove 403, so that the second driving rod 393 moves toward the second end along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427. 353 moves.
  • the part of the second flange 401 protruding from the second driving rod 393 may partly extend into the second annular groove 403 .
  • the part of the second flange 401 protruding from the second driving rod 393 may also be completely accommodated in the second annular groove 403 .
  • the driving device 310 can drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the second flange 401 of the second driving rod 393 moves along the second annular groove 403 .
  • the driving device 310 may be able to drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the second flange 401 of the second driving rod 393 moves along the second annular groove 403 .
  • the second annular groove 403 can provide a moving space for the second flange 401 along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the driving device 310 drives the rotation tube 427 to rotate
  • the second driving rod 393 can rotate together without affecting the position of the second driving rod 393 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the driving device 310 may drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 while driving the rotation tube 427 to rotate. In this way, the execution efficiency of multiple surgical instruments 300 can be improved, and the operation time can be reduced to a certain extent.
  • the driving device 310 includes a second driving unit 405, as shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 8, the second driving unit 405 includes a second shift fork 409 provided with the second annular groove 403 , and the second drive shaft assembly 411 that is rotationally fitted with the second shift fork 409; the second shift fork 409 can be driven by the second drive shaft assembly 411 along the second drive shaft assembly 411 to drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction.
  • the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 , and a second transmission structure 413 is disposed between the second drive shaft assembly 411 .
  • the second transmission structure 413 can convert the rotation of the second drive shaft assembly 411 into the linear motion of the second shift fork 409 .
  • the second transmission structure 413 may be a screw structure.
  • the second transmission structure 409 may also be configured as a structure in which a cam cooperates with a cam groove. That is, a cam slot is provided on the second drive shaft assembly 411 , and a cam that can slide along the cam slot is provided on the second shift fork 409 . In this way, the second transmission structure 413 can convert the rotation of the second drive shaft assembly 411 into the linear motion of the second shift fork 409 through the cooperation of the cam and the cam groove.
  • the second shift fork 409 corresponds to the center of the second annular groove 403 and is provided with a second center hole 415a.
  • the second central hole 415 a of the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the second shift fork 409 and the firing rod driving member 448 can relatively move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 and the firing rod driving member 448 at the same time, so that when the second driving shaft assembly 411 drives the second shift fork 409 to move, due to the blocking of the firing rod driving member 448, So that the second drive shaft assembly 411 will not rotate relative to the second drive shaft assembly 411 .
  • the second driving rod 393 can also prevent the second shift fork 409 from rotating relative to the second driving shaft assembly 411 .
  • the second fork 409 may include a second fork body 417 and a second fork cover 419 .
  • the second shift fork body 417 is formed with a second annular groove 421 , and the second center hole 415 a is located at the center of the second annular groove 421 , and the two may have the same centerline.
  • the second shift fork cover plate 419 is mated with the second shift fork body 417 to form the second annular groove 403 .
  • the center of the second shift fork cover plate 419 has a second center hole 415b. In this way, the second shift fork 409 can be sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the central aperture of the further second shift fork cover plate 419 is larger than the outer diameter of the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • An annular space is formed between the second shift fork cover plate 419 and the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the second driving rod 393 can extend into the second annular groove 403 from the annular space, so that the second flange 401 is at least partially accommodated in the second annular groove 403 .
  • the second driving rod 393 can move along the annular space, so that the second driving rod 393 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 .
  • the second shift fork cover plate 419 and the second shift fork body 417 can be fixedly connected. Specifically, screws, rivets, or buckle structures can be used to realize position limitation for the two, and glue can also be used to bond the two.
  • the third surface 397 can be in contact with the bottom surface 423 of the second annular groove 421, and the fourth surface 399 can be in contact with the second shift fork.
  • the surface 425 of the cover plate 419 facing the bottom surface 423 of the second annular groove 421 contacts. In this way, the distance between the second driving rod 393 and the second shift fork 409 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 is realized. Further, when the second shift fork 409 is driven to displace along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , it can drive the second driving rod 393 to move together. Furthermore, the corresponding function of the second driving lever 393 being operable to trigger the terminal instrument 321 can be realized.
  • the second drive shaft assembly 411 is installed on the driving device 310 .
  • the second drive shaft assembly 411 may mainly include a second drive shaft 412 , a second connection assembly 414 , a second connection shaft 416 and a second drive member 418 .
  • the second drive shaft 412 passes through the through hole 420 of the second shift fork body 417 , so that the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 .
  • the top plate 481 defines a through hole 422 corresponding to the second driving shaft 412 , and the second driving shaft 411 is mounted to the through hole 422 through a bearing 424 . In this way, the second driving shaft 411 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
  • a nut 426 is connected to a portion of the second drive shaft 411 protruding from the through hole 422 .
  • a portion of the second drive shaft 411 in contact with the bearing 424 is provided with a stepped surface. Furthermore, through the cooperation of the stepped surface, the bearing 424 and the nut 426 , the position of the second drive shaft 411 relative to the top plate 481 is defined, and the second drive shaft 411 is allowed to rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
  • the second link assembly 414 may include a second link body 428 , a shaft mount 429 and a shaft mount 432 .
  • the second connection assembly 414 may be used to connect the second drive shaft 412 and the second connection shaft 416 .
  • the shaft fixing member 429 can fixedly connect the second driving shaft 412 to the second connecting member body 428 .
  • the shaft fixing part 429 can fixedly connect the second connecting shaft 416 with the second connecting part body 428 .
  • the foregoing fixed connection methods may include, but are not limited to, screws or rivets. In this way, the second driving shaft 412 is fixedly connected to the second connecting shaft 416 .
  • the second connecting shaft 416 can be installed in the through hole 436 of the bottom plate 483 through the bearing 396 . In this way, the second connecting shaft 416 can rotate relative to the bottom plate 483 , so that the second drive shaft assembly 411 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 and the bottom plate 383 . And define the position of the second drive shaft assembly 411 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the second driving member 418 is fixedly connected with the second connecting shaft 416 .
  • the second driving member 418 can be used to receive the power input of the actuator of the actuating device 220 , so as to realize that the second driving shaft assembly 411 is driven to rotate.
  • the axial direction of the second drive shaft assembly 411 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction. Since the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 , when the second drive shaft assembly 411 drives the second shift fork 409 to move, the second shift fork 409 will move along the second drive shaft assembly 411 . Since the second driving shaft assembly 411 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , the second shift fork 409 drives the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the third surface 397 and the fourth surface 399 of the second driving lever 393 may receive the force exerted by the second shift fork 409 at the same time. At this time, the second driving rod 393 is moved along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 under the resultant force of the forces received by the third surface 397 and the fourth surface 399 .
  • the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 are used to trigger different functions of the end instrument 321 , respectively.
  • the first driving rod 355 can be used to trigger the swing function of the end instrument 321
  • the second driving rod 393 can be used to trigger the clamping function of the end instrument 321 .
  • the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 can also trigger other functions respectively, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the movement of the end instrument 321 in the first mode can realize the swing function of the end instrument 321 .
  • the movement of the end instrument 321 in the second mode can realize the clamping function of the end instrument 321 .
  • the first driving unit 367 of the driving device 310 includes a first shift fork 371 provided with the first annular groove 365 , and the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 are aligned in the longitudinal direction.
  • Both the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 can be sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 are arranged along the lengthwise direction.
  • both the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 can be driven to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the displacement space of the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 relative to the firing rod driving member 448 will have a certain stroke overlapping.
  • the overlapping strokes of the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 are usually not used together, so that such a design improves the space utilization rate in the drive device 310 and can be used to a certain extent. Reduce the volume of the driving device 310 .
  • the driving device 310 may also be provided with a guide shaft assembly 462 .
  • a first guide hole 464 is disposed between the first center hole 377 a of the first fork body 383 and the through hole 382 .
  • the first guide hole 464 may be a through hole passing through the first shift fork body 383 .
  • Guide shaft assembly 462 may include a first guide shaft 468 and a base 472 .
  • the first guide shaft 468 passes through the first guide hole 464 and is in clearance fit with the first guide hole 464 .
  • the first guide shaft 468 is fixedly connected with the top plate 481 .
  • An end of the first guide shaft 468 away from the top plate 481 is connected to the base 472 .
  • the first guide shaft 468 is limited between the top plate 481 and the base 472 .
  • the axial direction of the first guide shaft 468 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the guiding effect of the first guide shaft 468 on the first shift fork 371 is achieved, so that the first shift fork 371 can be more stably displaced along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the base 472 can be fixedly connected with the bottom plate 483 , so that the base 472 can support the first guide shaft 468 more stably.
  • a first guide seat 474 can be sleeved on the first guide shaft 468 , and the two can slide relative to each other.
  • the first guide seat 474 is fixedly connected to the first fork body 383 .
  • the first guide seat 474 can be in the shape of a hollow cylinder as a whole. In this way, the first guide seat 474 is sleeved on the first guide shaft 468 and fixedly connected with the first shift fork body 383.
  • first fork body 383 and the first guide shaft 468 are increased. In this way, when the first shift fork 371 moves relative to the first guide shaft 468, it can be more stable, and the shaking or tilting between the two can be reduced. Further, in some embodiments, in order to reduce the friction between the first guide shaft 468 and the first shift fork body 383 and the first guide seat 474, between the first shift fork body 383, the first guide seat 474 and the first A relatively smooth first sleeve can be arranged between the guide shafts 468 .
  • the first shaft sleeve can be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface. Of course, the first shaft sleeve may not be provided, and the first shift fork body 383 and/or the first guide seat 474 may be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface.
  • guide shaft assembly 462 may also include a second guide shaft 476 .
  • a second guide hole 478 is disposed between the second central hole 415 a of the second fork body 417 and the through hole 420 .
  • the second guide shaft 476 passes through the second guide hole 478 and is in clearance fit with the second guide hole 478 .
  • the second guide shaft 476 can be fixedly connected with the top plate 481 .
  • An end of the second guide shaft 476 away from the top plate 481 is connected to the base 472 . In this way, the second guide shaft 476 is limited between the top plate 481 and the base 472 .
  • the second shift fork 409 When the second shift fork 409 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, the second shift fork 409 can move along the second guide shaft through the cooperation between the second guide hole 478 and the second guide shaft 476. 476 moves. Further, the axial direction of the second guide shaft 476 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the guiding effect of the second guide shaft 476 on the second shift fork 409 is achieved, so that the second shift fork 409 can be more stably displaced along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • a second guide seat 480 can be sleeved on the second guide shaft 476 , and the two can slide relatively therebetween.
  • the second guide seat 480 is fixedly connected to the second shift fork body 417 .
  • the second guide seat 480 is in the shape of a hollow cylinder as a whole. In this way, the second guide seat 480 is sleeved on the second guide shaft 476 and fixedly connected with the second shift fork body 417.
  • the contact area between the second shift fork body 417 and the second guide shaft 476 is enlarged.
  • the second shift fork 409 moves relative to the second guide shaft 476, it can be more stable, reducing the shaking or tilting between the two.
  • the second guide seat 480 and the first A relatively smooth second sleeve can be arranged between the two guide shafts 476 .
  • the second shaft sleeve can be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface.
  • the second shaft sleeve may not be provided, and the second shift fork body 417 and/or the second guide seat 480 may be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface.
  • the guide shaft assembly 462 of the driving device 310 may only be provided with related structures for guiding the first shift fork 371 .
  • the guide shaft assembly 462 of the driving device 310 may also only be provided with related structures for guiding the second shift fork 409 .
  • the guide shaft assembly 462 may be provided with related structures for guiding the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 at the same time.
  • both the second driving rod 393 and the first driving rod 355 are partially accommodated in the rotation tube 427 and are circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 extend from the driving device 310 into the rotation tube 427 .
  • the parts of the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 respectively provided with the first flange 363 and the second flange 401 are located outside the rotation tube 427, so that they can be connected with the first shift fork 371 or the second shift fork 409 Cooperate.
  • the part of the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 extending into the rotation tube 427 will be limited relative to the rotation tube 427 in the circumferential direction, but the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 are allowed to move along the rotation tube 427. displacement in the longitudinal direction.
  • a driving rod limiter 430 having a plurality of through holes is disposed in the rotation tube 427 .
  • the driving rod limiter 430 is provided with a first through hole 431 corresponding to the first driving rod 355 , and is provided with a second through hole 433 corresponding to the second driving rod 393 .
  • the first driving rod 355 passes through the first through hole 431 .
  • the second driving rod 393 passes through the second through hole 433 .
  • the driving rod limiter 430 is fixedly connected with the rotation tube 427 . Thus, the driving rod limiter 430 will move along with the rotation tube 427 . When the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate axially in the longitudinal direction, the driving rod limiter 430 will rotate along with it. At this time, the driving rod limiter 430 drives the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 to rotate together through the first through hole 431 and the second through hole 433 .
  • the number of the driving rod limiter 430 may be one or more. Usually, when there are more than two driving rod limiting parts 430 , the limiting effect achieved is better than that of only one driving rod limiting part 430 .
  • two adjacent drive rod limiters 430 can be connected through a connecting rod 438 , so that the limit of two adjacent drive rod limiters 430 is more firm, and the position positioning is also more accurate.
  • the rotation tube 427 is installed on the bottom plate 483 through the bearing 438 and the bearing 440 .
  • the rotation tube 427 is limited along the longitudinal direction relative to the bottom plate 483 and allows the rotation tube 427 to rotate in a circumferential direction.
  • the part of the rotation tube 427 protruding into the driving device 310 is fixedly connected with the driven wheel 477 (refer to the above description in conjunction with FIG. 6 ). In this way, when the driven wheel 477 is driven to rotate, the autorotation tube 427 will rotate together with the driven wheel 477 .
  • surgical instrument 300 includes: drive device 310, firing rod assembly 435, and tip instrument 321;
  • the driving device 310 includes a housing 381, a firing driving unit accommodated in the housing 381, and the firing driving unit outputs a rotational driving force;
  • the firing rod assembly 435 includes a firing rod limiter 446 fixedly connected to the housing 381, and the firing rod 450 circumferentially limited by the firing rod limiter 446 is driven by the rotation of the firing drive unit.
  • the force drives the rotating firing rod driving member 448 ; the firing rod 450 moves along a straight line under the driving of the firing rod driving member 448 to fire the terminal instrument 321 to move.
  • the firing rod assembly 435 may include: a firing rod stopper 446 , a firing rod driver 448 , and a firing rod 450 .
  • the firing rod limiter 446 extends along the longitudinal direction and is fixedly connected with the casing 381 of the driving device 310 . Specifically, for example, the firing rod limiter 446 can be fixedly connected with the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 . So that the firing rod limiter 446 will not be displaced relative to the top plate 481 .
  • the firing rod 450 can be sleeved on the firing rod limiter 446 and be limited in a circumferential direction relative to the firing rod limiter 446 .
  • the firing rod 450 has a hollow section, which accommodates at least part of the firing rod limiter 446 , and the distance between the firing rod limiter 446 and the firing rod 450 can be relatively displaced along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the firing rod stopper 446 restricts the firing rod 450 from rotating along the circumferential direction.
  • a guide flange extending along the longitudinal direction may be provided on the firing rod limiter 446, and a corresponding guide groove extending along the longitudinal direction may be provided on the firing rod 450,
  • the relative circumferential position of the firing rod limiter 446 and the firing rod 450 is defined by the guide flange being accommodated in the guide groove, but relative movement between the two is allowed along the longitudinal direction.
  • the firing rod 450 is located between the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393; when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate by the driving device 310, the first driving rod The rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 rotate around the firing rod 450 .
  • the firing rod 450 may be located in the center of the spin tube 427 .
  • the centerline of the firing rod 450 tends to coincide with the centerline of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the firing rod 450 and the rotation tube 427 tend to be arranged coaxially.
  • the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 are respectively located on two sides of the firing rod 450 , and when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate, the rotation tube 427 can rotate along the circumferential direction of the firing rod 450 .
  • the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 are rotatable around the firing rod 450 .
  • the rotation of the rotation tube 427 relative to the firing rod 450 can be understood as the rotation of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the rotation of the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 around the firing rod 450 can be understood as the revolution of the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 relative to the firing rod 450 .
  • the firing rod driving member 448 can drive the firing rod 450 to move relative to the firing rod limiting member 446 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the firing rod driving member 448 can be rotatably connected with the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 . As such, the firing rod driver 448 can rotate relative to the firing rod stopper 446 .
  • the firing rod driving member 448 is in contact with the firing rod 450, so that the firing rod 450 can be driven to move along the longitudinal direction when the firing rod driving member 448 is driven to rotate.
  • the outer surface of the firing rod 450 can have a plurality of annular grooves
  • the firing rod driving member 448 can be a gear whose axis extending direction is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, and the teeth of the gear can extend into the ring shape of the firing rod 450.
  • the firing rod driving part 448 rotates, it can drive the firing rod 450 to move relative to the firing rod limiting part 446 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the firing rod limiter 446 can realize circumferential limit and longitudinal direction guidance for the firing rod 450 .
  • the firing rod driver 448 can be mounted on the driving device 310 , and the firing rod 450 can move along the lengthwise direction relative to the rotation tube 427 and can directly trigger the end instrument 321 .
  • the movement of the firing rod 450 relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 can push the knife rod of the end instrument 321 to realize the cutting function.
  • the distance that the firing rod 450 can move along the longitudinal direction is less than the length of the firing rod limiter 446 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the length of the firing rod limiter 446 along the longitudinal direction may be g, and the distance that the firing rod 450 moves along the longitudinal direction driven by the firing rod driving member 448 may be G. It is necessary to maintain G ⁇ g, so as to prevent the firing rod 450 from disengaging from the firing rod limiter 446 and lose the circumferential limit of the firing rod 450 .
  • the firing rod 450 includes a first segment 437 in the shape of a hollow cylinder, and a second segment 439 connected to the first segment 437; wherein the first segment 437 accommodates at least part of the firing rod Limiting piece 446.
  • the firing rod 450 may include a first section 437 and a second section 439 .
  • the first section 437 has the hollow section. That is, the first section 437 can be hollow inside as a whole, so that the first section 437 can accommodate the firing rod limiter 446 . Therefore, the first section 437 of the firing rod 450 will not rotate relative to the circumferential direction. It is realized that when the firing rod driving member 448 rotates to drive the firing rod 450 , the firing rod 450 can move relative to the driving rod stopper 430 as a whole.
  • the first segment 437 and the second segment 439 can be fixedly connected.
  • the materials of the first segment 437 and the second segment 439 can be connected accordingly.
  • the first segment 437 and the second segment 439 may be connected by means of welding, bonding, riveting or interference fit.
  • the firing rod limiter 446 includes a limiter installation portion 830 fixedly connected to the housing 381 of the driving device 310 , and is accommodated in the housing 381 of the driving device 310 and extends Into the stop extension 832 of the first segment 437 .
  • the limiting member installation portion 830 is fixedly connected to the limiting member extending portion 832 .
  • the firing rod limiter 446 may only include the limiter extension 832 , and directly connect the limiter extension 832 to the housing 381 of the driving device 310 in a fixed manner.
  • the extension part 832 of the limiting member may be connected by welding, bonding, snap-fit structure and the like.
  • an opening can also be provided on the housing 381 of the driving device 310, and the extending part 832 of the limiting member can be fitted with the opening by an interference fit. Fixed connection.
  • the limiting member extension 832 limits the firing rod 450 in a circumferential direction, and allows the firing rod 450 to move relative to the limiting member extending portion 832 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the inner section of the first section 437 perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is non-circular, and the shape of the extension part 832 of the limiting member matches the shape of the inner section. In this way, it is difficult for the first segment 437 and the driving rod limiter 430 to rotate relative to the circumferential direction around the longitudinal direction.
  • the first segment 437 is hollow, and the cross section of the inner surface of the first segment 437 perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is the inner cross section.
  • the shape of the inner section may be irregular.
  • the internal cross-section may be singularly shaped.
  • the shape of the inner section can also be regular, but non-circular.
  • the shape of the internal section may also be polygonal. Specifically, for example, a triangle, a square, a pentagon, and the like.
  • the shape of the extension portion 832 of the limiting member matches the shape of the inner section. It may be that, after the extension portion 832 of the limiting member extends into the interior of the first section 437 , it may contact the inner surface of the first section 437 . Thus, the extension portion 832 of the limiting member can limit the rotation of the first section 437 of the central tube along the circumferential direction by contacting the inner surface of the first section 437 .
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer surface of the limiting member extension 832 perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is similar to the inner cross-sectional shape of the first segment 437 .
  • the cross-sectional shape of the extension portion 832 of the limiting member and the shape of the internal cross-section of the first segment 437 may also be different or similar, but as long as the extension portion 832 of the limiting member is adapted to the shape of the first segment 437, The two circumferential limits can be realized.
  • the firing rod 450 may further include a third section 803 rotatably connected to the second section 439 . So that the firing rod limiter 446 will not limit the circumferential rotation of the third segment 803 . In this way, the third section 803 can rotate along with the rotation tube 427 along the circumferential direction. On the basis of not affecting the corresponding function that the firing rod 450 can trigger the end instrument 321 , the end instrument 321 can rotate along with the rotation tube 427 to adjust the posture angle of the end instrument 321 .
  • the firing rod 450 can be used to fire the cutting function of the tip instrument 321 . So that, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the end instrument 321 can rotate together with the rotation tube 427, moreover, the third section 803 can be connected with the end instrument 321 and rotate together with the end instrument 321, the third section 803 and the second section 439 relative rotation between them. Like this, the rotation of rotation tube 427 can not affect the cooperation between firing rod 450 and firing rod stopper 446, also can not affect the cooperation between firing rod 450 and firing rod driver 448.
  • the second segment 439 is connected to the third segment 803 through a firing rod connecting member 834 in rotation.
  • the firing rod connecting member 834 can be rotatably connected to both the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 .
  • the firing rod connecting member 834 may also be only rotatably connected to one of the second segment 439 or the third segment 803 .
  • the firing rod connecting piece 834 can be in the shape of a hollow cylinder, and two annular flanges can be arranged inside the firing rod connecting piece 834, and the second section 439 and the third section 803 are connected to the firing rod connecting piece 834.
  • the position where the rod connecting member 834 is mated may be provided with an annular groove.
  • the firing rod connecting member 834 is connected to the second section 439 and the third section 803 through the annular flanges respectively extending into the annular grooves of the second section 439 and the third section 803 .
  • the annular flange can slide along the annular groove, so that the relative rotation between the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 can be realized.
  • An annular flange is provided inside the second section 439, and an annular groove is provided in the third section 803, so that the second section 439 and the third section 803 are limitedly connected by the annular flange and the annular groove, along the The relative position of the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 is limited along the longitudinal direction, but the relative circumferential rotation between the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 is allowed.
  • the firing rod link 834 can half surround the annular grooves of the second section 439 and the third section 803 .
  • a wedge 835 may be provided between the firing rod connecting piece 834 and the rotation tube 427 . Wedge 835 may bear against firing rod connector 834 to prevent firing rod connector 834 from coming out of abutment with second segment 439 and third segment 803 .
  • the firing rod driving member 448 has a cylindrical shape as a whole and extends along the longitudinal direction, and the firing rod 450 is at least partially accommodated in the firing rod driving member 448 .
  • the firing rod driver 448 is sleeved around the first section 437 of the firing rod 450 .
  • the firing rod driver 448 and the firing rod 450 are provided with matching motion conversion structures.
  • the motion conversion structure can convert the rotation of the firing rod driving member 448 into the movement of the firing rod 450 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the realization of the motion converting structure may be that a screw structure is provided between the firing rod driving member 448 and the firing rod 450 .
  • the realization of the motion conversion structure may be that the surface of the central nut 448 facing the firing rod 450 is provided with a cam, and the outer surface of the firing rod 450 is provided with a cam groove.
  • a gear portion 452 is provided at the end of the firing rod driving member 448 away from the first end 351 , so that the firing rod driving member 448 is driven to rotate through the gear portion 452 .
  • the firing rod driver 448 may have a gear portion 452 and a driver extension 454 .
  • the gear portion 452 can be used to receive a drive to drive the firing rod driver 448 to rotate.
  • the extension part 454 of the driver is integrally sleeved on the outer surface of the firing rod 450 .
  • the length of the firing rod driving member 448 restricts the displacement of the firing rod 450 relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . That is, the maximum displacement of the firing rod 450 relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 tends to be close to the length of the firing rod driving part 448 without breaking away from the firing rod driving part 448 .
  • the firing rod assembly 435 can be driven to be displaced along the lengthwise direction of the rotation tube 427 , so that the end device 321 can be activated to perform corresponding functions. Specifically, for example, the firing rod assembly 435 can be used to fire the cutting function of the tip instrument 321 .
  • the driving device 310 is provided with a firing rod driving gear 836 meshing with the gear part 452
  • the casing 381 of the driving device 310 is provided with a driving gear 836 capable of driving the firing rod to rotate.
  • the firing drive unit 838 may receive power from an actuator of the actuating device 220 to drive the firing rod 450 to move.
  • the firing rod driving gear 836 can be mounted on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 and can rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
  • the firing rod driving gear 836 can be driven to rotate by the firing driving unit 838. In this way, by meshing with the gear part 452 of the firing rod driving part 448, the firing rod driving part 448 is driven to rotate, and then the firing rod 450 is driven relative to the long axis assembly move in the longitudinal direction.
  • the firing rod driving gear 836 can be installed on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 through the driving gear shaft 840 .
  • a bearing may be provided between the drive gear shaft 840 and the top plate 481 , so that the firing rod drive gear 836 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
  • a firing drive unit 838 for driving a firing rod drive gear 836 may be disposed within the drive device 310 .
  • the firing driving unit 838 can rotate by driving the firing rod driving gear 836 to further drive the firing rod 450 to move along the longitudinal direction.
  • the firing drive unit 838 may include: a first transition gear 842 sleeved on the drive gear shaft 840 and a third drive shaft assembly 844 .
  • the first transition gear 842 can be fixedly connected with the drive gear shaft 840 . In this way, when the first transition gear 842 rotates, it can drive the driving gear shaft 840 to rotate together.
  • the first intermediate gear 842 can be driven to rotate by the third drive shaft assembly 844 .
  • the third driving shaft assembly 844 is installed on the driving device 310 .
  • the third drive shaft assembly 844 may mainly include: a third drive shaft gear 846 , a third connection assembly 848 , a third drive shaft 850 and a third drive member 852 .
  • the third drive shaft gear 846 may mesh with the first intermediate gear 842 . In this way, when the third drive shaft gear 846 is driven to rotate, it can drive the first transition gear 842 to rotate together.
  • the third drive shaft gear shaft 860 of the third drive shaft gear 846 can be fixedly connected to the third drive shaft 850 through the third connection assembly 848 .
  • the third link assembly 848 can include a third link body 854 , a shaft mount 856 and a shaft mount 858 .
  • a third connection assembly 848 may be used to connect the third drive shaft 850 and the third drive shaft gear 846 shaft.
  • the shaft fixing member 856 can fixedly connect the third driving shaft 850 to the third connecting member body 854 .
  • the shaft fixing part 858 can fixedly connect the third driving shaft gear shaft 860 with the third connecting part body 854 .
  • the foregoing fixed connection methods may include, but are not limited to, screws or rivets. In this way, the third drive shaft 850 is fixedly connected to the third drive shaft gear 846 .
  • the third driving member 852 is fixedly connected with the third driving shaft 850 .
  • the third driving member 852 can be used to receive the power input of the actuator of the actuating device 220 .
  • the third drive shaft assembly 844 is driven to rotate.
  • the casing 381 of the driving device 310 is provided with a manual driving unit 862 capable of driving the firing rod driving gear 836 to rotate.
  • the manual drive unit 862 can be used to manually drive the firing rod 450 to move.
  • the manual driving unit 862 may mainly include: a second transition gear 864 sleeved on the driving gear shaft 840 and a first manual wheel assembly 866 .
  • the second transition gear 864 is located outside the driving device, so the firing rod drive gear 836 can be located between the first transition gear 842 and the second transition gear 864, and the three are coaxially arranged.
  • the first manual wheel assembly 866 can include a first knob 868 , a first manual shaft 870 and a first manual bull gear 872 .
  • the first knob 868 is fixedly connected with the first manual shaft 870 . In this way, the first knob 868 can be manually operated to rotate, thereby driving the first manual shaft 870 to rotate.
  • the first manual bull gear 872 is sleeved on the first manual shaft 870, and is circumferentially limited with the first manual shaft 870. In this way, when the first manual shaft 870 rotates, it can drive the first manual large gear 872 to rotate together.
  • the first manual bull gear 872 meshes with the second intermediate gear 864 . In this way, when the first manual large gear 872 rotates, it can drive the second transition gear 864 to rotate, and then drive the firing rod driving gear 836 to rotate, so as to further drive the firing rod driving member 448 to drive the firing rod 450 .
  • the driving rod limiter 430 is provided with a third through hole 482 corresponding to the firing rod 450 .
  • the rotation tube 427 can rotate around the firing rod 450 .
  • the firing rod 450 passes through the third through hole 482 .
  • the inner diameter of the third through hole 482 is larger than the outer diameter of the firing rod 450 , so that the driving rod stopper 430 will not restrict the firing rod 450 from moving along the longitudinal direction. Further, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, both the rotation tube 427 and the driving rod stopper 430 can rotate around the firing rod 450 .
  • the first segment 437 and the second segment 439 of the firing rod 450 cannot rotate in the circumferential direction, and the third segment 874 can rotate in the circumferential direction together with the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the internal space of the rotation tube can be utilized more reasonably, and at the same time, the stable execution of each function can be ensured.
  • the part of the second driving rod 393 accommodated in the rotation tube 427 is provided with an outer tube connector 460 .
  • the rotation tube 427 corresponds to the position of the outer tube connector 460 and has a through hole, and the outer tube connector 460 can protrude from the through hole. Further, the outer tube connector 460 can be connected with the instrument outer tube 606 of the terminal instrument 321 . In this way, the outer tube connector 460 limits the second driving rod 393 , the rotation tube 427 and the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Therefore, when the rotation tube 427 rotates along the circumferential direction, it can drive the instrument outer tube 606 to rotate together, so that the end instrument 321 can also rotate along with it.
  • the surgical instrument 300 includes a driving device 310 and a tube; the tube extends lengthwise and has a first end 351 and a second end 353, the first end 351 is used for The terminal instrument 321 is installed, and the second end 353 is used to be coupled to the driving device 310; the surgical instrument 300 also includes a driving rod extending from the driving device 310 to the tubular member, and the driving rod is driven by the driving device 310 along the Move in the longitudinal direction to trigger the movement of the end instrument 321 in the first mode. As shown in FIGS. The fastener is used to connect the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the driving rod.
  • the fastener moves together with the first section 504 and the second section 506;
  • the fastener includes a fastener body provided with a body connection portion 514; Section 504 and the second section 506 are connected.
  • the pipe is provided with a window corresponding to the position of the fastener, the body of the fastener covers the window from the outside of the pipe, and the body connecting portion 514 extends into the opening. window.
  • the fastener further includes at least one body stopper 534; at least part of the body stopper 534 extends from the window into the interior of the pipe, so that the fastener extends into The width of the portion inside the window relative to the longitudinal direction is greater than the width of the window relative to the longitudinal direction.
  • a first fastener 502 is detachably installed on the rotation tube 427, and the first fastener 502 is used to connect the first section 504 of the first driving rod 355 and 506 of the second section. Specifically, when the first fastener 502 is removed, the first driving rod 355 is separated from the first segment 504 and the second segment 506 .
  • the first fastener 502 is structurally configured to be detachable from the spinning tube 427 without physically damaging the first fastener 502 . Therefore, after the first fastener 502 is removed, it can also be installed on the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first drive rod 355 includes a first section 504 and a second section 506 that disengage after the first fastener 502 is removed.
  • the first section 504 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction, while the driving device 310 cannot drive the second Section 506 is shifted.
  • the second section 506 will not receive power transmission.
  • the physical structure may be damaged and cannot be reinstalled to the spinning tube 427 .
  • the structure of the first fastener 502 may be designed for one-time use, and after being disassembled, it cannot be reused.
  • Second section 506 may be connected to end instrument 321 . Because, after the first section 504 and the second section 506 are separated, the second section 506 is in a free state, and then the operation of the end instrument 321 connected to the second section 506 is released, and then it is also in a free state.
  • the first driving rod 355 when the first fastener 502 is not disassembled, the first driving rod 355 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 to The end instrument 321 is triggered.
  • the first fastener 502 connects the first section 504 and the second section 506; when the first fastener 502 is not removed, the first driving rod 355 can be moved by the The driving device 310 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction, and the first fastener 502 moves together with the first section 504 and the second section 506 .
  • the first drive rod 355 can connect the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first drive rod 355 .
  • the first section 504 is driven by the first driving unit 367 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, which will push the first fastener 502 to move together, and then the first fastener 502 can drive the second section 506 to move together .
  • the second section 506 is connected to the end instrument 321 such that the second section 506 can trigger the corresponding functional operation of the end instrument 321 . Specifically, for example, the second section 506 pushes the swing function of the end instrument 321 to operate.
  • the rotation tube 427 is detachably installed with a second fastener 508 corresponding to the second driving rod 393, and the second fastener 508 is used to connect the second driving rod 393.
  • the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 With the second fastener 508 removed, the second drive rod 393 is separated from the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 .
  • the second fastener 508 is structurally configured to be detachable from the spinning tube 427 without physically damaging the second fastener 508 .
  • the second drive rod 393 may include a third section 510 and a fourth section 512 that disengage after the second fastener 508 is removed.
  • the third section 510 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction, while the driving device 310 cannot drive the fourth section 510 Section 512 is shifted. Therefore, when the third section 510 is driven to move by the second driving unit 405 , the fourth section 512 will not receive power transmission.
  • the physical structure may be damaged and cannot be reinstalled to the spinning tube 427 .
  • the structure of the first fastener 508 may be designed for one-time use, and after being disassembled, it cannot be reused.
  • Fourth section 512 may be connected to end instrument 321 . Because, after the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 are separated, the fourth section 512 is in a free state, and then the corresponding operation of the terminal instrument 321 connected with the fourth section 512 is released, and thus also in a free state.
  • the second driving rod 393 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction to trigger the end Apparatus321.
  • the second fastener 508 connects the third section 510 and the fourth section 512; when the second fastener 508 is not removed, the second driving rod 393 can be moved by the The driving device 310 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction, and the second fastener 508 moves together with the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 .
  • the second fastener 508 can connect the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 of the second drive rod 393 .
  • the third section 510 is driven by the second driving unit 405 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, which will push the second fastener 508 to move together, and then the second fastener 508 can drive the fourth section 512 to move together .
  • the fourth section 512 is connected to the end instrument 321 , so that the fourth section 512 can trigger the corresponding functional operation of the end instrument 321 . Specifically, for example, the fourth section 512 pushes the clamping function of the end instrument 321 to operate.
  • the first fastener 502 includes a first fastener body 518 provided with a body connection portion 514; 504, and connected with the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355.
  • the first fastener body 518 is located outside the rotation tube 427 as a whole, and the body connecting portion 514 can extend into the rotation tube 427 to connect the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 inside the rotation tube 427 .
  • the body connection part 514 can be connected with the first section 504 and the second section 506 , so that the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 are connected into one body.
  • the end of the first section 504 close to the second section 506 is provided with a first section groove 520
  • the end of the second section 506 close to the first section 504 is provided with a first section groove 520
  • Two grooves 522 are provided.
  • the body connecting portion 514 is provided with a first stopper wall 524 that engages with the first section groove 520
  • a first stop wall 524 that engages with the second section groove 522 .
  • Two stop walls 526 are two stop walls 526 .
  • the first section groove 520 may be an annular groove formed along the circumference of the first driving rod 355 . Certainly, a first joint groove 520 may also be provided on both sides of the first driving rod 355 respectively.
  • the first stop wall 524 defines a first notch 528 .
  • the first driving rod 355 is inserted into the first notch 528 through the first section groove 520 . That is, the first section 504 of the first driving rod 355 can extend into the first opening 528 . Further, the first stopper wall 524 protrudes into the interior of the first segment groove 520 . In this way, along the extending direction of the first driving rod 355 , the first segment 504 of the first driving rod 355 is connected to the first fastener body 518 in a limited manner. And, the first section 504 is connected to the main body connecting portion 514 by matching the first notch 528 of the first stopper wall 524 with the first section groove 520 of the first section 504 .
  • the second stopper wall 526 is provided with a second notch 530 .
  • the first driving rod 355 is inserted into the second notch 530 through the second section groove 522 . That is, the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 can extend into the second opening 528 . Further, the second stopper wall 526 protrudes into the interior of the second segment groove 522 . In this way, along the extending direction of the first driving rod 355 , the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 is connected to the first fastener body 518 in a limited manner. And, the second section 506 is connected to the second section connecting portion 516 by matching the second notch 530 of the second stopper wall 526 with the second section groove 522 of the second section 506 .
  • the first stop wall 524 and the second stop wall 526 may have facing surfaces.
  • the body connecting portion 514 is connected to the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 , so as to realize the connection of the first section 504 and the second section 506 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the rotation tube 427 is provided with a first window 532 corresponding to the position of the first fastener 518, and the first fastener body 518 covers the first fastener body 518 from the outside of the rotation tube 427.
  • a window 532 , the body connecting portion 514 extends into the first window 532 .
  • the autorotation tube 427 is provided with a first window 532 .
  • the size of the first window 532 is greater than the overall size of the body connecting portion 514 . That is, the body connecting portion 514 is formed as a whole, and may have an overall width and an overall length.
  • the length L of the first window 532 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 is greater than the length of the body connecting portion 514 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the first fastener body 518 can have a certain displacement relative to the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the first driving rod 355 can be driven to move by the first driving unit 367 .
  • the first fastener 502 may further include at least one body stopper 534 . At least part of the body stopper 534 protrudes into the inside of the rotation tube 427 from the first window 532 , so that the part of the first fastener 502 protruding into the first window 532 is opposite to the The width in the longitudinal direction is greater than the width of the first opening 532 relative to the longitudinal direction.
  • the body limiter 534 can be used to limit the first fastener body 518 on the rotation tube 427, restrict the first fastener body 518 from falling off from the first opening window 532, and allow the first fastener body 502 to move relative to the first fastener body 502.
  • a window 532 moves along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the body stopper 534 can extend into the inside of the rotation tube 427 from the first window 532 and contact the inner sidewall of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the first fastener 502 is restricted by the body stopper 534 in the direction away from the first window 532 , and cannot fall off from the first window 532 .
  • the width of the part of the first fastener 502 extending into the first window 532 relative to the longitudinal direction is greater than that of the first fastener 502.
  • the width of a window 532 relative to the longitudinal direction is greater than that of the first fastener 502.
  • the number of the body limiter 534 can be one, two, three...etc., and the specific number is not explicitly limited. In some embodiments, the number of the body stoppers 534 may be two. There are strip-shaped holes 536 on both sides of the first fastener body 518 in the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube 427 . The two body stoppers 534 respectively correspond to a bar-shaped hole 536 , and extend into the inside of the rotation tube 427 through the corresponding bar-shaped hole 536 .
  • the body limiter 534 may include a limiter body 538 and a limiter 540 .
  • the extending direction of the limiting portion 540 deviates from the extending direction of the limiting member body 538 .
  • the limiting portion 540 extends from the bar-shaped hole 536 of the first fastener body 538 into the rotation tube 427 . It is clamped between the first fastener body 518 and the rotation tube 427 , so that the first fastener body 518 can be prevented from falling off from the first window 532 .
  • the body stopper 534 may be a flat plate pivotally connected to the first fastener body 518 .
  • the body limiter 534 can rotate relative to the first fastener body 518, and has a protruding position where the first fastener body 518 protrudes laterally relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, and does not extend the first fastener body. The stowed position of the body 518.
  • the body stopper 534 When the body stopper 534 is in the protruding position, it can be in contact with the inner wall of the rotation tube 427 to prevent the first fastener body 518 from falling off from the first window 532 .
  • the body stopper 534 is in the retracted position, the first fastener body 518 is allowed to be separated from the rotation tube 427 .
  • the first fastener 502 may further include a first assembly cap 542 snap-fitted with the first fastener body 518 .
  • the first assembly cap 542 fixedly connects the at least one body stopper 534 to the first fastener body 518 .
  • the first assembly cap 542 can be mounted to the first fastener body 518 and fix the position of the at least one body stop 534 .
  • the body limiter 534 can stably limit the positional relationship between the first fastener body 518 and the first window 532, preventing the first fastener body 518 from falling off from the first window 532, thereby avoiding the first tightness.
  • Firmware 502 falls off from the spin tube.
  • the first component cap 542 may have a brim portion 543 with a protruding surface.
  • the brim portion 543 can abut against the surface of the body limiting member 534 facing away from the rotation tube 427 , so as to prevent the body limiting member 534 from falling off from the rotation tube 427 .
  • the number of brim portions 543 may correspond to the number of body stoppers 534 .
  • the first component cap 542 may be provided with an annular brim portion 543 . At this time, the number of brim parts 543 may be one.
  • the surface of the first component cap 542 facing the first fastener body 518 is connected with the first fastener 502 by a snap-fit structure.
  • a snap hole 544 may be provided on the surface of the first component cap 542 facing the first fastener body 518
  • a snap bolt 546 may be provided on the first fastener body 518 .
  • the diameter of the entrance of the buckle hole 544 is smaller than the diameter of the inner hole, so that a constriction is formed at the entrance of the buckle hole 544 .
  • the buckle bolt 546 can be divided into a bolt head 547 and a bolt post 549 , wherein the outer diameter of the bolt head 547 is larger than the outer diameter of the bolt post 549 .
  • the first component cap 542 may be made of flexible material.
  • the bolt head 547 of the buckle bolt 546 can extend into the buckle hole 544, and be caught by the mouth of the buckle hole 544, preventing the first component Cap 542 comes off.
  • the buckle structure between the first component cap 542 and the first fastener body 518 can also be implemented in other structures, and those skilled in the art can also make other structures under the inspiration of the technical essence of the embodiments of this specification. Changes, but as long as the functions and effects realized by them are the same or similar to the functions realized by the implementation mode of this description, they shall be covered by the protection scope of the claims of this case.
  • the first component cap 542 can be integrated with the body stopper 534, so that the first component cap 542 can extend into the bar-shaped hole 536 through the stopper 540, so that the first component cap 542 is opposite to each other.
  • the rotation tube 427 is limited.
  • the snap-fit structure between the first assembly cap 542 and the first fastener body 518 may not be required.
  • the specific structure of the second fastener 508 may be the same as that of the first fastener 502 .
  • the corresponding structure that the rotation tube 427 and the second driving rod 393 cooperate with the second fastener 508 is also the same as the structure that the rotation tube 427 and the first driving rod 355 cooperate with the first fastener 502 . Therefore, reference can be made to the previous comparative explanations, and no further details will be given. In some cases, if you need to refer to the specific structure and components of the second fastener 508, you can refer to the naming method of the first fastener 502 and add "nth" as a name difference, where n can be a positive integer .
  • a surgical instrument 300 which includes a terminal instrument 321 for performing surgery, and also includes a driving device 310 and a long shaft assembly 320; the long shaft assembly 320 extends along a lengthwise direction and has a first end and a second end. Two ends, the first end is used to install the terminal instrument 321, and the second end is used to couple to the driving device 310.
  • the long axis assembly 320 includes a rotation tube 427 and a first drive rod 355 and a second drive rod 355 partially housed in the rotation tube 427.
  • the rod 393 and the firing rod 450, the driving device 310 provides the driving force for rotation
  • the rotation tube 427 receives the driving force of the driving device 310 and provides the end instrument 321 with the rotation power
  • the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 surround the
  • the firing rod 450, the end instrument 321 has a blade
  • the firing rod 450 is used to fire the blade movement of the end instrument 321
  • the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 are used to provide the end instrument 321 with rotation or moving power
  • the first driving rod 355 and/or the second driving rod 393 includes a first section and a second section
  • the rotation tube 427 is equipped with detachable fasteners, which are used to connect the first driving rod 355 and/or the second driving rod 393.
  • a surgical instrument 300 comprising a driving device 310, a tubular member and a terminal instrument 321, the tubular member extending along the lengthwise direction has a first end and a second end, The first end is equipped with a terminal instrument 321, the first end of the pipe has a pipe hook 560 protruding in the longitudinal direction, the terminal instrument 321 has a first end 588 and a second end 590 along the longitudinal direction, wherein the The first end 588 of the instrument is provided with an end effector 340, and the area of the end instrument 321 close to the second end 590 of the instrument is provided with a limiting groove 594.
  • the limiting groove 594 is used to cooperate with the pipe hook 560 to constrain the pipe and the end instrument 321 relative position along the longitudinal direction.
  • the pipe is an autorotation tube 427.
  • the autorotation tube 427 is driven by the driving device 310 to rotate and is used to drive the end instrument 321 to rotate. Attached hook connector 564 .
  • the hook connecting portion 564 is provided with a hook limit hole 566 corresponding to the central position of the rotation tube 427
  • the surgical instrument 300 includes a firing rod 450 extending from the driving device 310 into the rotation tube 427, and the firing rod 450 passes through Through the hook limiting hole 566; the hook limiting hole 566 allows the firing rod 450 to move along the longitudinal direction relative to the hook connecting portion 564, and prevents the firing rod 450 from rotating relative to the hook connecting portion 564;
  • the hook connection part 564 has a hook guide hole 578 that runs through the hook connection part 564 along the longitudinal direction, and the hook guide hole 578 is located in the area of the hook connection part 564 close to the inner wall of the rotation tube 427;
  • the surgical instrument 300 includes a slave driving device 310 extends to the driving rod in the rotation tube 427 , the driving rod passes through the hook guide hole 578 , and triggers the end instrument 321 under the driving of the driving device 310 .
  • the spinning tube 427 extends along a lengthwise direction, forming a first end 351 and a second end 353 of the spinning tube 427 .
  • the first end 351 has an autorotation tube hook 560 protruding along the longitudinal direction.
  • the rotation tube hook 560 has a first hook stop surface 562 facing the second end 353 .
  • the first hook stop surface 562 is used to prevent the end instrument 321 from moving away from the second end 353 relative to the rotation tube along the longitudinal direction.
  • the autorotation tube hook 560 is provided on the autorotation tube 427 , so that the long axis assembly 320 and the terminal instrument 321 can be connected in a limited position through the autorotation tube hook 560 . That is, the positions of the long axis assembly 320 and the terminal instrument 321 along the longitudinal direction are limited by the first hook stop surface 562 of the rotation tube hook 560 . The separation of the autorotation tube 427 from the end instrument 321 along the lengthwise direction is avoided.
  • the autorotation tube hook 560 has a hook connection part 564 accommodated in the autorotation tube 427 and fixedly connected with the autorotation tube 427 .
  • the hook connection part 564 can connect the rotation tube hook 560 to the rotation tube 427 .
  • the hook connecting portion 564 can be bonded to the rotation tube 427 by glue.
  • an interference fit may be used between the hook connection portion 564 and the rotation tube 427 .
  • the inner diameter of the rotation tube 427 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the hook connection part 564, so that when the hook connection part 564 is installed in the rotation tube 427, the position between the hook connection part 564 and the rotation tube 427 can be limited by interference fit. relation.
  • the rotation tube 427 may be deformed by squeezing the rotation tube 427 so that the deformed rotation tube 427 presses the hook connection portion 564 .
  • the hook connecting portion 564 is provided with a hook limit hole 566 corresponding to the central position of the rotation tube 427, and the firing rod 450 passes through the hook limit hole 566; the hook limit hole 566 allows displacement of the firing rod 450 relative to the hook connection portion 564 along the longitudinal direction, and prevents relative circumferential rotation of the firing rod 450 relative to the hook connection portion 564 .
  • the size of the hook limiting hole 566 is slightly larger than that of the firing rod 450, so that the firing rod 450 can pass through the hook limiting hole 566, and the two can move relatively. Specifically, for example, there may be a clearance fit between the hook limiting hole 566 and the firing rod 450 .
  • the hook limiting hole 566 and the firing rod 450 are set correspondingly in shape so that the two cannot rotate relative to each other. In this way, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the firing rod 450 can be driven to rotate together through the hook limiting hole 566.
  • the cross section of the hook limiting hole 566 is non-circular.
  • the opening section of the hook limiting hole 566 is non-circular, which is more helpful to limit the relative position between the hook limiting hole 566 and the firing rod 450 .
  • the opening section may be a cross section along the extending direction of the hook limiting hole 566 .
  • the shape of the cross section of the opening is selected from polygonal, elliptical or irregular shapes. Specifically, for example, polygons may be selected from triangles, quadrilaterals, ... octagons and the like.
  • the hook connection part 564 may include a first hook connection part 568, a second hook connection part 570, and the first hook connection part 568 and the second hook connection part 570 are connected together.
  • the junction 572 wherein, a spacing groove 574 is formed between the first hook connection portion 568 and the second hook connection portion 570 by the joint portion 572 .
  • Glue for bonding the hook connecting portion 564 and the rotation tube 427 may be provided in the interval groove 574 .
  • a glue injection hole 576 may be provided on the first hook connection portion 568 .
  • glue can be injected into the spacer groove 574 through the glue injection hole 576 .
  • the glue injection hole 576 may not be provided, and the hook connection portion 564 is installed into the rotation tube 427 after the glue is injected into the interval groove 574 .
  • the hook connecting portion 564 has a hook guiding hole 578 passing through the hook connecting portion 564 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the hook guide hole 578 is located at a region of the hook connecting portion 564 close to the inner wall of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the driving rod of the long shaft assembly 320 passes through the hook guide hole 578 , and is driven by the driving device 310 to drive the terminal instrument 321 .
  • the hook guide hole 578 can provide a guide for the driving rod.
  • the drive rod can be displaced along the lengthwise direction relative to the hook guide hole 578 .
  • the driving rod is driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction, so as to drive the function of the terminal instrument 321 .
  • the driving rod needs to pass through the hook connecting portion 564 so as to be mated with the end instrument 321 .
  • the hook guide hole 578 can pass through the first hook connecting portion 568 and the second hook connecting portion 570 respectively.
  • the hook guide hole 578 can limit the driving rod in a circumferential direction. That is, the drive rod is restricted from rotating relative to the hook guide hole 578 .
  • the shape of the cross section of the hook guide hole 578 may be non-circular.
  • the shape of the cross section of the opening is selected from polygonal, elliptical or irregular shapes. Specifically, for example, polygons may be selected from triangles, quadrilaterals, ... octagons and the like.
  • the spinning tube hook 560 may include a first hook arm 580 and a second hook arm 582 .
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are respectively fixedly connected to the area of the hook connection 564 surrounding the hook limiting hole 566 .
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 respectively protrude from the first end 351 of the rotation tube. After the end instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320 , the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can work together to hook the end instrument 321 to prevent the end instrument 321 from being detached from the long shaft assembly 320 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may respectively form a first hook stop surface 562 facing the second end 353 . In this way, the displacement of the end instrument 321 away from the second end 353 along the lengthwise direction will be blocked by the first hook stop surface 562 .
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can be integrally formed with the hook connecting portion 564 .
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may also be fixedly connected to the hook connection portion 564 in other fixing ways. Specifically, for example, the two are bonded by glue, fixedly connected by screws, rivets, etc., and details will not be repeated here.
  • first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are formed with the first hook stop surface 562 respectively, and also have a second hook facing the first hook stop surface 562 respectively.
  • the hook stop surface 584 is used to prevent the terminal instrument 321 from approaching the second end 353 relative to the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 are arranged facing each other, and there may be a certain distance therebetween. After the terminal instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320 , some structures may be located between the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 . In this way, the relative positions of the long axis assembly 320 and the terminal instrument 321 along the longitudinal direction are defined by the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 of the rotation tube hook 560 .
  • the part of the first hook arm 580 away from the rotation tube 427 is provided with a hook arm groove 586 .
  • the hook arm groove 586 has two facing surfaces along the longitudinal direction, wherein, the surface facing the second end 353 is the first hook stop surface 562, and the surface facing the first hook stop surface 562 is The surface is the second hook stop surface 584 .
  • the second hook arm 582 has the same structure as the first hook arm 580 , which will not be repeated here.
  • a first section from the second hook stop surface 584 to the hook connecting portion 564 is formed between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582
  • the first section A second section is formed between a hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584
  • a second section is formed between the first hook stop surface 562 and the end surface of the rotation tube hook 560 away from the rotation tube 427
  • a third interval is formed.
  • the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third interval is greater than the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the first interval. the distance between.
  • the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third section is smaller than the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the second section. distance.
  • the space between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 is divided into a plurality of sections for the convenience of expression, and may not have substantial distinguishing features in actual structure.
  • the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may refer to the minimum distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 on the spatial three-dimensional structure; it may also refer to The average distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 .
  • a plurality of planes perpendicular to the lengthwise direction can be constructed, the plane being the distance between the cross-sections formed on the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 .
  • the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 is greater than the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the first interval.
  • the structure corresponding to the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube hook 560 can extend from the third section into between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 .
  • the structure corresponding to the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube hook 560 can be blocked by the second hook stop surface 584 .
  • different functions can be realized in different sections.
  • the area of the second hook stop surface 584 is larger than that of the first hook stop surface 562 .
  • the second hook stop surface 584 protrudes beyond the first hook stop surface 562 .
  • the center line of the first hook stop surface 562, the second hook stop surface 584 and the rotation tube 427, in the projection of a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, the projection of the first hook stop surface 562 and the projection of the center line The distance is greater than the distance between the projection of the second hook stop surface 584 and the projection of the center line.
  • first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the axis of the rotation tube 427 .
  • first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may be substantially the same, and both are fixedly connected to the hook connecting portion 564 .
  • first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can be arranged symmetrically with respect to the axis, so that the force acting on the terminal instrument 321 by the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can be relatively uniform. In this way, it helps to stabilize the positional relationship between the end instrument 321 and the autorotation tube 427 .
  • the surfaces of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 facing each other are at least partially arcuate.
  • the end instrument 321 will have a portion of the structure extending between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582, and in some cases, the portion extending between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 will rotate .
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are provided with arc surfaces, which can facilitate the rotation of the part of the terminal instrument 321 protruding between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm.
  • the terminal instrument 321 generally has a first instrument end 588 and a second instrument end 590 along a lengthwise direction. Wherein, the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with the end effector 340 , and the second end 590 of the instrument is used to be coupled to the driving device 310 . Wherein, the region of the terminal instrument 321 close to the second end 590 of the instrument is provided with a limiting groove 594 .
  • the limit slot 594 can be used to constrain the relative position of the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 . In some embodiments, after the end instrument 321 is installed on the rotation tube 427 , the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 is substantially the same as that of the autorotation tube 427 .
  • End instrument 321 may be any medical instrument applicable to surgical instrument 300 .
  • end effector 340 can include a base 596 and an anvil 598 .
  • the second end 590 of the instrument is coupled with the rotation tube 427 , so that the second end 590 of the instrument is provided with an interface structure connected with the rotation tube 427 .
  • the end instrument 321 may be connected to the autorotation tube 427 via the instrument second end 590 .
  • the second instrument end 590 of the terminal instrument 321 may be provided with a limiting slot 594 .
  • the limit groove 594 has a limit groove wall 600 facing the first end 588 of the instrument, so that the end instrument 321 can constrain the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the lengthwise length of the end instrument 321 through the limit groove wall 600 The relative position of the direction. That is, after the end instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320 , the limiting groove wall 600 can cooperate with the end instrument 321 to prevent the end instrument 321 from being separated from the rotation tube 427 .
  • end instrument 321 may be end instrument 321 .
  • the end instrument 321 may include a nail seat 596, an anvil 598, a knife holder 602, a knife pusher rod 604, an instrument outer tube 606, a swing rod assembly 702, and the like.
  • the limiting groove 594 may be formed on the knife holder 602 of the terminal instrument 321 . Specifically, a limiting groove 594 is provided at the end of the tool holder 602 close to the second end 590 of the instrument. In some implementations, the limiting groove 594 may be a groove provided on the circumferential surface of the tool holder 602 and extending in a helical shape along the longitudinal direction as a whole.
  • the rotation tube hook 560 of the rotation tube 427 can cooperate with the limiting groove 594, and cooperate with the limiting groove wall 600 of the limiting groove 594 through the first hook stop surface 562, Displacement that prevents the rotation tube 427 and the end instrument 321 from moving away along the lengthwise direction is achieved.
  • the limiting groove 594 may have a first groove segment 608 extending along the longitudinal direction, and a second groove segment extending along the circumferential direction of the terminal instrument 321 . Slot segment 610 .
  • the second slot section 610 has a limiting slot wall 600 facing the first end 588 of the instrument.
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 of the autorotation tube hook 560 will cooperate with the limiting groove 594 .
  • the terminal instrument 321 is first docked with the autorotation tube 427 along the lengthwise direction. Parts of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third section pass through the first slot section 608 to reach the second slot section 610 .
  • the end instrument 321 is rotated relative to the rotation tube 427 , so that the parts of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third section move along the second groove segment 610 .
  • the first hook stop surface 562 of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 faces the limiting groove wall 600 . In this way, when the end instrument 321 is moved away from the rotation tube 427, the first hook stop surface 562 will abut against the limit groove wall 600, so as to stop the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427, and avoid both separate.
  • the tool holder 602 of the terminal instrument 321 is accommodated in the instrument outer tube 606 .
  • the end of the knife holder 602 away from the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with an annular groove extending along the circumference of the knife holder 602 , and the annular groove can be used as the second groove segment 610 of the limiting groove 594 .
  • Said end of the tool holder 602 is separated by an annular groove forming a circumferential flange 612 .
  • At least two first groove segments 608 are formed on the circumferential flange 612 .
  • At least two first slot segments 608 may correspond to the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 respectively.
  • first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can extend into the first groove section 608, and when the terminal instrument 321 rotates relative to the rotation tube 427, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are in the first interval.
  • the part moves along the second groove segment 610.
  • the distance between the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 may be slightly greater than the thickness of the circumferential flange 612 along the longitudinal direction. As such, the circumferential flange 612 may enter into the hook arm groove 586 . In this way, the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 are in clearance fit with the circumferential flange 612 to define the relative positions of the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
  • a portion of the circumferential flange 612 adjacent to the first slot segment 608 is formed with a flange step 614 , and a flange side 616 facing the first slot segment 608 .
  • the flange step 614 can be received in the hook arm groove 586 , which allows the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 to rotate relative to the circumferential flange 612 . Further, after the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 rotate through the flange step 614 relative to the circumferential flange 612 , they will abut against the flange side 616 respectively. In this way, the rotation range of the rotation tube hook 560 compared with the tool holder 602 can be limited by the flange side 616 .
  • the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are in the structure of the first section, at least partially accommodated in the second groove section 610, and the hooks in the second section correspond to
  • the arm groove 586 receives a portion of the circumferential flange 612 .
  • the knife holder 602 is housed within the instrument outer tube 606 .
  • the part of the knife holder 602 provided with the circumferential flange 612 is all accommodated inside the outer tube 606 of the instrument. In this way, the internal structure of the knife holder 602 can be protected to a certain extent.
  • the instrument outer tube 606 can move relative to the tool holder 602 along the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 . That is, the instrument outer tube 606 can be driven by the major shaft assembly 320 to trigger the function of the tip instrument 321 .
  • housing the knife rest 602 inside the outer tube 606 of the instrument provides a certain space distance along the longitudinal direction, which is the space structure between the rotation tube hook 560 and the knife rest 602, and the distance between the mechanical outer tube 606 and the long axis.
  • the spatial structure of the module 320 provides design convenience.
  • the knife holder 602 is hollow along the longitudinal direction of the terminal instrument 321, and the knife holder 602 accommodates the pusher rod 604 of the terminal instrument 321, and the pusher rod 604 extends out of the knife Rack 602.
  • the knife push rod 604 can be used to push the knife head (not shown) of the end instrument 321 .
  • the end of the pusher bar 604 near the first end 588 of the instrument is adapted to engage a knife head.
  • the pusher rod 604 protrudes from the end of the knife holder 602 for mating with the firing rod 450 .
  • the end of the knife pushing rod 604 away from the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with a narrowing diameter 618 of the knife rod extending along the circumferential direction.
  • the circumferential outer diameter of the portion of the push rod 604 adjacent to the narrow diameter 618 of the knife bar is larger than the outer diameter of the narrow diameter 618 of the knife bar.
  • a part is spaced at the end of the pusher rod 604 by the cutter rod narrowing diameter 618 as the cutter rod connecting head 620 .
  • the knife rod connecting head 620 can be engaged with the connecting groove 622 of the firing rod 450 . In this way, the positioning of the pusher rod 604 and the firing rod 450 along the longitudinal direction is realized. In this way, the pusher rod 604 can be pushed by the firing rod 450, thereby pushing the cutting head.
  • FIG. 23 For some implementations, see Figures 23 and 24.
  • the tool holder 602 of the end instrument 321 is rotatably connected with the end effector 340 .
  • the pad 596 of the end effector 340 has a pad top surface 700 that faces the anvil 598 .
  • the relative rotation axis of the tool holder 602 and the end effector 340 intersects with the top surface 700 of the nail base in space.
  • the nail seat top surface 700 can be abstracted into a plane, and there is an intersection between the plane and the axis.
  • the axis may tend to be perpendicular to the plane.
  • a surgical instrument including a driving device 310 and an autorotation tube 427, the autorotation tube 427 extending along a lengthwise direction has a first end 351 and a second end 353; the first end 351 is used for The terminal instrument 321 is installed, and the second end 353 is used for coupling with the driving device 310; the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 has a tube hook 560 protruding along the longitudinal direction, and the tube The hook 560 has a first hook stop surface 562 facing the second end 353, and the first hook stop surface 562 is used to prevent the terminal instrument 321 from moving away from the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the second end 353 .
  • an end instrument is provided, the end instrument 321 has an instrument first end 588 and an instrument second end 590 along the longitudinal direction; wherein, the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with an end effector 340, The second end 590 of the instrument is used to be coupled to a tube of a surgical instrument 300; wherein, the terminal instrument 321 is provided with a limiting groove 594 near the second end 590 of the instrument; the limiting groove 594 is used for The relative positions of the end instrument 321 and the tube along the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 are constrained.
  • the surgical instrument 300 includes a driving device 310 , a long shaft assembly 320 and a terminal instrument 321 ;
  • the long shaft assembly 320 has a first end 351 and a second end 353 extending along the lengthwise direction; the first end is used for installing the terminal instrument 321, and the second end is used for coupling with the driving device 310;
  • the shaft assembly 320 includes a tube and a driving rod at least partially accommodated in the tube; the driving rod can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction;
  • the end instrument 321 extends along the lengthwise direction with an instrument first end 588 and an instrument second end 590; the instrument first end 588 is provided with an end effector 340, the The second end 590 of the instrument is mated with the first end of the long shaft assembly 320 ;
  • the end instrument 321 may have a swing rod assembly 702 that drives the end effector 340 to swing relative to the tool holder 602 .
  • the swing rod assembly 702 may include: a first rod 704 rotatably connected to the end effector 340 ; a second rod 706 rotatably connected to the first rod 704 and the tool holder 602 ;
  • the second pull rod 706 is rotatably connected to the third pull rod 708
  • the tool holder 602 is located between the first pull rod 704 and the third pull rod 708
  • the third pull rod 708 is used to connect with the driving rod of the long shaft assembly 320 .
  • the third pull rod 708 can be used to connect with the first driving rod 355 of the long shaft assembly 320, so that when the first driving rod 355 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, It can drive the third pull rod 708 to move together, and the third pull rod 708 can drive the second pull rod 706 to rotate relative to the knife holder 602 .
  • the first pull rod 704 has a moving direction opposite to that of the third pull rod 708 under the action of the second pull rod 706 , so that the first pull rod 704 can drive the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the knife post 602 .
  • the swing of the end effector 340 relative to the knife post 602 is achieved, that is, the process of adjusting the angle of the end effector 340 relative to the knife post 602 .
  • the positions of the tool holder 602 and the rotation tube 427 of the long shaft assembly 320 are relatively fixed. In this way, after the angle of the end effector 340 relative to the tool post 602 is adjusted, the angle of the end effector 340 relative to the rotation tube 427 is also adjusted.
  • the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate by the driving device 310 , the swing rod assembly 702 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 . In this way, on the basis of adjusting the angle of the end effector 340 through the swing rod assembly 702 , by driving the rotation tube 427 to rotate, the angle of the end effector 340 can be adjusted along the circumferential direction.
  • the swing rod assembly 702 may further include a fourth rod 710 rotatably connected to the end effector 321 and the second rod 706 respectively.
  • the fourth pull rod 710 and the first pull rod 704 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the knife holder 602 .
  • the fourth pull rod 710 and the first pull rod 704 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the knife holder 602 . In this way, the force exerted by the fourth pull rod 710 and the first pull rod 704 on the end effector 340 is more uniform. Furthermore, structurally, when the end effector 340 is maintained at a certain angle relative to the tool post 602, when it is subjected to an external force, the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 will bear the stress to achieve better The angle between end effector 340 and tool post 602 is maintained.
  • the second tie rod 706 , the third tie rod 708 and the fourth tie rod 710 are connected by a first pin shaft 712 .
  • the second pull rod 706 and the fourth pull rod 712 tend to move simultaneously.
  • the second pull rod 706 can further pull the first pull rod 704 .
  • the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 712 can be driven to apply forces in opposite directions to the end effector 340 only by pulling the third pull rod 708 , and then the end effector 340 can be driven to rotate relative to the knife post 602 .
  • the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 712 are respectively connected to the end effector 340 through a second pin shaft 716 and a third pin shaft 718 .
  • the ends can be applied through the second pin shaft 716 and the third pin shaft 718 respectively to make the The force by which the actuator 340 rotates. Furthermore, the swing function of the terminal instrument 321 relative to the rotation tube 427 is realized.
  • the first pull rod 704 is connected to the second pull rod 706 through a fourth pin 720 .
  • the second pull rod 706 is connected to the tool holder 602 through a fifth pin shaft 722 .
  • the third pull rod 708 may also be connected with the first pull rod 704 and the second pull rod 706 through the fourth pin shaft 720 .
  • the third pull rod 708 when the third pull rod 708 is pulled to move along the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602, it will drive the first pull rod 704 to move in the same direction through the fourth pin shaft 720, and also drive the second pull rod 706 to rotate relative to the fifth pin shaft 722 , and further drives the reverse movement of the fourth pull rod 710 relative to the first pull rod 704 .
  • the first pull rod 704 applies force to the end effector 340 through the second pin 716
  • the fourth pull rod 710 applies force to the end effector 340 through the third pin 718 .
  • the end effector 340 is rotated relative to the tool post 602 .
  • the fifth pin shaft 722 may be at a middle position of the second pull rod 706 along the extending direction of the second pull rod 706 . As a result, the moments of the third pull rod 708 and the first pull rod 704 relative to the fifth pin 722 are relatively balanced.
  • first tie rod 708 , the second tie rod 706 , the third tie rod 708 and the fourth tie rod 712 can be made of stronger materials.
  • the part of the end effector 340 connected to the first rod 704 and the fourth rod 710 defines a first indicator line
  • the extension direction of the second rod 706 defines a second indicator line; The first indicator line and the second indicator line tend to be parallel.
  • the end effector 340 is connected to the first pull rod 704 through the second pin shaft 716 , and connected to the fourth pull rod 710 through the third pin shaft 718 .
  • a connecting line can be formed, which is the first indicating line.
  • the construction of the first indicating line is not limited to the above manner, for example, the end effector 340 has two pin holes for installing the second pin shaft 716 and the third pin shaft 718 . On the same side of the two pin shaft holes, a tangent line tangent to the two pin shaft holes is made, and the tangent line can also be used as the first indicator line.
  • first indicator line and the second indicator line tend to be parallel. In this way, a larger swing angle of the end effector 340 relative to the rotation tube 427 can be realized. It can be more widely applicable to more usage requirements.
  • first indicator line and the second indicator line are lines formed by a mechanical structure, and are only used to clearly express structural features here. In fact, it is difficult to achieve an absolute parallel relationship between the first indicator line and the second indicator line formed by the mechanical structure.
  • the second tie rod 706 may extend lengthwise as a whole.
  • the second tie rod 706 may adopt a relatively flat shape as a whole.
  • the second pull rod 706 may have a curvature suitable for the outer instrument tube 606 . In this way, the internal space occupied by the outer tube 606 of the instrument can be relatively reduced.
  • the instrument outer tube 606 of the end instrument 321 may include: a first outer tube segment 724 sleeved on the end effector 340 , a second outer tube segment 726 sleeved on the knife holder 602 , and an outer tube joint 728 that is rotatably connected to the first outer tube segment 724 and the second outer tube segment 726 respectively.
  • Both the first outer tube section 724 and the second outer tube section 726 are rotatable relative to the outer tube coupling 728 .
  • the position of the outer tube coupling member 728 can be set close to the part where the end effector 340 is connected to the first pull rod 704 .
  • the first pull rod 704 drives the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the tool holder 602
  • the first outer tube segment 724 sleeved on the end effector 340 can rotate relative to the second outer tube segment 726.
  • Tube 606 obstructs the swinging function of tip instrument 321 .
  • first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 define a datum.
  • the projections of the second pin axis 716 and the third pin axis 718 on the reference plane are within the projection range of the outer tube joint 728 on the reference plane along the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder Inside.
  • the reference plane may be jointly defined by the same side surface of the first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 . It can be understood that the reference plane may pass through the two surfaces on the same side of the first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 at the same time. Of course, a plane coplanar with the centerlines of the first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 may also be used as the reference plane. Of course, those skilled in the art may make other changes under the inspiration of the disclosure of the implementation modes in this specification, and all of them shall be covered within the protection scope of the claims of this case.
  • the tool holder 602 extends longitudinally as a whole to form the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 .
  • the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 may tend to be the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly 320 .
  • the projection of the outer tube joint 728 on the reference plane can form a certain projection range. Specifically, it may form a figure such that it forms a certain length range in the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 , and this length range may be used as a projection range along the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 .
  • structural settings can be made so that the connection parts between the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 and the end effector 340 are within the projected range.
  • End instrument 321 may have an initial state. In the initial state, the anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 are in an open position, and the angle between the end effector 340 and the knife rest 602 may be 180°. In this way, when the outer tube 606 of the executing instrument is not moving relative to the knife frame 602 , the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 are driven to pull the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the knife frame 602 by an angle. At this time, the outer tube coupling member 728 at least rotates relative to the first outer tube segment 724 , so that the first outer tube segment 724 sleeved on the end effector 340 can rotate with the end effector 340 .
  • instrument outer tube 606 may be moved proximate to end effector 340 along the lengthwise extension of tool holder 602 , which may trigger the clamping function of end effector 340 .
  • the movement of the instrument outer tube 606 toward the end effector 340 can make the anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 relatively close. In this way, the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 is realized.
  • the second outer tube segment 726 is driven to move toward the end effector 340 , so that the outer tube coupling part 728 is pushed. Since the end effector 340 has rotated an angle relative to the tool holder 602 , the outer tube joint 728 will rotate relative to both the first outer tube segment 724 and the second outer tube segment 726 . In this way, the first outer tube segment 724 can be pushed to make the anvil 598 relatively close to the nail seat 596 , and can finally be in a closed state to realize the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 . During this process, the position of the outer tube joint 728 will move, so that the projection on the reference plane will also move.
  • the projection of the outer tube coupling member 728 on the datum plane becomes a continuous projection range when the anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 are in a closed state.
  • the projections of the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 on the reference plane are always within the projection range, so that the first outer pipe section 724, the outer pipe joint 728 and the second outer pipe section 726 A better fit for the rotational capability of the end effector 340 relative to the tool post 602 may be provided. That is, when the end effector 340 is rotated at a certain angle (not 180° between the two) relative to the knife rest 602, the clamping function of the end instrument 321 driven by the instrument outer tube 606 can also be realized to a certain extent .
  • the surgical instrument 300 includes a terminal instrument 321 for performing surgery, and also includes: a tubular member extending along the longitudinal direction, and at least partially receiving The driving rod in the pipe; the driving rod can move along the longitudinal direction relative to the pipe; the part of the driving rod accommodated in the pipe is connected with a pipe wall passing through the pipe Outer tube connector 460 .
  • the terminal instrument 321 has an instrument outer tube 606 for being socketed with the tube, as well as an anvil 598 and a nail seat 596; the part of the instrument outer tube 606 sleeved on the tube is connected to the outer tube 460 , so that the instrument outer tube 606 can be driven by the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction to drive the anvil 598 of the terminal instrument 321 to open or close relative to the nail seat 596 .
  • the terminal instrument 321 includes a knife frame 602, the knife frame 602 is accommodated in the instrument outer tube 606, and the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 are arranged at the end of the knife frame 602;
  • the pipe is a rotation tube 427 , which is connected to the knife holder 602 and is used to drive the terminal instrument 321 to rotate.
  • the instrument outer tube 606 accommodates part of the rotation tube 427 .
  • connection structure of the outer tube 606 of the instrument includes an outer tube groove 808 of the outer tube 606 of the instrument, and the outer tube groove 808 can accommodate the outer tube connector 460 protruding from the tube;
  • the part of the outer tube connector 460 located inside the tube is connected to the driving rod;
  • the tube wall of the tube corresponds to the area of the outer tube connector 460, and is provided with a rotation tube guide hole 810 extending along the longitudinal direction, and the driving rod can drive the outer tube connector 460 along the outer tube connector 460.
  • the rotation tube guide hole 810 moves.
  • the outer tube 606 of the instrument is sleeved with a fastening tube 814 at a position corresponding to the outer tube groove 808 .
  • the instrument outer tube 606 is circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 by the outer tube connector 460 .
  • the outer instrument tube 606 of the terminal instrument 321 is provided with a knife holder 602, and the rotation tube 427 partially extends into the instrument outer tube 606 of the terminal instrument, and is connected with the knife holder of the terminal instrument. 602 connection.
  • the tube wall of the autorotation tube 427 corresponds to the area of the outer tube connector 460, and is provided with a self-rotation tube guide hole 816 extending along the longitudinal direction, and the driving rod can drive the The outer tube connector 460 moves along the rotation tube guide hole 816 .
  • the length difference between the rotation tube guide hole 816 and the outer tube connector 460 along the longitudinal direction is within 4 mm to 7 mm.
  • the instrument outer tube 606 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move relative to the autorotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction of the autorotation tube 427 to drive the anvil 598 of the terminal instrument 321 Open or close relative to the nail seat 596 .
  • the instrument outer tube 606 can be socketed with the autorotation tube 427 , and the two can move relatively along the longitudinal direction of the autorotation tube 427 .
  • the nail anvil 598 is rotationally connected to the nail seat 596, so that through the relative rotation between the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596, the nail anvil 598 is opened or closed relative to the nail seat 596. In this way, the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 is realized.
  • the clamping function of the end instrument 321 is driven by setting the instrument outer tube 606 of the end instrument 321 to be able to move relative to the rotation tube 427 .
  • the design is more reasonable, and the overall space arrangement is very compact.
  • the nail seat 596 has two arc-shaped grooves 800
  • the nail anvil 598 has two protruding pins 802 corresponding to the arc-shaped grooves 800 .
  • the nail anvil 598 can move in the arc-shaped groove 800 through the protruding pin 802 , and the nail anvil 598 can rotate relative to the nail seat 596 .
  • the anvil 598 is also provided with a rotating flange 804 , which is adjacent to the protruding pin 802 and is used to cooperate with the outer tube 606 of the instrument.
  • the portion of the anvil 598 where the lug 802 and the rotating flange 804 are disposed extends into the outer tube 606 of the instrument.
  • the rotating flange 804 will be matched with the instrument outer tube 606, so that when the instrument outer tube 606 moves relative to the knife rest 602, the rotating flange 804 will be pushed, and then the anvil 598 will pass through the lug 802 along the arc groove 800. Sliding, and in sliding process, nail anvil 598 rotates relative to nail seat 596. In some specific embodiments, when the instrument outer tube 606 moves toward the first end 351 relative to the rotation tube 427, the instrument outer tube 606 will push the nail anvil 598 close to the nail seat 596, so that the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 closed, thereby realizing that the end instrument 321 can clamp an object.
  • the instrument outer tube 606 moves toward the second end 353 relative to the rotation tube 427 , the instrument outer tube 606 will pull the anvil 598 away from the nail seat 596 , so that the space between the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 is opened.
  • the tool holder 602 of the terminal instrument 321 is housed in the instrument outer tube 606 .
  • the overall appearance of the end device 321 is relatively regular, which is convenient for packaging and transportation.
  • the knife rest 602 is accommodated in the outer tube 606 of the instrument, and the knife push rod 604 and the swing rod assembly 702 installed on the knife rest 602 can also be accommodated in the outer tube 606 of the instrument, or at least most of them are accommodated in the outer tube 606 of the instrument.
  • the instrument outer tube 606 can form the outer casing 381 of the terminal instrument 321, giving a certain degree of protection to the internal structure. Furthermore, the possible interference of the external environment on the internal transmission of the terminal device 321 is also avoided to a certain extent.
  • the rotation tube 427 needs to be matched with the tool holder 602 .
  • the autorotation tube 427 partly extends into the inside of the instrument outer tube 606 to realize the coupling between the autorotation tube 427 and the knife holder 602 . That is, the instrument outer tube 606 can accommodate part of the autorotation tube 427 , so that the autorotation tube 427 is connected to the knife holder 602 .
  • the part of the second driving rod 393 accommodated in the rotation tube 427 is provided with an outer tube connector 460 .
  • the rotation tube 427 corresponds to the position of the outer tube connector 460 and has a through hole, that is, the rotation tube guide hole 810 .
  • the outer tube connector 460 can protrude from the through hole. Further, the outer tube connector 460 can be connected with the instrument outer tube 606 of the terminal instrument 321 . In this way, the outer tube connector 460 limits the second driving rod 393 , the rotation tube 427 and the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Therefore, when the rotation tube 427 rotates along the circumferential direction, it can drive the instrument outer tube 606 to rotate together, so that the end instrument 321 can also rotate along with it.
  • the instrument outer tube 606 is sleeved on the part of the autorotation tube 427, and is provided with a connecting structure connected with the driving rod inside the autorotation tube 427, so that the instrument outer tube 606 can be rotated in the second Driven by the driving rod 393 , it moves relative to the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
  • the instrument outer tube 606 is connected to the second driving rod 393 of the long shaft assembly 320 through a connecting structure. In this way, when the second driving rod 393 is driven to move, it will drive the outer tube 606 of the instrument to move together through the connecting structure. In this way, the second driving rod 393 can be driven by the driving device 310, the instrument outer tube 606 is driven by the second driving rod 393, and finally the nail anvil 598 is driven by the instrument outer tube 606 to move relative to the nail base 596, so that the nail anvil 598 and the nail base 596 They can be opened and closed to realize the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 .
  • the connecting structure of the instrument outer tube 606 includes an outer tube groove 808 of the instrument outer tube 606, as shown in FIG. 23 , the outer tube groove 808 can accommodate the Outer tube connector 460 .
  • the part of the outer tube connector 460 located in the rotation tube 427 is connected to the second driving rod 393 .
  • the outer tube groove 808 may be a blind hole formed on the outer tube 606 of the instrument, and of course, the outer tube groove 808 may also be a through hole formed on the outer tube 606 of the instrument.
  • the outer tube connector 460 can be connected to the second driving rod 393 and the outer tube groove 808 respectively. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 30 .
  • the second drive rod 393 may be provided with a drive rod slot 812 .
  • the outer tube connector 460 can extend into the drive rod slot 812 of the second drive rod 393 and the outer tube slot 808 of the instrument outer tube 606 , respectively.
  • Such a spatial arrangement clamps the outer tube connector 460 between the second driving rod 393 and the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Realize, the second driving rod 393 is firmly connected with the instrument outer tube 606.
  • the outer tube connector 460 passes through the tube wall of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the outer tube connector 460 can protrude from the rotation tube 427 and extend into the outer tube groove 808 of the outer tube 606 of the instrument.
  • the exterior of the instrument outer tube 606 mated with the outer tube connector 460 is sleeved with a fastening tube 814 made of heat shrinkable material.
  • the outer tube 606 of the instrument is sleeved with a fastening tube 814 at a position corresponding to the outer tube groove 808 .
  • the fastening tube 814 is fastened to the surface of the instrument outer tube 606 .
  • the outer tube groove 808 may be a through hole, at this time, the positional relationship between the outer tube connector 460 and the outer tube groove 808 can be strengthened by the fastening tube 814 .
  • the fastening tube 814 may have a certain degree of elasticity, so that it can be compressed on the outer tube 606 of the instrument through elasticity.
  • the fastening tube 814 may be made of heat-shrinkable material.
  • the outer instrument tube 606 is limited in a circumferential direction relative to the rotation tube 427 by the connection structure 806 . In this way, when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate, the instrument outer tube 606 can rotate along with it.
  • the tube wall of the autorotation tube 427 corresponds to the area of the outer tube connector 460, and is provided with a self-rotation tube guide hole 816 extending along the longitudinal direction, and the second driving rod 393 can Driving the outer tube connecting member 460 to move along the rotation tube guide hole 816 .
  • the outer tube connector 460 passes through the rotation tube guide hole 810 , and the outer tube connector 460 and the rotation tube guide hole 810 are clearance fit. Thus, the outer tube connecting member 460 can move relative to the rotation tube guide hole 810 . In this way, when the second driving rod 393 is driven to move by the driving device 310 , the outer tube connecting member 460 can move along with the second driving rod 393 along the rotation tube guide hole 810 . Furthermore, the outer tube connector 460 can drive the outer tube 606 of the instrument to move together.
  • the second drive lever 393 can have a manual drive assembly.
  • the manual driving assembly can be used for manual operation to drive the nail anvil 598 to rotate relative to the nail base 596 to realize the clamping or spreading function.
  • the manual drive assembly may include a shaft extension 818, a drive pinion 820, an intermediate gear set and a second manual wheel assembly.
  • Shaft extension 818 may be coupled to second drive shaft 412 and have approximately the same axis of rotation.
  • One end of the shaft extension 818 accommodates the end of the second driving shaft 412 away from the rotation tube 427 .
  • the circumferential limit between the shaft extension 818 and the second drive shaft 412 makes one of them rotate when driven to rotate, and the other rotates accordingly.
  • the end surface of the shaft extension 818 has an opening with a non-circular cross-section, and the second drive shaft 412 extends into the end of the opening, and has a contour shape adapted to the shape and size of the opening. .
  • the end of the second drive shaft 412 is provided with a bar-shaped groove, and the shaft extension member 818 may have an extending protrusion, and the extending protrusion can extend into the bar-shaped groove.
  • the bar-shaped groove is adapted to the cross-sectional shape of the extension protrusion, so that the second drive shaft 412 and the shaft extension piece 818 are circumferentially limited.
  • the driving pinion 820 is sheathed on the shaft extension 818, and the two are circumferentially limited. In this way, when the driving pinion 820 is driven, it can drive the shaft extension 818 to rotate together.
  • the end of the shaft extension 818 away from the second drive shaft 412 is mounted with a nut 388 to prevent the drive pinion 820 from being separated from the shaft extension 818 in the axial direction.
  • the intermediate gear set can include an intermediate pinion gear 822 and an intermediate bull gear 824 .
  • the middle pinion 822 and the middle bull gear 824 may be arranged coaxially. In this way, when the intermediate pinion gear 822 is driven to rotate by the second manual wheel assembly, the intermediate large gear 824 will rotate together.
  • the middle bull gear 824 can mesh with the drive pinion 820 , so that when the middle bull gear 824 is driven to rotate, it can drive the drive pinion 820 to rotate together.
  • the second manual wheel assembly may include a second knob 823 , a second manual shaft 825 and a second manual bull gear 826 .
  • the second knob 823 is fixedly connected with the second manual shaft 825 . In this way, the second knob 823 can be manually operated to rotate, thereby driving the second manual shaft 825 to rotate.
  • the second manual large gear 826 is sheathed on the second manual shaft 825 and is circumferentially limited with the second manual shaft 825 . In this way, when the second manual shaft 825 rotates, it can drive the second manual large gear 826 to rotate together.
  • the second manual bull gear 826 meshes with the intermediate pinion gear 822 .
  • the second manual large gear 826 when it rotates, it can drive the middle pinion 822 to rotate, and the middle large gear 824 drives the drive pinion 820 to rotate, and then drives the second drive shaft 412 to rotate.
  • the rotation of the second drive shaft 412 can drive the axial movement of the second shift fork 409 relative to the second drive shaft 412 , thus driving the second drive rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly 320 to drive the terminal instrument 321
  • the relative rotation between the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 realizes opening or closing.
  • a second limiting frame 828 is disposed on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 .
  • the second manual shaft 825 of the second manual wheel assembly passes through the second limit frame 828 and is connected with the top plate 481 through a bearing.
  • the second manual shaft 825 can rotate relative to the second limit frame 828 .
  • the rotating shaft of the intermediate gear set also passes through the installation frame 828 and is connected with the top plate 481 through a bearing.
  • the rotating shaft of the intermediate gear set can rotate relative to the second limiting frame 828 .
  • the shaft extension 818 runs through the installation frame 828, and the two can be rotated relative to each other.
  • the surgical instrument includes a driving device 310, an autorotation tube 427, and a terminal instrument 321;
  • the autorotation tube 427 extends along a lengthwise direction with a first end 351 and The second end 353, wherein the first end 351 is used to install the terminal instrument 321; the second end 353 is used to be coupled to the driving device 310;
  • the rotation tube 427 can accept the rotation force provided by the driving device 310, and the inside of the rotation tube 427 close to the first end 351 is provided with an instrument installation groove 332, and the instrument installation groove 332 extends along the circumference of the rotation tube 427;
  • the terminal instrument 321 is provided with a lateral flange 335, and the lateral flange 335 is limited in the instrument installation groove 332; the terminal instrument 321 also has a blade, an anvil and a nail seat;
  • the surgical instrument 300 also includes: a firing rod 450 and a driving rod at least partially accommodated in the rotation tube 427 (the firing rod 450 is not shown in FIGS. 450 can push the blade of the end instrument 321 along the lengthwise direction, and the driving rod can be driven and moved by the driving device 310 along the lengthwise direction to trigger the tension of the nail anvil of the end instrument 321 relative to the nail seat.
  • the firing rod 450 tends to be arranged coaxially with the rotation tube 427, the driving rod is at least partially accommodated between the rotation tube 427 and the firing rod 450, and the rotation tube 427 is driven
  • the rotating force of the device 310 is driven to rotate, the driving rod rotates around the firing rod 450 , and the end instrument 321 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 .
  • the end instrument 321 may extend lengthwise to have an instrument first end 588 and an instrument second end 590 .
  • the instrument first end 588 may be provided with an end effector 340 .
  • End effector 340 may be a device that performs electrocautery, cutting, clamping, or imaging functions.
  • the second end 590 of the instrument may be provided with a connecting portion 324 between the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 .
  • the connecting portion 324 of the terminal instrument 321 includes a lateral flange 335 .
  • the lateral flange 335 may protrude from the end instrument 321 in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction.
  • the lateral flange 335 can be used to cooperate with the rotation tube 427, at least to limit the distance between the terminal instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
  • a swing mechanism is provided between the connecting part 324 and the end effector 340 to make the connecting part 324 swing relative to the end effector 340 .
  • the connecting portion 324 has a swing hook 337 for triggering the swing mechanism. Specifically, when the swing hook 337 is pulled along the lengthwise direction, the swing mechanism in the end instrument 321 will be driven to prompt the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the connecting part 324 . In this way, adjustments to the posture and angle of the end effector 340 are realized.
  • the interior of the end instrument 321 may be provided with a knife rod, which may be connected to a blade.
  • a knife rod which may be connected to a blade.
  • the rotation tube 427 has a first end 351 and a second end 353 along the lengthwise direction, the first end 351 can be installed with the terminal instrument 321 , and the second end 353 is coupled with the driving device 310 .
  • the rotation tube 427 may have an axis X, and is driven by the driving device 310 to rotate around the axis X.
  • An instrument installation slot 332 is provided inside the rotation tube 427 close to the first end 351 .
  • the instrument installation groove 332 is used for limiting the terminal instrument 321 . Specifically, the instrument installation groove 332 extends along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 . After the lateral flange 335 of the terminal instrument 321 enters the instrument installation groove 332 , the rotation tube 427 and the terminal instrument 321 are limited along the longitudinal direction.
  • the spinning tube 427 is equipped with a flange stopper 333 .
  • the flange limiting member 333 limits the lateral flange 335 of the terminal instrument 321 to the instrument installation groove 332 .
  • the flange limiter 333 can prevent the lateral flange 335 of the terminal instrument 321 from sliding out from one end of the instrument installation groove 332 . Realize to some extent prevent the terminal instrument 321 from detaching from the autorotation tube 427 .
  • glue may also be provided in the instrument installation groove 332 to bond the lateral flange 335 of the end instrument 321 in the instrument installation groove 332 . In order to realize that the terminal instrument 321 is firmly installed on the rotation tube 427 .
  • an elastic member 334 is installed between the flange limiting member 333 and the rotation tube 427, and the elastic member 334 exerts elastic force along the longitudinal direction on the flange limiting member 333 .
  • the lateral flange 335 pushes the flange limiting member 333 to move along the longitudinal direction, and overcomes the elastic force exerted by the elastic member 334 on the flange limiting member 333 .
  • the elastic member 334 pushes the flange limiting member 333 to reset.
  • the flange limiting member 333 can stop the lateral flange 335 from sliding out from one end entering the device installation groove 332 .
  • the rotation tube 427 is provided with a guiding structure corresponding to the flange limiting member 333 , and the guiding structure can provide guidance for the flange limiting member 333 along the longitudinal direction.
  • the flange limiting member 333 has an operating portion 336 leaking from the rotation tube 427 .
  • the operating part 336 can be manually pushed to avoid the lateral flange 335 of the end instrument 321, so that the end instrument 321 The lateral flange 335 can slide out of the instrument installation groove 332 , thereby realizing the separation of the end instrument 321 from the rotation tube 427 .
  • the part of the driving rod 327 protruding into the rotation tube 427 is limited in the circumferential direction relative to the rotation tube 427 , but allows the displacement of the driving rod 327 along the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube 427 .
  • the specific arrangement of the driving rod 327 may be the description of the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 in the above embodiment.
  • the end of the driving rod 327 near the first end 351 has a connecting hook 338 .
  • the driving rod 327 can cooperate with the swing hook 337 of the terminal instrument 321 through the connecting hook 338 .
  • the driving rod 327 can drive the swing mechanism of the end instrument 321 through the swing hook 337 to drive the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the connecting part 324 .
  • the terminal instrument 321 first moves along the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube 427, and at this time the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swinging hook of the terminal instrument 321 337 are separated, and when the driving rod 327 is driven to move, it cannot drive the swing hook 337 of the terminal instrument 321.
  • the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swing hook 337 of the end instrument 321 are hooked together to achieve mating.
  • the driving rod 327 is driven to move, it can drive the swing hook 337 to realize the swing mechanism of driving the terminal instrument 321 .
  • the coupling between the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swing hook 337 of the end instrument 321 can be completed, so that the distance between the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 is limited.
  • the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swinging hook 337 of the terminal instrument 321 hook each other, so that there is no way between the terminal instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427.
  • the flange limiter 333 stops the lateral flange 335 so as to limit the relative circumferential position between the terminal instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 .
  • the driving rod 327 rotates around the firing rod 450 .
  • part of the firing rod 450 protrudes from the autorotation tube 427 , and after the coupling portion 324 of the end instrument 321 is mated with the autorotation tube 427 , the firing rod 450 can extend into the connection portion 324 of the end instrument 321 .
  • the firing rod 450 may be coupled to the knife bar of the end instrument 321 .
  • the firing rod 450 protrudes from the end of the rotation tube 427 and may be in a flat shape, and has a clamping joint 339 formed with a reduced diameter.
  • the connecting portion 324 of the end instrument 321 When the connecting portion 324 of the end instrument 321 is connected to the rotation tube 427, when the lateral flange 335 reaches the second groove section 355 from the first groove section 353, the snap joint 339 of the firing rod 450 can pass through the knife rod of the end instrument 321
  • the receiving hole, the shape of the opening of the receiving hole can be matched with the bayonet joint 339.
  • a variable diameter is formed inside the receiving hole of the knife rod.
  • This specification also provides a slave operation device, including at least one mechanical arm, the mechanical arm includes a plurality of joints and an actuating device, and the plurality of joints are linked to realize the movement of multiple degrees of freedom of the actuating device, so
  • the surgical instrument as described in any one of the above embodiments is detachably installed on the actuating device.
  • This specification also provides a surgical robot, including a master operation console and the above-mentioned slave operation device, and the slave operation device performs surgical operations on the human body according to the instructions of the master operation console.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Surgical Instruments (AREA)

Abstract

A surgical instrument (300). The surgical instrument (300) may comprise: a tube extending in a lengthwise direction and having a first end (351) and a second end (353), the first end (351) being used for mounting an end instrument (321), a driving rod (327, 355, 393), which is used for driving the end instrument (321), being provided inside the tube, and a first surface (359) facing the first end (351) and a second surface (361) facing away from the first end (351) being formed at the end of the driving rod (327, 355, 393) away from the first end (351); and a driving device (310), which is coupled to the second end (353) of the tube, the driving device (310) being capable of applying a force to the first surface (359) and/or the second surface (361), so as to make the driving rod (327, 355, 393) move in the lengthwise direction. By means of the solution, the mechanical stability of the surgical instrument is improved.

Description

手术器械Surgical Instruments
本申请要求于2021年12月06日在中国专利局提交的、申请号为202111482124.4、发明名称以“手术器械和手术机器人”的中国专利申请的优先权,要求于2021年12月06日在中国专利局提交的、申请号为202111479754.6、发明名称为“手术器械和手术机器人”的中国专利申请的优先权,要求于2021年12月06日在中国专利局提交的、申请号为202111482143.7、发明名称为“手术器械和手术机器人”的中国专利申请的优先权,要求于2021年12月06日在中国专利局提交的、中请号为202111482166.8、发明名称为“手术器械、从操作设备和手术机器人”的中国专利申请的优先权,要求于2021年12月06日在中国专利局提交的、中请号为202111479782.8、发明名称为“末端器械、手术器械和机器人”的中国专利申请的优先权,要求于2021年12月06日在中国专利局提交的、申请号为202111482180.8、发明名称为“手术器械、从操作设备和手术机器人”的中国专利申请的优先权,要求于2021年12月06日在中国专利局提交的、申请号为202111482178.0、发明名称为“手术器械、从操作设备和机器人”的中国专利申请的优先权其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111482124.4 and the title of the invention "surgical instrument and surgical robot" filed in the China Patent Office on December 06, 2021, and claims the priority to be filed in China on December 06, 2021 The priority of the Chinese patent application with application number 202111479754.6 and the title of the invention "Surgical Instrument and Surgical Robot" filed at the Patent Office, claiming the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111482143.7 and the title of the invention filed at the China Patent Office on December 06, 2021 The priority of the Chinese patent application for "Surgical Instruments and Surgical Robots", claiming the patent application number 202111482166.8 filed at the China Patent Office on December 06, 2021, and the title of the invention is "Surgical Instruments, Slave Operating Equipment, and Surgical Robots" The priority of the Chinese patent application ", claiming the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111479782.8 and the title of the invention "Terminal Instruments, Surgical Instruments and Robots" filed at the China Patent Office on December 06, 2021, Claiming priority to a Chinese patent application with application number 202111482180.8, titled "Surgical Instruments, Slave Operating Equipment, and Surgical Robot", filed at the China Patent Office on December 06, 2021, claimed on December 06, 2021 The priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111482178.0 and the title of the invention "Surgical Instrument, Slave Operating Equipment and Robot" filed at the China Patent Office, the entire content of which is incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本说明书涉及医疗器械领域,特别是涉及一种手术器械、使用该手术器械的从操作设备以及具有该从操作设备手术机器人。This specification relates to the field of medical instruments, in particular to a surgical instrument, a slave operating device using the surgical instrument, and a surgical robot with the slave operating device.
背景技术Background technique
微创手术是指利用腹腔镜,胸腔镜等现代医疗器械及相关设备在人体腔体内部施行手术的一种手术方式。相比传统手术方式微创手术具有创伤小,疼痛轻,恢复快等优势。Minimally invasive surgery refers to a surgical method that uses modern medical instruments such as laparoscopy and thoracoscopy and related equipment to perform surgery inside the human cavity. Compared with traditional surgical methods, minimally invasive surgery has the advantages of less trauma, less pain, and faster recovery.
随着科技的进步,微创手术机器人技术逐渐成熟,并被广泛应用。微创手术机器人通常包括主操作控制台及从操作设备,主操作控制台用于根据医生的操作向从操作设备发送控制命令,以控制从操作设备,从操作设备用于响应主操作控制台发送的控制命令,并进行相应的手术操作。With the advancement of science and technology, robotic technology for minimally invasive surgery has gradually matured and been widely used. A minimally invasive surgical robot usually includes a main operation console and a slave operation device. The master operation console is used to send control commands to the slave operation device according to the doctor's operation to control the slave operation device. control commands and perform corresponding surgical operations.
从操作设备上连接有可以与从操作设备可拆卸的手术器械,手术器械包括驱动装置和用于执行手术的末端执行器,以及用于连接末端执行器和驱动装置的长轴,驱动装置用于将手术器械连接到从操作设备并接受来自从操作设备的驱动力以驱动末端执行器运动,驱动装置通过缆线与末端执行器连接,驱动装置通过缆线来操纵末端执行器的运动。A surgical instrument that can be detached from the operating device is connected to the operating device. The surgical instrument includes a driving device and an end effector for performing surgery, as well as a long shaft for connecting the end effector and the driving device. The driving device is used for Connect the surgical instrument to the slave operating device and receive the driving force from the slave operating device to drive the movement of the end effector. The driving device is connected to the end effector through a cable, and the driving device controls the movement of the end effector through the cable.
微创手术机器人对于手术器械的机械稳定性和可靠性要求较高,否则,手术器械发生机械故障,可能会给患者带来风险。Minimally invasive surgical robots have high requirements for the mechanical stability and reliability of surgical instruments, otherwise, mechanical failure of surgical instruments may bring risks to patients.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本说明书实施方式致力于提供一种具有非常稳定的机械性能的手术器械、从操作设备和手术机器人。The embodiments of this specification are dedicated to providing a surgical instrument, a slave operating device, and a surgical robot with very stable mechanical properties.
本说明书实施方式提供一种手术器械,包括:沿纵长方向延伸并具有第一端和第二端的管件;其中,所述第一端用于安装末端器械;所述管件内设置有用于驱动所述末端器械的驱动杆;在所述驱动杆远离所述第一端的端部形成有面向所述第一端的第一面和背对所述第一端的第二面;与所述管件的第二端耦合的驱动装置,所述驱动装置能向所述第一面和/或第二面施加力,以使所述驱动杆沿着所述纵长方向移动。The embodiment of this specification provides a surgical instrument, including: a pipe extending along the longitudinal direction and having a first end and a second end; wherein, the first end is used for installing a terminal instrument; The driving rod of the terminal instrument; the end of the driving rod away from the first end is formed with a first surface facing the first end and a second surface facing away from the first end; A drive device coupled to the second end of the drive device can apply a force to the first surface and/or the second surface to move the drive rod along the longitudinal direction.
本说明书的实施方式还提供一种手术器械,包括执行手术的末端执行器,还包括:Embodiments of the specification also provide a surgical instrument, including an end effector for performing surgery, and further including:
沿着纵长方向延伸的管件,和至少部分收容在所述管件内的驱动杆;所述驱动杆能相对所述管件沿着所述纵长方向移动;所述驱动杆收容在所述管件内的部分连接有穿过所述管件的管壁的外管连接件;A pipe extending along the longitudinal direction, and a driving rod at least partially accommodated in the pipe; the driving rod can move relative to the pipe along the longitudinal direction; the driving rod is accommodated in the pipe A portion of the pipe is connected with an outer pipe connector passing through the pipe wall of the pipe;
所述末端器械具有用于与所述管件套接的器械外管,以及钉砧和钉座;所述器械外管套接在所述管件上的部分与所述外管连接件配接,使得所述器械外管能被所述驱动杆驱动而沿着所述纵长方向移动以驱动所述末端器械的钉砧相对于钉座张开或闭合。The terminal instrument has an instrument outer tube for being socketed with the tube, as well as an anvil and a nail seat; the part of the instrument outer tube sleeved on the tube is matched with the outer tube connector, so that The instrument outer tube can be driven by the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction to drive the anvil of the terminal instrument to open or close relative to the nail seat.
本说明书的实施方式还提供一种手术器械,包括:驱动装置、击发杆组件和末端器械;Embodiments of the present specification also provide a surgical instrument, including: a driving device, a firing rod assembly, and a terminal instrument;
所述驱动装置包括壳体,收容在所述壳体内的击发驱动单元,所述击发驱动单元输出旋转驱动力;The drive device includes a casing, a firing drive unit accommodated in the casing, and the firing drive unit outputs a rotational driving force;
所述击发杆组件包括与所述壳体固定连接的击发杆限位件,被所述击发杆限位件周向限位的击发杆,被所述击发驱动单元的旋转驱动力驱动转动的击发杆驱动件;所述击发杆在所述击发杆驱动件的驱动下沿直线运动而击发所述末端器械移动。The firing rod assembly includes a firing rod limiter fixedly connected to the casing, the firing rod is circumferentially limited by the firing rod limiter, and the firing rod is driven to rotate by the rotational driving force of the firing drive unit. A rod driving part; the firing rod moves along a straight line under the driving of the firing rod driving part to fire the terminal instrument to move.
本说明书实施方式提供一种从操作设备,包括至少一个机械臂,所述机械臂包括多个关节和一个致动装置,所述多个关节联动以实现致动装置的多个自由度的运动,所述致动装置上可拆卸地安装有前述实施方式所述的手术器械。The embodiment of this specification provides a slave operating device, including at least one mechanical arm, the mechanical arm includes a plurality of joints and an actuating device, and the multiple joints are linked to realize the movement of multiple degrees of freedom of the actuating device, The surgical instrument described in the foregoing embodiments is detachably mounted on the actuating device.
本说明书实施方式提供一种手术机器人,包括主操作控制台以及前述实施方式所述的从操作设备,所述从操作设备根据所述主操作控制台的指令执行对人体的手术操作。The embodiments of this specification provide a surgical robot, including a master operation console and the slave operation device described in the foregoing embodiment, where the slave operation device performs surgical operations on the human body according to the instructions of the master operation console.
本说明书实施方式提供的手术器械,采用驱动杆作为触发末端器械的元件,并在驱动杆上设置有相背对的两个表面,即第一面和第二面。如此,可以分别向该第一面和/或第二面施加力,实现推动驱动杆沿着长轴组件的纵长方向移动。这种带动驱动杆移动的方式,非常直接,且稳定,提升了手术器械的机械可靠性。The surgical instrument provided by the embodiment of the present specification adopts the driving rod as the element for triggering the terminal instrument, and the driving rod is provided with two opposite surfaces, ie, a first surface and a second surface. In this way, force can be applied to the first surface and/or the second surface respectively, so as to push the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly. This way of driving the driving rod to move is very direct and stable, which improves the mechanical reliability of the surgical instrument.
本说明书实施方式提供的末端器械,通过设置可以相对于末端器械的刀架移动的器械外管,实现该器械外管相对于长轴组件的自转管沿着纵长方向移动时,可以稳定地使得末端器械的钉砧和钉座相对转动,实现张开或闭合,提供了较佳的机械稳定性。The end device provided by the embodiment of this specification, by setting the device outer tube that can move relative to the knife rest of the end device, realizes that when the device outer tube moves along the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube of the long axis assembly, it can stably make The anvil and the nail seat of the terminal instrument rotate relatively to realize opening or closing, which provides better mechanical stability.
本说明书实施方式提供的手术器械,通过设置相对于驱动装置的壳体固定的击发杆限位件,以对击发杆周向限位的 基础上,也实现了对击发杆沿着纵长方向的导向作用。进一步的,可以实现在驱动装置的内部,将击发杆驱动件的转动转换成击发杆的线性运动。The surgical instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification, by setting the firing rod limiter fixed relative to the casing of the driving device, on the basis of limiting the firing rod in the circumferential direction, it also realizes the firing rod along the longitudinal direction. guiding role. Further, the rotation of the firing rod driving part can be converted into the linear motion of the firing rod inside the driving device.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1所示为本说明书实施方式提供的主操作控制台立体示意图;Fig. 1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the main operation console provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图2所示为本说明书实施方式提供的从操作设备使用场景立体示意图;Fig. 2 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the use scene of the slave operating device provided by the implementation of this specification;
图3所示为本说明书实施方式提供的手术器械立体示意图;Fig. 3 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the surgical instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图4所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置的顶板、底板和支撑架的分解示意图;Figure 4 is an exploded schematic diagram of the top plate, bottom plate and support frame of the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图5所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置内部的立体结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure inside the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图6所示为本说明书实施方式提供的自转管与底板和从动轮的安装结构分解示意图;Figure 6 is an exploded schematic diagram of the installation structure of the rotation tube, the bottom plate and the driven wheel provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图7所示为本说明书实施方式提供的长轴组件的部分立体分解示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic exploded perspective view of a part of the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图8所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置沿着长轴组件的轴线X的一个剖面示意图;Fig. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the driving device provided by the embodiment of the present specification along the axis X of the long shaft assembly;
图9所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置内部分元件的立体分解示意图;Fig. 9 is a three-dimensional exploded schematic diagram of some components in the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图10所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置沿着长轴组件的轴线X的一个剖面示意图;Fig. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the driving device provided by the embodiment of the present specification along the axis X of the long shaft assembly;
图11所示为图8提供的驱动装置沿着直线Y-Y的剖面示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the driving device provided in FIG. 8 along the line Y-Y;
图12所示为本说明书实施方式提供的长轴组件安装有第一紧固件和第二紧固件的部分立体图;Fig. 12 is a partial perspective view of the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of the present specification with the first fastener and the second fastener installed;
图13所示为图12所示部分立体图的爆炸图;其中,所述自转管被部分剖开,以展示内部结构;Figure 13 is an exploded view of the partial perspective view shown in Figure 12; wherein, the rotation tube is partially cut away to show the internal structure;
图14所示为图12所示部分立体图沿着所述长轴组件轴向的一个剖视示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the partial perspective view shown in FIG. 12 along the axial direction of the long axis assembly;
图15所示图14所示剖视示意图沿着直线Z-Z的剖视示意图;Figure 15 shows a schematic cross-sectional view along the line Z-Z shown in Figure 14;
图16所示为本说明书实施方式提供的一个驱动杆与紧固件的安装状态立体示意图;Fig. 16 is a schematic perspective view of the installation state of a driving rod and a fastener provided in the embodiment of this specification;
图17所示为本说明书实施方式提供的本体限位件的一个示意的主视图;Figure 17 is a schematic front view of the body limiter provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图18所示为图17所示本体限位件的示意的侧视图;Fig. 18 is a schematic side view of the body stopper shown in Fig. 17;
图19所示为本说明书实施方式提供的第一组件帽的一个示意的主视图;Fig. 19 is a schematic front view of the first assembly cap provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图20所示为图19所示第一组件帽的一个示意的仰视图;Figure 20 is a schematic bottom view of the first assembly cap shown in Figure 19;
图21所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置和长轴组件的一个立体示意图;Fig. 21 is a schematic perspective view of the driving device and the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图22所示为本说明书实施方式提供的自转管挂钩的一个立体示意图;Fig. 22 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the rotation tube hook provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图23所示为本说明书实施方式提供的末端器械的一个立体示意图;Fig. 23 is a schematic perspective view of the terminal device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图24所示为本说明书实施方式提供的末端器械的一个剖视示意图;Fig. 24 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the end instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图25所示为本说明书实施方式提供的刀架和推刀杆的一个部分立体示意图;Figure 25 shows a partial perspective view of the knife holder and the pusher rod provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图26所示为本说明书实施方式提供的击发杆的一个部分立体示意图;Figure 26 is a partial perspective view of the firing rod provided by the embodiment of the present specification;
图27所示为本说明书实施方式提供的末端器械的一个部分剖视示意图;Fig. 27 is a partial cross-sectional schematic view of the end device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图28所示为本说明书实施方式提供的末端器械的一个部分剖视示意图;Fig. 28 is a partial cross-sectional schematic view of the terminal device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图29所示为本说明书实施方式提供的末端器械的一个部分立体示意图;Fig. 29 is a partial perspective view of the end device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图30所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动杆的一个部分立体示意图;FIG. 30 is a partial perspective view of the drive rod provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图31所示为本说明书实施方式提供的紧固管的一个立体示意图;FIG. 31 is a perspective schematic view of the fastening tube provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图32所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置内部部分结构的立体结构示意图;FIG. 32 is a schematic perspective view of the internal structure of the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图33所示为本说明书实施方式提供的击发杆的部分立体分解示意图;Fig. 33 is a partially exploded perspective view of the firing rod provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图34所示为本说明书实施方式提供的驱动装置内部部分结构的立体结构示意图。FIG. 34 is a schematic perspective view of the internal structure of the driving device provided by the embodiment of this specification.
图35所示为本说明书实施方式提供的末端器械的结构示意图;Fig. 35 is a schematic structural view of the end instrument provided by the embodiment of this specification;
图36为本说明书实施方式提供的长轴组件的自转管的第一端内部结构示意图。Fig. 36 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the first end of the autorotation tube of the long axis assembly provided by the embodiment of the present specification.
附图标记说明:Explanation of reference signs:
    主操作控制台  100          从操作设备  200              机械臂  210  Main operating console 100   Slave operating equipment 200   Mechanical arm 210
        致动装置  220            手术器械  300            驱动装置  310 Actuation device 220 Surgical instrument 300 Drive device 310
        长轴组件  320              第一端  351            末端器械  321 Long shaft assembly 320 First end 351 Terminal instrument 321
          驱动杆  327          器械安装槽  332          凸缘限位件  333 Drive Rod 327 Instrument Mounting Slot 332 Flange Limiting Part 333
          弹性件  334              操作部  336              卡接头  339        Elastic part 334                                                      
          第二端  353                端部  357          末端执行器  340 Second End 353 End 357 End Effector 340
      第一驱动杆  355            第一凸缘  363              第一面  359                                                                                                               
          第二面  361                槽壁  369          第一环形槽  365The second side 361 The groove wall 369 The first annular groove 365
    第一驱动单元  367          第一中心孔  377a           第一拨叉  371The first drive unit 367 The first center hole 377a The first shift fork 371
  第一驱动轴组件  373        第一连接组件  376          第一中心孔  377bThe first drive shaft assembly 373 The first connecting assembly 376 The first central hole 377b
      第一驱动轴  374                通孔  382          第一连接轴  378The first driving shaft 374 The through hole 382 The first connecting shaft 378
      第一驱动件  380                轴承  386                通孔  384                                                                                                         
    第一拨叉盖板  385        第一环形凹槽  387                壳体  381The first shift fork cover plate 385 The first annular groove 387 The housing 381
    第一拨叉本体  383                螺母  388                底面  389The first shift fork body 383 The nut 388 The bottom surface 389
           表面   391            轴固定件  394      第一连接件本体  390 Surface 391 Shaft Fixing Part 394 First Connecting Part Body 390
        轴固定件  392          第二驱动杆  393                轴承  396 Shaft Fixing Part 392 Second Drive Rod 393 Bearing 396
          第三面  397            第二凸缘  401                端部  395 Third side 397 Second flange 401 End 395
          第四面  399        第二驱动单元  405          第二环形槽  403The fourth side 399 The second driving unit 405 The second annular groove 403
        第二拨叉  409      第二驱动轴组件  411                槽壁  407The second shift fork 409 The second drive shaft assembly 411 The groove wall 407
      第二中心孔  415b       第二拨叉本体  417          第二中心孔  415aThe second center hole 415b The second shift fork body 417 The second center hole 415a
    第二环形凹槽  421                底面  423        第二拨叉盖板  419The second annular groove 421 The bottom surface 423 The second shift fork cover plate 419
          自转管  427        驱动杆限位件  430                表面  425                                                                                                 
        第二通孔  433          击发杆组件  435            第一通孔  431The second through hole 433 The firing rod assembly 435 The first through hole 431
          第二段  439              主动轮  475              第一段  437The second section 439 The driving wheel 475 The first section 437
自转管驱动轴组件  473                顶板  481      自转管驱动单元  471Rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 Top plate 481 Rotation tube drive unit 471
          传动件  479          第二连接轴  416              从动轮  477 Transmission part 479 Second connecting shaft 416 Driven wheel 477
          支撑架  485        第二连接组件  414                底板  483Supporting frame 485 Second connecting component 414 Bottom plate 483
      第二驱动轴  412                通孔  420                通孔  422 Second drive shaft 412 Through hole 420 Through hole 422
      第二驱动件  418                螺母  426      第二连接件本体  428The second driving part 418 The nut 426 The second connecting part body 428
            轴承  424            轴固定件  432                通孔  436Bearing 424 Shaft Fixing Part 432 Through Hole 436
        轴固定件  429                轴承  440          从动轮本体  442 Shaft Fixing Part 429 Bearing 440 Driven Wheel Body 442
            轴承  438        击发杆限位件  446        击发杆驱动件  448                                                  
    自转管固定件  444              齿轮部  452        驱动件延伸部  454  Rotation tube fixing part 444   Gear part 452   Driving part extension part 454
          击发杆  450                轴承  456                轴承  458firing rod 450 bearing 456 bearing 458
      外管连接件  460          导向轴组件  462          第一导向孔  464   Outer pipe connector 460                                                                                                     
      第一导向轴  468                基座  472          第一导向座  474The first guide shaft 468 The base 472 The first guide seat 474
  自转管驱动单元  471    自转管驱动轴组件  473              主动轮  475Rotation tube drive unit 471 Autorotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 Driving wheel 475
          从动轮  477          从动轮本体  442        自转管固定件  444 Driven wheel 477 Driven wheel body 442 Rotation tube fixing piece 444
          传动件  479          第一导向孔  464      Transmission Part 479                                                          
      第二导向轴  476          第二导向孔  478          第二导向座  480The second guide shaft 476 The second guide hole 478 The second guide seat 480
        第三通孔  482          第一紧固件  502              第一节  504The third through hole 482 The first fastener 502 The first section 504
          第二节  506          第二紧固件  508              第三节  510The second section 506 The second fastener 508 The third section 510
          第四节  512          本体连接部  514          第二节凹槽  522The fourth section 512 The main body connecting part 514 The second section groove 522
  第一紧固件本体  518          第一节凹槽  520            第一豁口  528The first fastener body 518 The first groove 520 The first notch 528
      第一止挡壁  524          第二止挡壁  526          本体限位件  534The first stop wall 524 The second stop wall 526 Body limiter 534
        第二豁口  530            第一开窗  532              限位部  540The second gap 530 The first opening window 532 The limiting part 540
          条形孔  536          限位件本体  538              卡扣栓  546Bar-shaped hole 536 Limiting part body 538 Buckle bolt 546
            栓头  547                栓柱  549              卡扣孔  544 Bolt Head 547 Bolt Post 549 Snap Hole 544
      第一组件帽  542              帽檐部  543          自转管挂钩  560The first component cap 542 The brim of the hat 543 The hook for the rotation tube 560
  第一挂钩止挡面  562          挂钩连接部  564          挂钩限位孔  566The first hook stop surface 562 Hook connecting part 564 Hook limit hole 566
  第一挂钩连接部  568      第二挂钩连接部  570              结合部  572First hook connection part 568 Second hook connection part 570 Combination part 572
          间隔槽  574              注胶孔  576          挂钩导向孔  578                                                                      
      第一挂钩臂  580          第二挂钩臂  582      第二挂钩止挡面  584The first hook arm 580 The second hook arm 582 The second hook stop surface 584
      挂钩臂凹槽  586          器械第一端  588          器械第二端  590 Hook Arm Recess 586 First Instrument End 588 Second Instrument End 590
          限位槽  594                钉座  596                钉砧  598                                                                                                                 
        限位槽壁  600                刀架  602              推刀杆  604Limiting groove wall 600 Knife holder 602 Knife push rod 604
        器械外管  606            第一槽段  608            第二槽段  610 Instrument Outer Tube 606 First Slot Section 608 Second Slot Section 610
        周向凸缘  612            凸缘台阶  614            凸缘侧面  616 Circumferential flange 612 Flange step 614 Flange side 616
        刀杆凹槽  618          刀杆连接头  620              连接槽  622 Toolholder groove 618 Toolbar connector 620 Connecting groove 622
        第一拉杆  704            钉座顶面  700        摆动拉杆组件  702The first pull rod 704 The top surface of the nail seat 700 The swing rod assembly 702
        第四拉杆  710            第二拉杆  706            第三拉杆  708The fourth tie rod 710 The second tie rod 706 The third tie rod 708
        第三销轴  718            第一销轴  712            第二销轴  716The third pin shaft 718 The first pin shaft 712 The second pin shaft 716
      第一外管段  724            第四销轴  720            第五销轴  722The first outer pipe section 724 The fourth pin shaft 720 The fifth pin shaft 722
          弧形槽  800          第二外管段  726          外管结合件  728    Arc groove 800   Second outer pipe section 726   Outer pipe joint 728
        转动凸缘  804                凸销  802              第三段  803 Rotating flange 804 Cam pin 802 Third section 803
      驱动杆开槽  812              外管槽  808        自转管导向孔  810Slotted drive rod 812 Outer tube slot 808 Rotation tube guide hole 810
      驱动小齿轮  820              紧固管  814            轴延伸件  818 Drive pinion 820 Fastening tube 814 Shaft extension 818
      第二手动轴  825          中间小齿轮  822          中间大齿轮  824  Second manual shaft 825 Intermediate pinion gear 822 Intermediate large gear 824
        第二旋钮  823      第二手动大齿轮  826          第二限位架  828The second knob 823 The second manual large gear 826 The second limit frame 828
    击发杆连接件  834        限位件安装部  830        限位件延伸部  832  Firing lever connecting piece 834   Limiting piece installation part 830   Limiting piece extension part 832
      驱动齿轮轴  840      击发杆驱动齿轮  836        击发驱动单元  838Drive gear shaft 840 Firing lever drive gear 836 Firing drive unit 838
  第三驱动轴齿轮  846        第一过渡齿轮  842      第三驱动轴组件  844Third drive shaft gear 846 First transition gear 842 Third drive shaft assembly 844
      第三驱动件  852        第三连接组件  848          第三驱动轴  850  The third drive member 852 The third connection assembly 848 The third drive shaft 850
        轴固定件  858      第三连接件本体  854            轴固定件  856Shaft fixing piece 858 The third connecting piece body 854 Shaft fixing piece 856
    第二过渡齿轮  864    第三驱动轴齿轮轴  860        手动驱动单元  862 Second transition gear 864 Third drive shaft gear shaft 860 Manual drive unit 862
      第一手动轴  870      第一手动轮组件  866            第一旋钮  868The first manual shaft 870 The first manual wheel assembly 866 The first knob 868
  第一手动大齿轮  872                楔子  835The first manual large gear 872 Wedge 835
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本说明书实施方式中的附图,对本说明书实施方式中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施方式仅是一部分实施方式,而不是全部的实施方式。基于本说明书中的实施方式,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施方式,都属于本发明保护的范围。The following will clearly and completely describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the specification with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the specification. Obviously, the described embodiments are only part of the implementations, not all of them. Based on the implementation manners in this specification, all other implementation manners obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without making creative efforts fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
需要说明的是,当元件被称为“设置于”另一个元件,它可以直接在另一个元件上或者也可以存在居中的元件。当一个元件被认为是“连接”另一个元件,它可以是直接连接到另一个元件或者可能同时存在居中元件。本文所使用的术语“垂直的”,“水平的”,“左”,“右”以及类似的表述只是为了说明的目的,并不表示是唯一的实施方式。It should be noted that when an element is referred to as being “disposed on” another element, it may be directly on the other element or there may also be an intervening element. When an element is referred to as being "connected to" another element, it can be directly connected to the other element or intervening elements may also be present. As used herein, the terms "vertical", "horizontal", "left", "right" and similar expressions are for the purpose of illustration only and do not represent the only embodiment.
需要说明的是,本文中针对元件命名采用的“第一”、“第二”……的命名方式。其仅仅用作名称的区别,不限定具体的数量。It should be noted that the naming methods of "first", "second"... are adopted for naming components herein. It is only used to distinguish the name, and does not limit the specific quantity.
除非另有定义,本文所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。在本说明书中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施方式的目的,不是旨在于限制本发明。本文所使用的术语“和/或”包括一个或多个相关的所列项目的任意的和所有的组合。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. The terms used in this specification are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the present invention. As used herein, the term "and/or" includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
在一些实施方式中,微创手术机器人一般包括从操作设备和主操作控制台。图1所示为本说明书一实施方式的主操作控制台100。图2所示为本说明书一实施方式的从操作设备200。外科医生可以在主操作控制台100上进行对从操作设备200的相关控制操作,从操作设备200根据主操作控制台100的输入指令执行对人体的外科手术。主操作控制台100和从操作设备200可以置于一个手术室内,也可以置于不同的房间,甚至主操作控制台100和从操作设备200可以相距很远。例如主操作控制台100和从操作设备200分别位于不同的城市。主操作控制台100与从操作设备200可以通过有线的方式进行数据的传输,也可以通过无线方式进行数据的传输。例如主操作控制台100与从操作设备200位于一个手术室内,两者之间通过有线的方式进行数据的传输,又例如主操作控制台100与从操作设备200分别在不同的城市,两者之间通过5G无线信号进行远距离数据传输。In some embodiments, a minimally invasive surgical robot generally includes a slave operating device and a master operating console. FIG. 1 shows a main operation console 100 according to an embodiment of the present specification. FIG. 2 shows a slave operating device 200 according to an embodiment of the present specification. The surgeon can perform relevant control operations on the slave operating device 200 on the master operating console 100 , and the slave operating device 200 performs surgical operations on the human body according to input instructions from the master operating console 100 . The master operating console 100 and the slave operating equipment 200 can be placed in the same operating room, or in different rooms, and even the master operating console 100 and the slave operating equipment 200 can be far apart. For example, the master operation console 100 and the slave operation device 200 are respectively located in different cities. The master operation console 100 and the slave operation device 200 may perform data transmission in a wired manner, or may perform data transmission in a wireless manner. For example, the master operation console 100 and the slave operation device 200 are located in the same operating room, and the data transmission between the two is carried out in a wired manner. Long-distance data transmission through 5G wireless signals.
从操作设备200包括机械臂210和设置在机械臂210远端的致动装置220。用于执行外科手术的手术器械300与致动装置220相连接,致动装置220通过其内部的多个致动器驱动手术器械300运动。在一些实施方式中,一个致动装置220上可以连接多个手术器械300,多个手术器械300的远端通过一个切口进入人体,从而可以减少手术切口的数量,使术后恢复更加快速。当然,在一些实施方式中,从操作设备200也可以具有多个机械臂,多个手术器械300也可以安装在不同机械臂上,不同的手术器械300的末端器械300可以通过不同的切口进入人体。The slave operating device 200 includes a mechanical arm 210 and an actuating device 220 disposed at a distal end of the mechanical arm 210 . The surgical instrument 300 for performing surgical operations is connected to the actuating device 220 , and the actuating device 220 drives the surgical instrument 300 to move through a plurality of actuators inside the actuating device 220 . In some embodiments, multiple surgical instruments 300 can be connected to one actuator 220, and the distal ends of multiple surgical instruments 300 enter the human body through one incision, thereby reducing the number of surgical incisions and making postoperative recovery faster. Of course, in some embodiments, the slave operating device 200 can also have multiple robotic arms, and multiple surgical instruments 300 can also be installed on different robotic arms, and the end instruments 300 of different surgical instruments 300 can enter the human body through different incisions. .
在一些实施方式中,如图3所示,手术器械300包括:In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3 , surgical instrument 300 includes:
沿纵长方向延伸并具有第一端351和第二端353的管件;其中,所述第一端351用于安装末端器械321;管件内设置有用于驱动末端器械321的驱动杆;在驱动杆远离第一端351的端部形成有面向第一端351的第一面和背对第一端的第二面;A pipe extending along the lengthwise direction and having a first end 351 and a second end 353; wherein the first end 351 is used to install a terminal instrument 321; a driving rod for driving the terminal instrument 321 is provided in the pipe; The end away from the first end 351 is formed with a first surface facing the first end 351 and a second surface facing away from the first end;
与所述管件的第二端353耦合的驱动装置310,驱动装置310能向第一面和/或第二面施加力,以使所述驱动杆沿着纵长方向移动驱动末端器械321。A driving device 310 coupled to the second end 353 of the tube, the driving device 310 can apply a force to the first surface and/or the second surface to move the driving rod along the lengthwise direction to drive the end instrument 321 .
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动杆远离第一端351的端部设置有偏离纵长方向的凸缘;所述凸缘具有所述第一面和所述第二面;驱动装置310具有沿所述管件的周向延伸的环形槽,所述驱动杆的凸缘至少部分收容在所述环形槽内,以使驱动装置310能沿着纵长方向带动所述驱动杆移动;In some embodiments, the end of the driving rod away from the first end 351 is provided with a flange that deviates from the longitudinal direction; the flange has the first surface and the second surface; the driving device 310 has a flange along the An annular groove extending in the circumferential direction of the pipe, the flange of the driving rod is at least partially accommodated in the annular groove, so that the driving device 310 can drive the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction;
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动杆相对于所述管件的周向限位。In some embodiments, the drive rod is limited relative to the circumferential direction of the pipe.
所述管件为自转管427,驱动装置310能驱动自转管427沿着周向转动,以使所述驱动杆的凸缘沿着所述环形槽移动。The pipe is an autorotation tube 427, and the driving device 310 can drive the autorotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the flange of the driving rod moves along the annular groove.
所述驱动装置包括驱动杆驱动单元,所述驱动杆驱动单元包括设置有环形槽的拨叉,和与拨叉转动配接的驱动轴组件;所述拨叉能在所述驱动轴组件的带动下沿着所述驱动轴组件的轴向移动,以带动所述驱动杆沿着所述纵长方向移动。The drive device includes a drive rod drive unit, the drive rod drive unit includes a shift fork provided with an annular groove, and a drive shaft assembly that is rotatably coupled with the shift fork; the shift fork can be driven by the drive shaft assembly and move along the axial direction of the drive shaft assembly to drive the drive rod to move along the longitudinal direction.
在一些实施方式中,自转管427内可设置一个或多个驱动杆,具体如图7-图9所示的实施方式中,自转管427内设置有两个驱动杆,第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393。In some embodiments, one or more driving rods can be arranged in the rotation tube 427. Specifically, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7-9 , two driving rods are arranged in the rotation tube 427. The second driving rod 393 .
第一驱动杆355可以相对于自转管427的周向限位。其中,第一驱动杆355远离第一端的端部设置有偏离纵长方向的第一凸缘363;第一凸缘363具有第一面359和第二面361。The first driving rod 355 can be limited relative to the circumference of the rotation tube 427 . Wherein, the end of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end is provided with a first flange 363 deviated from the longitudinal direction; the first flange 363 has a first surface 359 and a second surface 361 .
驱动装置310具有沿自转管427的周向延伸的第一环形槽365,第一驱动杆355的第一凸缘363至少部分收容在第一环形槽365内,以使驱动装置310能沿着纵长方向带动第一驱动杆355移动。驱动装置310能驱动自转管427沿着周向转动,以使第一驱动杆355的第一凸缘363沿着第一环形槽365移动。The driving device 310 has a first annular groove 365 extending along the circumference of the rotation tube 427, and the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 is at least partially accommodated in the first annular groove 365, so that the driving device 310 can move along the longitudinal direction. The long direction drives the first driving rod 355 to move. The driving device 310 can drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 moves along the first annular groove 365 .
在一些实施方式中,如图5所示,用于驱动第一驱动杆355的所述驱动杆驱动单元为第一驱动单元367,第一驱动单元367包括设置有第一环形槽365的第一拨叉371,和与第一拨叉371转动配接的第一驱动轴组件373;第一拨叉371能在第一驱动轴组件373的带动下沿着第一驱动轴组件373的轴向移动,以带动第一驱动杆355沿着纵长方向移动。第一驱动轴组件373的轴向与纵长方向趋于平行。In some implementations, as shown in FIG. 5 , the driving rod driving unit used to drive the first driving rod 355 is a first driving unit 367, and the first driving unit 367 includes a first driving unit provided with a first annular groove 365. A shift fork 371, and a first drive shaft assembly 373 that is rotationally coupled with the first shift fork 371; the first shift fork 371 can move along the axial direction of the first drive shaft assembly 373 driven by the first drive shaft assembly 373 , so as to drive the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction. The axial direction and the longitudinal direction of the first driving shaft assembly 373 tend to be parallel.
参考图5及图11,驱动装置310还包括为第一拨叉371导向的第一导向轴468;第一拨叉371设置有位于第一环形槽365和第一驱动轴组件373之间的第一导向孔464;第一导向轴468穿过第一导向孔464,并与第一导向孔464间隙配合。Referring to Fig. 5 and Fig. 11, the driving device 310 also includes a first guide shaft 468 guiding the first shift fork 371; A guide hole 464 ; the first guide shaft 468 passes through the first guide hole 464 and is in clearance fit with the first guide hole 464 .
所述驱动装置310还包括套设在第一导向轴468并与第一拨叉371固定连接的第一导向座474。The driving device 310 further includes a first guide seat 474 sleeved on the first guide shaft 468 and fixedly connected with the first shift fork 371 .
同样的,如图7所示,在第二驱动杆393远离所述第一端的端部形成有面向所述第一端的第三面397和背对所述第一端的第四面401;相应的,驱动装置310能向第三面397和/或第四面401施加力,以使所述第二驱动杆393沿着纵长方向移动。Similarly, as shown in FIG. 7 , a third surface 397 facing the first end and a fourth surface 401 facing away from the first end are formed at the end of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end. Correspondingly, the driving device 310 can apply a force to the third surface 397 and/or the fourth surface 401 to make the second driving rod 393 move along the longitudinal direction.
参考图5,驱动第二驱动杆393的驱动杆驱动单元为第二驱动单元405,所述第二驱动单元405与第一驱动单 元的设置基本相同,详细内容参考下面实施例。Referring to FIG. 5 , the drive rod driving unit that drives the second drive rod 393 is the second drive unit 405 , and the configuration of the second drive unit 405 is basically the same as that of the first drive unit. For details, refer to the following embodiments.
在一些实施方式中,请参阅如图3,手术器械300可以包括驱动装置310、长轴组件320和末端器械321。长轴组件320可以包括沿纵长方向延伸的自转管427、至少部分收容在所述自转管427内的击发杆组件435和驱动杆。长轴组件320沿所述纵长方向具有第一端351和第二端353。长轴组件320的第一端351可以安装末端器械321,长轴组件320的第二端353与驱动装置310耦合连接。末端器械321可以包括腕部和/或末端执行器340。驱动装置310可以与致动装置220相接合。驱动装置310内部的多个驱动单元可以通过长轴组件320操纵腕部和/或末端执行器340。末端执行器340可以为执行烧灼、剪切、切割、钳夹、或成像等功能的器械。在其他的一些实施方式中,长轴组件320的第一端351可以仅连接腕部,通过腕部的运动执行按压或挑起组织等动作。在一些实施方式中,末端器械321可以至少具有第一模式。在所述第一模式下,末端器械321可以旋转摆动。在一些实施方式中,末端器械321还可以具有第二模式。在所述第二模式下,所述末端器械321可以移动。In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 3 , a surgical instrument 300 may include a driving device 310 , a long shaft assembly 320 and a terminal instrument 321 . The major axis assembly 320 may include an autorotation tube 427 extending in a lengthwise direction, a firing rod assembly 435 and a drive rod at least partially housed within the autorotation tube 427 . The long shaft assembly 320 has a first end 351 and a second end 353 along the lengthwise direction. The first end 351 of the long shaft assembly 320 can be installed with the terminal instrument 321 , and the second end 353 of the long shaft assembly 320 is coupled with the driving device 310 . End instrument 321 may include wrist and/or end effector 340 . The driving device 310 may be engaged with the actuating device 220 . Multiple drive units within drive assembly 310 may manipulate wrist and/or end effector 340 through long shaft assembly 320 . End effector 340 may be an instrument that performs functions such as cauterization, shearing, cutting, clamping, or imaging. In some other embodiments, the first end 351 of the long shaft assembly 320 may only be connected to the wrist, and actions such as pressing or provoking tissues are performed through the movement of the wrist. In some embodiments, the end instrument 321 can have at least a first mode. In the first mode, the end instrument 321 can rotate and swing. In some embodiments, the end instrument 321 can also have a second mode. In the second mode, the end instrument 321 is movable.
请一并参阅图3和图4。在一些实施方式中,驱动装置310的壳体381可以为内部的结构提供稳定的支撑。具体的,驱动装置310的壳体381可以主要包括顶板481、底板483、支撑架485、以及与顶板481和底板483连接的外壳(图4未示出,如图3所示)。支撑架485与顶板481和底板483固定连接。Please refer to Figure 3 and Figure 4 together. In some embodiments, the casing 381 of the driving device 310 can provide stable support for the internal structure. Specifically, the housing 381 of the driving device 310 may mainly include a top plate 481, a bottom plate 483, a support frame 485, and a shell connected to the top plate 481 and the bottom plate 483 (not shown in FIG. 4 , as shown in FIG. 3 ). The supporting frame 485 is fixedly connected with the top board 481 and the bottom board 483 .
请一并参阅图5,在一些实施方式中,自转管427沿所述纵长方向延伸形成所述第一端351和所述第二端353。自转管427可以整体中空形成一个中空的管件。Please also refer to FIG. 5 , in some embodiments, the rotation tube 427 extends along the longitudinal direction to form the first end 351 and the second end 353 . The self-rotating tube 427 can be hollow as a whole to form a hollow tube.
在一些实施方式中,驱动装置310可以向自转管427提供旋转驱动力。如此,自转管427可以在旋转驱动力的作用下转动。具体的,驱动装置310内可以设置有用于驱动自转管427转动的自转管驱动单元471。自转管驱动单元471可以包括:自转管驱动轴组件473、套设在所述自转管驱动轴组件473上的主动轮475、与自转管427固定连接的从动轮477、以及缠绕在主动轮475和从动轮477上的传动件479。In some embodiments, the driving device 310 can provide a rotational driving force to the spinning tube 427 . In this way, the rotation tube 427 can rotate under the action of the rotation driving force. Specifically, an autorotation tube driving unit 471 for driving the autorotation tube 427 to rotate may be disposed in the driving device 310 . The autorotation tube drive unit 471 may include: the autorotation tube drive shaft assembly 473, the drive wheel 475 sleeved on the autorotation tube drive shaft assembly 473, the driven wheel 477 fixedly connected with the autorotation tube 427, and the drive wheel 475 and Transmission member 479 on the driven wheel 477.
自转管驱动轴组件473能在致动装置220的致动器驱动下转动。由于,主动轮475与自转管驱动轴组件473固定连接。如此,主动轮475可以随同自转管驱动轴组件473一同转动。主动轮475转动会带动传动件479,进而传动件479可以带动从动轮477转动。从动轮477与自转管427固定连接,如此,从动轮477可以带动自转管427一同转动。进而,实现自转管驱动单元471驱动自转管427转动。The rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 can be driven to rotate by the actuator of the actuating device 220 . Because the driving wheel 475 is fixedly connected with the rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 . In this way, the driving wheel 475 can rotate together with the rotation tube drive shaft assembly 473 . The rotation of the driving wheel 475 will drive the transmission part 479, and then the transmission part 479 can drive the driven wheel 477 to rotate. The driven wheel 477 is fixedly connected with the rotation tube 427, so that the driven wheel 477 can drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate together. Furthermore, the rotation tube driving unit 471 drives the rotation tube 427 to rotate.
请一并参阅图6,从动轮477可以包括从动轮本体442、自转管固定件444。从动轮本体442可以套设在自转管427上,自转管固定件444可以与从动轮本体442之间固定连接,以实现将从动轮477紧固在自转管427上。进一步,自转管固定件444可以通过螺钉或铆钉的方式等,与从动轮本体442固定连接。Please also refer to FIG. 6 , the driven wheel 477 may include a driven wheel body 442 and a rotation tube fixing member 444 . The driven wheel body 442 can be sleeved on the rotation tube 427 , and the rotation tube fixing member 444 can be fixedly connected with the driven wheel body 442 to fasten the driven wheel 477 on the rotation tube 427 . Further, the rotation tube fixing member 444 can be fixedly connected with the driven wheel body 442 by means of screws or rivets.
传动件479具有一定的柔性,其可以缠绕在主动轮475和从动轮477上。传动件479的材料可以是钢丝、皮带等。在此不作具体限制。The transmission member 479 has certain flexibility, and it can be wound on the driving wheel 475 and the driven wheel 477 . The material of the transmission member 479 can be steel wire, belt and so on. No specific limitation is made here.
请参阅图7至图9。在一些实施方式中,所述长轴组件320内设置有用于驱动所述末端器械321的第一驱动杆355;在所述第一驱动杆355远离所述第一端351的端部357形成有面向所述第一端351的第一面359和背对所述第一端351的第二面361。Please refer to Figure 7 to Figure 9. In some embodiments, the long shaft assembly 320 is provided with a first driving rod 355 for driving the terminal instrument 321; an end 357 of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 is formed with a The first surface 359 facing the first end 351 and the second surface 361 facing away from the first end 351 .
驱动装置310与所述长轴组件320的第二端353耦合。所述驱动装置310能向所述第一面359和/或第二面361施加力,以使所述第一驱动杆355沿着所述纵长方向移动。The driving device 310 is coupled to the second end 353 of the long shaft assembly 320 . The driving device 310 can apply force to the first surface 359 and/or the second surface 361 to move the first driving rod 355 along the longitudinal direction.
具体的,驱动装置310向第一驱动杆355的第一面359施加力的情况下,第一驱动杆355可以沿着所述纵长方向远离第一端351。驱动装置310向第一驱动杆355的第二面361施加力的情况下,第一驱动杆355可以沿着所述纵长方向靠近第一端351。如此,可以实现稳定的驱动第一驱动杆355沿着纵长方向移动。如此,第一驱动杆355可以进一步带动末端器械321的相应功能。具体的,例如,所述第一驱动杆355沿着所述纵长方向的移动,可以触发所述末端器械321做第一模式的运动。Specifically, when the driving device 310 applies force to the first surface 359 of the first driving rod 355 , the first driving rod 355 can move away from the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction. When the driving device 310 applies a force to the second surface 361 of the first driving rod 355 , the first driving rod 355 can approach the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction. In this way, stable driving of the first driving rod 355 to move along the lengthwise direction can be achieved. In this way, the first driving rod 355 can further drive the corresponding function of the terminal instrument 321 . Specifically, for example, the movement of the first driving rod 355 along the longitudinal direction can trigger the movement of the end instrument 321 in the first mode.
在一些实施方式中,第一驱动杆355可以相对于所述自转管427的周向限位。具体的,自转管427可以被驱动装置310驱动下,相对于自转管427的轴线X转动,如此可以实现带动末端器械321转动,进而调整末端执行器340的位置和角度,以便于手术的进行。第一驱动杆355可以相对于自转管427周向限位。即,在自转管427相较于其轴线X转动时,第一驱动杆355会随同绕着自转管427的轴线X转动。In some implementations, the first driving rod 355 can be limited relative to the circumference of the rotation tube 427 . Specifically, the rotation tube 427 can be driven by the driving device 310 to rotate relative to the axis X of the rotation tube 427, so that the end instrument 321 can be driven to rotate, and then the position and angle of the end effector 340 can be adjusted to facilitate the operation. The first driving rod 355 can be circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 . That is, when the rotation tube 427 rotates relative to the axis X thereof, the first driving rod 355 will also rotate around the axis X of the rotation tube 427 .
如此,在自转管427进行旋转时,第一驱动杆355可以随同绕着自转管427的轴线X旋转。可以稳定的维持第一驱动杆355位于自转管427内的相对位置,提升了手术器械300的稳定性。In this way, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the first driving rod 355 can also rotate around the axis X of the rotation tube 427 . The relative position of the first driving rod 355 in the rotation tube 427 can be stably maintained, which improves the stability of the surgical instrument 300 .
在一些实施方式中,如图7所示,第一驱动杆355远离所述第一端351的端部357设置有偏离所述纵长方向的第一凸缘363。第一凸缘363具有所述第一面359和所述第二面361。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , the end 357 of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 is provided with a first flange 363 deviated from the longitudinal direction. The first flange 363 has the first face 359 and the second face 361 .
第一凸缘363的延伸方向可以偏离自转管427的纵长方向。使得,第一凸缘363的延伸方向可以与自转管427的纵长方向之间具有一个锐角或直角。如此,第一凸缘363会有两个表面,一个表面整体上面对自转管427的第一端351,即为第一面359。一个表面整体上背对自转管427的第一端351,即为第二面361。The extension direction of the first flange 363 may deviate from the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . Thus, the extension direction of the first flange 363 may have an acute angle or a right angle with the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the first flange 363 has two surfaces, and one surface faces the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the first surface 359 . One surface faces away from the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the second surface 361 .
通过在第一驱动杆355上形成第一凸缘363,以及将第一面359和第二面361形成在第一凸缘363上。如此,在结构上,可以便于驱动第一驱动杆355沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向移动。By forming a first flange 363 on the first driving rod 355 , and forming the first face 359 and the second face 361 on the first flange 363 . In this way, structurally, it is convenient to drive the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,第一凸缘363可以与第一驱动杆355一体成型制成。如此,使得二者之间具有较好的结合。当然,在一些实施方式中,第一凸缘363和第一驱动杆355也可以是相互独立的元件,并通过适当的连接方式,进行连接。In some embodiments, the first flange 363 can be integrally formed with the first driving rod 355 . In this way, there is a better combination between the two. Of course, in some implementations, the first flange 363 and the first driving rod 355 can also be independent components, and they can be connected through appropriate connection methods.
在一些实施方式中,第一驱动杆355远离所述第一端351的端部357,可以设置有凹槽(图中未示出)。如此,凹槽侧壁面对第一端351的表面,可以作为所述第一面359,凹槽侧壁背对第一端351的表面,可以作为所述第二面361。或者,第一驱动杆355远离第一端351的端面,可以作为第二面361。当然,所属领域技术人员在本说明书实施方式的启示下,还可以做出其他的变更,但只要其实现的功能和效果,与说明书多个实施方式揭示的功能和效果相同或相似,均应涵盖于本案权利要求保护范围内。In some embodiments, the end 357 of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 may be provided with a groove (not shown in the figure). In this way, the surface of the side wall of the groove facing the first end 351 can be used as the first surface 359 , and the surface of the side wall of the groove facing away from the first end 351 can be used as the second surface 361 . Alternatively, the end surface of the first driving rod 355 away from the first end 351 may serve as the second surface 361 . Of course, those skilled in the art can also make other changes under the inspiration of the implementation modes of this specification, but as long as the functions and effects realized are the same or similar to the functions and effects disclosed in multiple implementation modes of the specification, all changes should be covered. within the scope of protection claimed in this case.
在一些实施方式中,如图8所示,所述驱动装置310可以具有沿所述自转管427的周向延伸的第一环形槽365。所述第一驱动杆355的第一凸缘363至少部分收容在所述第一环形槽365内,以使所述驱动装置310能沿着所述纵 长方向带动所述第一驱动杆355移动。In some implementations, as shown in FIG. 8 , the driving device 310 may have a first annular groove 365 extending along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 . The first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 is at least partially accommodated in the first annular groove 365, so that the driving device 310 can drive the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction. .
驱动装置310的一个驱动单元367可以设置有用于至少部分收容第一凸缘363的第一环形槽365。如此,可以通过第一环形槽365的槽壁369向第一凸缘363的第二面361施加力,使得第一驱动杆355沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向,向着所述第一端351移动。也可以通过第一环形槽365的槽壁369向第一凸缘363的第一面359施加力,使得第一驱动杆355沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向,向着所述第二端353移动。A driving unit 367 of the driving device 310 may be provided with a first annular groove 365 for at least partially receiving the first flange 363 . In this way, a force can be applied to the second surface 361 of the first flange 363 through the groove wall 369 of the first annular groove 365, so that the first driving rod 355 moves toward the first driving rod 355 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427. Terminal 351 moves. Force can also be applied to the first surface 359 of the first flange 363 through the groove wall 369 of the first annular groove 365, so that the first driving rod 355 moves toward the second end along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427. 353 moves.
第一凸缘363凸出第一驱动杆355的部分,可以一部分伸入第一环形槽365内。当然,第一凸缘363凸出第一驱动杆355的部分,也可以完全收容在第一环形槽365内。A part of the first flange 363 protrudes from the first driving rod 355 and can partly extend into the first annular groove 365 . Of course, the part of the first flange 363 protruding from the first driving rod 355 can also be completely accommodated in the first annular groove 365 .
在一些实施方式中,驱动装置310可以能驱动自转管427沿着周向转动,以使所述第一驱动杆355的第一凸缘363沿着所述第一环形槽365移动。第一环形槽365可以为第一凸缘363提供沿着自转管427的周向的移动空间。如此设置,实现了每个功能相互独立,并且很少的干涉,确保了功能实现的稳定性。即,驱动装置310在驱动自转管427转动的情况下,第一驱动杆355可以随同一起转动,而不会影响第一驱动杆355沿着自转管427的纵长方向的位置。进一步的,驱动装置310可以在驱动自转管427转动的同时,也可以带动第一驱动杆355沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。如此,可以提升多个手术器械300的执行效率,一定程度上减少手术时间。In some embodiments, the driving device 310 may be able to drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 moves along the first annular groove 365 . The first annular groove 365 can provide a moving space for the first flange 363 along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 . With this setting, each function is independent of each other, and there is little interference, which ensures the stability of function realization. That is, when the driving device 310 drives the rotation tube 427 to rotate, the first driving rod 355 can rotate together without affecting the position of the first driving rod 355 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . Further, the driving device 310 may drive the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 while driving the rotation tube 427 to rotate. In this way, the execution efficiency of multiple surgical instruments 300 can be improved, and the operation time can be reduced to a certain extent.
在一些实施方式中,为了便于描述,所述驱动装置310包括的多个驱动单元中,设置有第一环形槽365的驱动单元367命名为第一驱动单元367。参考图5和图8-图9,所述第一驱动单元367可以包括:设置有所述第一环形槽365的第一拨叉371,和与所述第一拨叉371转动配接的第一驱动轴组件373。所述第一拨叉371能在所述第一驱动轴组件373的带动下沿着所述第一驱动轴组件373的轴向移动,以带动所述第一驱动杆355沿着所述纵长方向移动。In some implementations, for ease of description, among the plurality of driving units included in the driving device 310 , the driving unit 367 provided with the first annular groove 365 is named as the first driving unit 367 . 5 and 8-9, the first drive unit 367 may include: a first shift fork 371 provided with the first annular groove 365, and a first shift fork 371 rotatably engaged with the first shift fork 371 A drive shaft assembly 373. The first shift fork 371 can be driven by the first drive shaft assembly 373 to move along the axial direction of the first drive shaft assembly 373 so as to drive the first drive rod 355 along the longitudinal direction. direction to move.
第一拨叉371套设在第一驱动轴组件373,并与第一驱动轴组件373之间设置有第一传动结构。第一传动结构能将第一驱动轴组件373的转动,转换为第一拨叉371的线性运动。具体的,第一传动结构可以采用螺纹结构。当然,第一传动结构也可以设置为凸轮与凸轮槽配合的结构。即在第一驱动轴组件373上设置有凸轮槽,在第一拨叉371上设置有可以沿着所述凸轮槽滑动的凸轮。如此使得,第一传动结构可以将第一驱动轴组件373的转动,通过凸轮与凸轮槽配合,转换为第一拨叉371的线性运动。The first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first drive shaft assembly 373 , and a first transmission structure is arranged between the first drive shaft assembly 373 . The first transmission structure can convert the rotation of the first drive shaft assembly 373 into the linear motion of the first shift fork 371 . Specifically, the first transmission structure may adopt a screw structure. Certainly, the first transmission structure may also be configured as a structure in which a cam cooperates with a cam groove. That is, a cam slot is provided on the first drive shaft assembly 373 , and a cam that can slide along the cam slot is provided on the first shift fork 371 . In this way, the first transmission structure can convert the rotation of the first drive shaft assembly 373 into the linear movement of the first shift fork 371 through the cooperation of the cam and the cam groove.
第一拨叉371对应第一环形槽365的中心,设置有第一中心孔377a。第一拨叉371的第一中心孔377a套设在击发杆驱动件448上。第一拨叉371与击发杆驱动件448可以相对沿着长轴组件320的纵长方向相对移动。击发杆驱动件448被限位于驱动装置310的顶板481上。如此,第一拨叉371同时套设在第一驱动轴组件373和击发杆驱动件448上,使得第一驱动轴组件373驱动第一拨叉371运动时,由于击发杆驱动件448的阻挡,使得第一拨叉371不会相对于第一驱动轴组件373转动。当然,第一驱动杆355也可以阻止第一拨叉371相对于第一驱动轴组件373转动。The first shift fork 371 corresponds to the center of the first annular groove 365 and is provided with a first center hole 377a. The first central hole 377 a of the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 . The first shift fork 371 and the firing rod driving member 448 can relatively move along the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly 320 . The firing rod driver 448 is constrained on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 . In this way, the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first driving shaft assembly 373 and the firing rod driving member 448 at the same time, so that when the first driving shaft assembly 373 drives the first shift fork 371 to move, due to the blocking of the firing rod driving member 448, So that the first shift fork 371 will not rotate relative to the first drive shaft assembly 373 . Of course, the first driving rod 355 can also prevent the first shift fork 371 from rotating relative to the first driving shaft assembly 373 .
第一拨叉371可以包括第一拨叉本体383和第一拨叉盖板385。所述第一拨叉本体383形成有第一环形凹槽387,第一中心孔377a位于第一环形凹槽387的中心位置,二者可以具有趋于相同的中心线。第一拨叉盖板385与第一拨叉本体383配接,形成第一环形槽365。第一拨叉盖板385的中心位置具有第一中心孔377b。如此,第一拨叉371可以套设在击发杆驱动件448上。进一步的第一拨叉盖板385的第一中心孔377b的孔径大于击发杆驱动件448的外径。使得第一拨叉盖板385与击发杆驱动件448之间形成环形空间。进而,第一驱动杆355可以从该环形空间伸入第一环形槽365,使得第一凸缘363至少部分收容在该第一环形槽365内。再者,当自转管427转动的情况下,第一驱动杆355可以沿着环形空间移动,实现第一驱动杆355随同自转管427一同转动。The first fork 371 may include a first fork body 383 and a first fork cover 385 . The first shift fork body 383 is formed with a first annular groove 387 , the first center hole 377 a is located at the center of the first annular groove 387 , and the two may have the same centerline. The first shift fork cover plate 385 is mated with the first shift fork body 383 to form a first annular groove 365 . The center of the first shift fork cover plate 385 has a first center hole 377b. In this way, the first shift fork 371 can be sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 . Further, the diameter of the first central hole 377 b of the first shift fork cover plate 385 is larger than the outer diameter of the firing rod driving member 448 . An annular space is formed between the first shift fork cover plate 385 and the firing rod driving member 448 . Furthermore, the first driving rod 355 can extend from the annular space into the first annular groove 365 , so that the first flange 363 is at least partially received in the first annular groove 365 . Furthermore, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the first driving rod 355 can move along the annular space, so that the first driving rod 355 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 .
第一拨叉盖板385和第一拨叉本体383之间可以固定连接。具体的,可以采用螺钉、铆钉、或者卡扣结构等,实现针对二者的位置限位。当然,也可以采用胶水将二者进行粘接。The first shift fork cover plate 385 and the first shift fork body 383 can be fixedly connected. Specifically, screws, rivets, or buckle structures can be used to realize the position limitation for the two. Of course, glue can also be used to bond the two.
第一驱动杆355的第一凸缘363至少部分收容于第一环形槽365中时,第二面361可以与第一环形凹槽387的底面389接触,第一面359可以与第一拨叉盖板385面对第一环形凹槽387的底面389的表面391接触。如此,实现第一驱动杆355与第一拨叉371之间沿着自转管427的纵长方向限位。进一步的,第一拨叉371被驱动发生沿着自转管427的纵长方向的位移时,可以带动第一驱动杆355一同移动。进而,可以实现第一驱动杆355可操作的触发末端器械321的相应功能。When the first flange 363 of the first driving rod 355 is at least partly accommodated in the first annular groove 365, the second surface 361 can be in contact with the bottom surface 389 of the first annular groove 387, and the first surface 359 can be in contact with the first shift fork. The surface 391 of the cover plate 385 facing the bottom surface 389 of the first annular groove 387 contacts. In this way, the position limitation between the first driving rod 355 and the first shift fork 371 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 is realized. Further, when the first shift fork 371 is driven to displace along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , it can drive the first driving rod 355 to move together. Furthermore, the corresponding function of the first driving rod 355 being operable to trigger the terminal instrument 321 can be realized.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一驱动轴组件373的轴向与所述纵长方向趋于平行。由于第一拨叉371套设在第一驱动轴组件373上,第一驱动轴组件373带动第一拨叉371移动时,会使得第一拨叉371沿着第一驱动轴组件373移动。由于第一驱动轴组件373与自转管427的纵长方向平行,进而实现第一拨叉371带动第一驱动杆355沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。In some embodiments, the axial direction of the first drive shaft assembly 373 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction. Since the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first drive shaft assembly 373 , when the first drive shaft assembly 373 drives the first shift fork 371 to move, the first shift fork 371 will move along the first drive shaft assembly 373 . Since the first driving shaft assembly 373 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , the first shift fork 371 drives the first driving rod 355 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
第一驱动轴组件373安装于驱动装置310上。具体的,第一驱动轴组件373可以主要包括第一驱动轴374、第一连接组件376、第一连接轴378和第一驱动件380。The first driving shaft assembly 373 is installed on the driving device 310 . Specifically, the first drive shaft assembly 373 may mainly include a first drive shaft 374 , a first connection assembly 376 , a first connection shaft 378 and a first drive member 380 .
第一驱动轴374穿过第一拨叉本体383的通孔382,实现第一拨叉371套设在第一驱动轴组件373上。顶板481对应第一驱动轴374设有通孔384,第一驱动轴374通过轴承386安装至通孔384。如此,实现第一驱动轴374可以相对于顶板481转动。第一驱动轴374伸出通孔384的部分连接有螺母388。第一驱动轴374与轴承386接触的部分,设置有台阶面。进而,通过台阶面、轴承386和螺母388的配合,限定了第一驱动轴374相对于顶板481的位置,并允许第一驱动轴374相对于顶板481转动。The first drive shaft 374 passes through the through hole 382 of the first shift fork body 383 , so that the first shift fork 371 is sleeved on the first drive shaft assembly 373 . The top plate 481 defines a through hole 384 corresponding to the first driving shaft 374 , and the first driving shaft 374 is mounted to the through hole 384 through a bearing 386 . In this way, the first driving shaft 374 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 . A nut 388 is connected to a portion of the first driving shaft 374 protruding from the through hole 384 . A portion of the first drive shaft 374 in contact with the bearing 386 is provided with a stepped surface. Furthermore, through the cooperation of the stepped surface, the bearing 386 and the nut 388 , the position of the first drive shaft 374 relative to the top plate 481 is limited, and the first drive shaft 374 is allowed to rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
第一连接组件376可以包括第一连接件本体390、轴固定件392和轴固定件394。第一连接组件376可以用于连接第一驱动轴374和第一连接轴378。具体的,轴固定件392可以将第一驱动轴374与第一连接件本体390固定连接。轴固定件394可以将第一连接轴378与第一连接件本体390固定连接。前述固定连接的方式可以包括但不限于螺钉或铆钉等方式。如此,第一驱动轴374与第一连接轴378实现固定连接。The first link assembly 376 can include a first link body 390 , a shaft mount 392 and a shaft mount 394 . The first connection assembly 376 may be used to connect the first drive shaft 374 and the first connection shaft 378 . Specifically, the shaft fixing member 392 can fixedly connect the first driving shaft 374 with the first connecting member body 390 . The shaft fixing part 394 can fixedly connect the first connecting shaft 378 with the first connecting part body 390 . The foregoing fixed connection methods may include, but are not limited to, screws or rivets. In this way, the first driving shaft 374 is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft 378 .
第一连接轴378可以通过轴承396安装于底板483的通孔398。使得,第一连接轴378可以相对于底板483转动,进而实现第一驱动轴组件373可以相对于顶板481和底板383转动。并限定第一驱动轴组件373沿着自转管427的纵长方向的位置。The first connecting shaft 378 can be installed in the through hole 398 of the bottom plate 483 through the bearing 396 . Thus, the first connecting shaft 378 can rotate relative to the bottom plate 483 , so that the first driving shaft assembly 373 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 and the bottom plate 383 . And define the position of the first drive shaft assembly 373 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
第一驱动件380与第一连接轴378固定连接。第一驱动件380可以用于接收致动装置220的致动器的动力输入。从而实现,第一驱动轴组件373被驱动转动。The first driving member 380 is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft 378 . The first driving member 380 can be used to receive the power input of the actuator of the actuating device 220 . Thus, the first drive shaft assembly 373 is driven to rotate.
在一些实施方式中,第一驱动杆355的第一面359和第二面361可能同时受到第一拨叉371施加的力。此时,在第一面359和第二面361所受到的力的合力作用下,使第一驱动杆355沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。In some embodiments, the first surface 359 and the second surface 361 of the first driving lever 355 may receive the force exerted by the first shift fork 371 at the same time. At this time, under the resultant force of the forces received by the first surface 359 and the second surface 361 , the first driving rod 355 is moved along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
请一并参阅图7、图8和图10。在一些实施方式中,所述自转管427内设置有用于驱动所述末端器械321的第二驱动杆393;在所述第二驱动杆393远离所述第一端351的端部395形成有面向所述第一端351的第三面397和背对所述第一端351的第四面399。Please refer to Figure 7, Figure 8 and Figure 10 together. In some embodiments, a second driving rod 393 for driving the terminal instrument 321 is arranged inside the rotation tube 427; a facing The third surface 397 of the first end 351 and the fourth surface 399 facing away from the first end 351 .
所述驱动装置310能向所述第三面397和/或第四面399施加力,以使所述第二驱动杆393沿着所述纵长方向移动。The driving device 310 can apply force to the third surface 397 and/or the fourth surface 399 to move the second driving rod 393 along the longitudinal direction.
具体的,驱动装置310向第二驱动杆393的第三面397施加力的情况下,第二驱动杆393可以沿着所述纵长方向远离第一端351。驱动装置310向第二驱动杆393的第四面399施加力的情况下,第二驱动杆393可以沿着所述纵长方向靠近第一端351。如此,可以实现稳定的驱动第二驱动杆393沿着纵长方向移动。如此,第二驱动杆393可以进一步击发末端器械321的相应功能。具体的,例如,所述第二驱动杆393可以沿着所述纵长方向移动,触发所述末端器械321做第二模式的运动。Specifically, when the driving device 310 applies force to the third surface 397 of the second driving rod 393 , the second driving rod 393 can move away from the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction. When the driving device 310 applies force to the fourth surface 399 of the second driving rod 393 , the second driving rod 393 can approach the first end 351 along the longitudinal direction. In this way, it is possible to stably drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the lengthwise direction. In this way, the second driving rod 393 can further activate the corresponding function of the end instrument 321 . Specifically, for example, the second driving rod 393 can move along the longitudinal direction, triggering the movement of the end instrument 321 in the second mode.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二驱动杆393相对于所述自转管427的周向限位。具体的,自转管427可以被驱动装置310驱动下,相对于自转管427的轴线转动,如此可以实现带动末端器械321摆动,进而调整末端器械321的位置和角度,以便于手术的进行。第二驱动杆393可以相对于自转管427周向限位。即,在自转管427相较于其轴线X转动时,第二驱动杆393会随同绕着自转管427的轴线X转动。In some embodiments, the second driving rod 393 is limited relative to the rotation tube 427 in the circumferential direction. Specifically, the rotation tube 427 can be driven by the driving device 310 to rotate relative to the axis of the rotation tube 427, so that the end instrument 321 can be driven to swing, and then the position and angle of the end instrument 321 can be adjusted to facilitate the operation. The second driving rod 393 can be circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 . That is, when the rotation tube 427 rotates relative to the axis X thereof, the second driving rod 393 will also rotate around the axis X of the rotation tube 427 .
如此,在自转管427进行旋转时,第二驱动杆393可以随同绕着自转管427的轴线旋转。可以稳定的维持第二驱动杆393位于自转管427内的相对位置,提升了手术器械300的稳定性。In this way, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the second driving rod 393 can also rotate around the axis of the rotation tube 427 . The relative position of the second driving rod 393 in the rotation tube 427 can be stably maintained, which improves the stability of the surgical instrument 300 .
在一些实施方式中,所述第二驱动杆393远离所述第一端351的端部395设置有偏离所述纵长方向的第二凸缘401;所述第二凸缘401具有所述第三面397和所述第四面399。In some embodiments, the end 395 of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end 351 is provided with a second flange 401 that deviates from the longitudinal direction; the second flange 401 has the first three sides 397 and the fourth side 399 .
第二凸缘401的延伸方向可以偏离自转管427的纵长方向。使得,第二凸缘401的延伸方向可以与自转管427的纵长方向之间具有一个锐角或直角。如此,第二凸缘401会有两个表面,一个表面整体上面对自转管427的第一端351,即为第三面397。一个表面整体上背对自转管427的第一端351,即为第四面399。The extension direction of the second flange 401 may deviate from the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . Thus, the extension direction of the second flange 401 may have an acute angle or a right angle with the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the second flange 401 has two surfaces, and one surface faces the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the third surface 397 . One surface faces away from the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 as a whole, that is, the fourth surface 399 .
通过在第二驱动杆393上形成第二凸缘401,以及将第三面397和第四面399形成在第二凸缘401上。如此,在结构上,可以便于驱动第二驱动杆393沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向移动。By forming the second flange 401 on the second drive rod 393 , and forming the third face 397 and the fourth face 399 on the second flange 401 . In this way, structurally, it is convenient to drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,第二凸缘401可以与第二驱动杆393一体成型制成。如此,使得二者之间具有较好的结合。当然,在一些实施方式中,第二凸缘401和第二驱动杆393也可以是相互独立的元件,并通过适当的连接方式,进行连接。In some embodiments, the second flange 401 can be integrally formed with the second driving rod 393 . In this way, there is a better combination between the two. Of course, in some implementations, the second flange 401 and the second driving rod 393 may also be independent components, and they are connected by appropriate connection methods.
在一些实施方式中,第二驱动杆393远离所述第一端351的端部395,可以设置有凹槽(图中未示出)。如此,凹槽侧壁面对第一端351的表面,可以作为所述第三面397,第二驱动杆393远离第一端351的端面,可以作为第四面399。当然,所属领域技术人员在本说明书实施方式的启示下,还可以做出其他的变更,但只要其实现的功能和效果,与说明书多个实施方式揭示的功能和效果相同或相似,均应涵盖于本案权利要求保护范围内。In some embodiments, the end 395 of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end 351 may be provided with a groove (not shown in the figure). In this way, the surface of the side wall of the groove facing the first end 351 can be used as the third surface 397 , and the end surface of the second driving rod 393 away from the first end 351 can be used as the fourth surface 399 . Of course, those skilled in the art can also make other changes under the inspiration of the implementation modes of this specification, but as long as the functions and effects realized are the same or similar to the functions and effects disclosed in multiple implementation modes of the specification, all changes should be covered. within the scope of protection claimed in this case.
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动装置310中具有沿所述自转管427的周向延伸的第二环形槽403,所述第二驱动杆393的第二凸缘401至少部分收容在所述第二环形槽403内,以使所述驱动装置310能沿着所述纵长方向带动所述第二驱动杆393移动。In some embodiments, the driving device 310 has a second annular groove 403 extending in the circumferential direction of the rotation tube 427, and the second flange 401 of the second driving rod 393 is at least partially received in the first annular groove 403. inside the two annular grooves 403, so that the driving device 310 can drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction.
驱动装置310包括的多个驱动单元中,每个驱动单元可以用于执行相应的驱动功能。具体的,驱动装置310的一个驱动单元可以设置有用于至少部分收容第二凸缘401的第二环形槽403。如此,可以通过第二环形槽403的槽壁407向第二凸缘401的第四面399施加力,使得第二驱动杆393沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向,向着所述第一端351移动。也可以通过第二环形槽403的槽壁407向第二凸缘401的第三面397施加力,使得第二驱动杆393沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向,向着所述第二端353移动。Among the multiple driving units included in the driving device 310, each driving unit may be used to perform a corresponding driving function. Specifically, a driving unit of the driving device 310 may be provided with a second annular groove 403 for at least partially receiving the second flange 401 . In this way, a force can be applied to the fourth surface 399 of the second flange 401 through the groove wall 407 of the second annular groove 403 , so that the second driving rod 393 moves toward the first Terminal 351 moves. A force can also be applied to the third surface 397 of the second flange 401 through the groove wall 407 of the second annular groove 403, so that the second driving rod 393 moves toward the second end along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427. 353 moves.
第二凸缘401凸出第二驱动杆393的部分,可以一部分伸入第二环形槽403内。当然,第二凸缘401凸出第二驱动杆393的部分,也可以完全收容在第二环形槽403内。The part of the second flange 401 protruding from the second driving rod 393 may partly extend into the second annular groove 403 . Of course, the part of the second flange 401 protruding from the second driving rod 393 may also be completely accommodated in the second annular groove 403 .
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动装置310能驱动所述自转管427沿着周向转动,以使所述第二驱动杆393的第二凸缘401沿着所述第二环形槽403移动。在一些实施方式中,驱动装置310可以能驱动自转管427沿着周向转动,以使所述第二驱动杆393的第二凸缘401沿着所述第二环形槽403移动。第二环形槽403可以为第二凸缘401提供沿着自转管427的周向的移动空间。如此设置,实现了每个功能相互独立,并且很少的干涉,确保了功能实现的稳定性。即,驱动装置310在驱动自转管427转动的情况下,第二驱动杆393可以随同一起转动,而不会影响第二驱动杆393沿着自转管427的纵长方向的位置。进一步的,驱动装置310可以在驱动自转管427转动的同时,也可以带动第二驱动杆393沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。如此,可以提升多个手术器械300的执行效率,一定程度上减少手术时间。In some embodiments, the driving device 310 can drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the second flange 401 of the second driving rod 393 moves along the second annular groove 403 . In some embodiments, the driving device 310 may be able to drive the rotation tube 427 to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the second flange 401 of the second driving rod 393 moves along the second annular groove 403 . The second annular groove 403 can provide a moving space for the second flange 401 along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 . With this setting, each function is independent of each other, and there is little interference, which ensures the stability of function realization. That is, when the driving device 310 drives the rotation tube 427 to rotate, the second driving rod 393 can rotate together without affecting the position of the second driving rod 393 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . Further, the driving device 310 may drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 while driving the rotation tube 427 to rotate. In this way, the execution efficiency of multiple surgical instruments 300 can be improved, and the operation time can be reduced to a certain extent.
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动装置310包括第二驱动单元405,如图5和图8所示,所述第二驱动单元405包括设置有所述第二环形槽403的第二拨叉409,和与所述第二拨叉409转动配接的第二驱动轴组件411;所述第二拨叉409能在所述第二驱动轴组件411的带动下沿着所述第二驱动轴组件411的轴向移动,以带动所述第二驱动杆393沿着所述纵长方向移动。In some embodiments, the driving device 310 includes a second driving unit 405, as shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 8, the second driving unit 405 includes a second shift fork 409 provided with the second annular groove 403 , and the second drive shaft assembly 411 that is rotationally fitted with the second shift fork 409; the second shift fork 409 can be driven by the second drive shaft assembly 411 along the second drive shaft assembly 411 to drive the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction.
第二拨叉409套设在第二驱动轴组件411,并与第二驱动轴组件411之间设置有第二传动结构413。第二传动结构413能将第二驱动轴组件411的转动,转换为第二拨叉409的线性运动。具体的,第二传动结构413可以是螺纹结构。当然,第二传动结构409也可以设置为凸轮与凸轮槽配合的结构。即在第二驱动轴组件411上设置有凸轮槽,在第二拨叉409上设置有可以沿着所述凸轮槽滑动的凸轮。如此使得,第二传动结构413可以将第二驱动轴组件411的转动,通过凸轮与凸轮槽配合,转换为第二拨叉409的线性运动。The second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 , and a second transmission structure 413 is disposed between the second drive shaft assembly 411 . The second transmission structure 413 can convert the rotation of the second drive shaft assembly 411 into the linear motion of the second shift fork 409 . Specifically, the second transmission structure 413 may be a screw structure. Certainly, the second transmission structure 409 may also be configured as a structure in which a cam cooperates with a cam groove. That is, a cam slot is provided on the second drive shaft assembly 411 , and a cam that can slide along the cam slot is provided on the second shift fork 409 . In this way, the second transmission structure 413 can convert the rotation of the second drive shaft assembly 411 into the linear motion of the second shift fork 409 through the cooperation of the cam and the cam groove.
第二拨叉409对应第二环形槽403的中心,设置有第二中心孔415a。第二拨叉409的第二中心孔415a套设在击发杆驱动件448上。第二拨叉409与击发杆驱动件448可以相对沿着自转管427的纵长方向相对移动。如此,第二拨叉409同时套设在第二驱动轴组件411和击发杆驱动件448上,使得第二驱动轴组件411驱动第二拨叉409运动时,由于击发杆驱动件448的阻挡,使得第二驱动轴组件411不会相对于第二驱动轴组件411转动。当然,第二驱动杆393也可以阻止第二拨叉409相对于第二驱动轴组件411转动。The second shift fork 409 corresponds to the center of the second annular groove 403 and is provided with a second center hole 415a. The second central hole 415 a of the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 . The second shift fork 409 and the firing rod driving member 448 can relatively move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 and the firing rod driving member 448 at the same time, so that when the second driving shaft assembly 411 drives the second shift fork 409 to move, due to the blocking of the firing rod driving member 448, So that the second drive shaft assembly 411 will not rotate relative to the second drive shaft assembly 411 . Of course, the second driving rod 393 can also prevent the second shift fork 409 from rotating relative to the second driving shaft assembly 411 .
第二拨叉409可以包括第二拨叉本体417和第二拨叉盖板419。所述第二拨叉本体417形成有第二环形凹槽421,第二中心孔415a位于第二环形凹槽421的中心位置,二者可以具有趋于相同的中心线。第二拨叉盖板419与第二拨叉本体417配接,形成第二环形槽403。第二拨叉盖板419的中心位置具有第二中心孔415b。如此,第二拨叉409可以套设在击发杆驱动件448上。进一步的第二拨叉盖板419的中心孔径大于击发杆驱动件448的外径。使得第二拨叉盖板419与击发杆驱动件448之间形成环形空间。进而,第二驱动杆393可以从该环形空间伸入第二环形槽403,使得第二凸缘401至少部分收容在该第二环形槽403内。再者,当自转管427转动的情况下,第二驱动杆393可以沿着环形空间移动,实现第二驱动杆393随同自转管427一同转动。The second fork 409 may include a second fork body 417 and a second fork cover 419 . The second shift fork body 417 is formed with a second annular groove 421 , and the second center hole 415 a is located at the center of the second annular groove 421 , and the two may have the same centerline. The second shift fork cover plate 419 is mated with the second shift fork body 417 to form the second annular groove 403 . The center of the second shift fork cover plate 419 has a second center hole 415b. In this way, the second shift fork 409 can be sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 . The central aperture of the further second shift fork cover plate 419 is larger than the outer diameter of the firing rod driving member 448 . An annular space is formed between the second shift fork cover plate 419 and the firing rod driving member 448 . Furthermore, the second driving rod 393 can extend into the second annular groove 403 from the annular space, so that the second flange 401 is at least partially accommodated in the second annular groove 403 . Furthermore, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the second driving rod 393 can move along the annular space, so that the second driving rod 393 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 .
第二拨叉盖板419和第二拨叉本体417之间可以固定连接。具体的,可以采用螺钉、铆钉、或者卡扣结构等,实现针对二者的位置限位,还可以采用胶水将二者进行粘接。The second shift fork cover plate 419 and the second shift fork body 417 can be fixedly connected. Specifically, screws, rivets, or buckle structures can be used to realize position limitation for the two, and glue can also be used to bond the two.
第二驱动杆393的第二凸缘401至少部分收容于第二环形槽421中时,第三面397可以与第二环形凹槽421的底面423接触,第四面399可以与第二拨叉盖板419面对第二环形凹槽421的底面423的表面425接触。如此,实现第二驱动杆393与第二拨叉409之间沿着自转管427的纵长方向限位。进一步的,第二拨叉409被驱动发生沿着自转管427的纵长方向的位移时,可以带动第二驱动杆393一同移动。进而,可以实现第二驱动杆393可操作的触发末端器械321的相应功能。When the second flange 401 of the second driving rod 393 is at least partially accommodated in the second annular groove 421, the third surface 397 can be in contact with the bottom surface 423 of the second annular groove 421, and the fourth surface 399 can be in contact with the second shift fork. The surface 425 of the cover plate 419 facing the bottom surface 423 of the second annular groove 421 contacts. In this way, the distance between the second driving rod 393 and the second shift fork 409 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 is realized. Further, when the second shift fork 409 is driven to displace along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , it can drive the second driving rod 393 to move together. Furthermore, the corresponding function of the second driving lever 393 being operable to trigger the terminal instrument 321 can be realized.
请一并参阅图5和图10。在一些实施方式中,第二驱动轴组件411安装于驱动装置310上。具体的,第二驱动轴组件411可以主要包括第二驱动轴412、第二连接组件414、第二连接轴416和第二驱动件418。Please refer to Figure 5 and Figure 10 together. In some embodiments, the second drive shaft assembly 411 is installed on the driving device 310 . Specifically, the second drive shaft assembly 411 may mainly include a second drive shaft 412 , a second connection assembly 414 , a second connection shaft 416 and a second drive member 418 .
第二驱动轴412穿过第二拨叉本体417的通孔420,实现第二拨叉409套设在第二驱动轴组件411上。顶板481对应第二驱动轴412设有通孔422,第二驱动轴411通过轴承424安装至通孔422。如此,实现第二驱动轴411可以相对于顶板481转动。第二驱动轴411伸出通孔422的部分连接有螺母426。第二驱动轴411与轴承424接触的部分,设置有台阶面。进而,通过台阶面、轴承424和螺母426的配合,限定了第二驱动轴411相对于顶板481的位置,并允许第二驱动轴411相对于顶板481转动。The second drive shaft 412 passes through the through hole 420 of the second shift fork body 417 , so that the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 . The top plate 481 defines a through hole 422 corresponding to the second driving shaft 412 , and the second driving shaft 411 is mounted to the through hole 422 through a bearing 424 . In this way, the second driving shaft 411 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 . A nut 426 is connected to a portion of the second drive shaft 411 protruding from the through hole 422 . A portion of the second drive shaft 411 in contact with the bearing 424 is provided with a stepped surface. Furthermore, through the cooperation of the stepped surface, the bearing 424 and the nut 426 , the position of the second drive shaft 411 relative to the top plate 481 is defined, and the second drive shaft 411 is allowed to rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
第二连接组件414可以包括第二连接件本体428、轴固定件429和轴固定件432。第二连接组件414可以用于连接第二驱动轴412和第二连接轴416。具体的,轴固定件429可以将第二驱动轴412与第二连接件本体428固定连接。轴固定件429可以将第二连接轴416与第二连接件本体428固定连接。前述固定连接的方式可以包括但不限于螺钉或铆钉等方式。如此,第二驱动轴412与第二连接轴416实现固定连接。The second link assembly 414 may include a second link body 428 , a shaft mount 429 and a shaft mount 432 . The second connection assembly 414 may be used to connect the second drive shaft 412 and the second connection shaft 416 . Specifically, the shaft fixing member 429 can fixedly connect the second driving shaft 412 to the second connecting member body 428 . The shaft fixing part 429 can fixedly connect the second connecting shaft 416 with the second connecting part body 428 . The foregoing fixed connection methods may include, but are not limited to, screws or rivets. In this way, the second driving shaft 412 is fixedly connected to the second connecting shaft 416 .
第二连接轴416可以通过轴承396安装于底板483的通孔436。使得,第二连接轴416可以相对于底板483转动,进而实现第二驱动轴组件411可以相对于顶板481和底板383转动。并限定第二驱动轴组件411沿着自转管427的纵长方向的位置。The second connecting shaft 416 can be installed in the through hole 436 of the bottom plate 483 through the bearing 396 . In this way, the second connecting shaft 416 can rotate relative to the bottom plate 483 , so that the second drive shaft assembly 411 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 and the bottom plate 383 . And define the position of the second drive shaft assembly 411 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
第二驱动件418与第二连接轴416固定连接。第二驱动件418可以用于接收致动装置220的致动器的动力输入,进而实现,第二驱动轴组件411被驱动转动。The second driving member 418 is fixedly connected with the second connecting shaft 416 . The second driving member 418 can be used to receive the power input of the actuator of the actuating device 220 , so as to realize that the second driving shaft assembly 411 is driven to rotate.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二驱动轴组件411的轴向与所述纵长方向趋于平行。由于第二拨叉409套设在第二驱动轴组件411上,第二驱动轴组件411带动第二拨叉409移动时,会使得第二拨叉409沿着第二驱动轴组件411移动。由于第二驱动轴组件411与自转管427的纵长方向平行,进而实现第二拨叉409带动第二驱动杆393沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。In some embodiments, the axial direction of the second drive shaft assembly 411 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction. Since the second shift fork 409 is sleeved on the second drive shaft assembly 411 , when the second drive shaft assembly 411 drives the second shift fork 409 to move, the second shift fork 409 will move along the second drive shaft assembly 411 . Since the second driving shaft assembly 411 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , the second shift fork 409 drives the second driving rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,第二驱动杆393的第三面397和第四面399可能同时受到第二拨叉409施加的力。此时,在第三面397和第四面399所受到的力的合力作用下,使第二驱动杆393沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。In some embodiments, the third surface 397 and the fourth surface 399 of the second driving lever 393 may receive the force exerted by the second shift fork 409 at the same time. At this time, the second driving rod 393 is moved along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 under the resultant force of the forces received by the third surface 397 and the fourth surface 399 .
在一些实施方式中,第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393分别用于触发末端器械321的不同功能。具体的,例如,第一驱动杆355可以用于触发末端器械321的摆动功能,第二驱动杆393可以用于触发末端器械321的夹持功能。当然,第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393还可以分别实现触发其它功能,在此不作具体限制。在一些实施方式中,末端器械321的第一模式的运动,可以实现末端器械321的摆动功能。末端器械321的第二模式的运动,可以实现末端器械321的夹持功能。In some embodiments, the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 are used to trigger different functions of the end instrument 321 , respectively. Specifically, for example, the first driving rod 355 can be used to trigger the swing function of the end instrument 321 , and the second driving rod 393 can be used to trigger the clamping function of the end instrument 321 . Of course, the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 can also trigger other functions respectively, which is not specifically limited here. In some embodiments, the movement of the end instrument 321 in the first mode can realize the swing function of the end instrument 321 . The movement of the end instrument 321 in the second mode can realize the clamping function of the end instrument 321 .
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动装置310的第一驱动单元367包括设置有所述第一环形槽365的第一拨叉371,所述第一拨叉371和所述第二拨叉409沿着所述纵长方向排列。In some embodiments, the first driving unit 367 of the driving device 310 includes a first shift fork 371 provided with the first annular groove 365 , and the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 are aligned in the longitudinal direction.
第一拨叉371和第二拨叉409都可以套设在击发杆驱动件448上。如此,第一拨叉371和第二拨叉409会沿着纵长方向排列。进一步的,第一拨叉371和第二拨叉409都可以被驱动,实现沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。再者,第一拨叉371和第二拨叉409相对于击发杆驱动件448的位移空间,会有一定的行程发生重叠。可以理解,在使用操作层面上,通常不会让第一拨叉371和第二拨叉409同使用该发生重叠的行程,使得如此设计提升了驱动装置310内的空间利用率,可以一定程度上缩小驱动装置310的体积。Both the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 can be sleeved on the firing rod driving member 448 . In this way, the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 are arranged along the lengthwise direction. Further, both the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 can be driven to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . Furthermore, the displacement space of the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 relative to the firing rod driving member 448 will have a certain stroke overlapping. It can be understood that, on the level of use and operation, the overlapping strokes of the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 are usually not used together, so that such a design improves the space utilization rate in the drive device 310 and can be used to a certain extent. Reduce the volume of the driving device 310 .
相应的,第一拨叉371相对第二拨叉409靠近自转管427的第一端351的情况下,第一拨叉371的第一中心孔377a、377b的孔壁与击发杆驱动件448之间的环形空间,需要足够穿设第二驱动杆393。同理,第二拨叉409相对第一拨叉371靠近自转管427的第一端351的情况下,第二拨叉409的第二中心孔415a、415b的孔壁与击发杆驱动件448之间的环形空间,需要足够穿设第一驱动杆355。Correspondingly, when the first shift fork 371 is closer to the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 relative to the second shift fork 409 , the distance between the hole walls of the first central holes 377a, 377b of the first shift fork 371 and the firing rod driving member 448 The annular space between them needs to be enough to pass through the second driving rod 393 . Similarly, when the second shift fork 409 is closer to the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 relative to the first shift fork 371 , the gap between the hole walls of the second central holes 415a, 415b of the second shift fork 409 and the firing rod driving member 448 The annular space between them needs to be enough to pass through the first driving rod 355 .
请参阅图5、图10和图11。在一些实施方式中,为了使得第一拨叉371可以更加稳定的沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动,在驱动装置中310还可以设置有导向轴组件462。See Figure 5, Figure 10, and Figure 11. In some embodiments, in order to enable the first shift fork 371 to move more stably along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 , the driving device 310 may also be provided with a guide shaft assembly 462 .
第一拨叉本体383的第一中心孔377a与通孔382之间设置有第一导向孔464。第一导向孔464可以是贯通第一拨叉本体383的通孔。A first guide hole 464 is disposed between the first center hole 377 a of the first fork body 383 and the through hole 382 . The first guide hole 464 may be a through hole passing through the first shift fork body 383 .
导向轴组件462可以包括第一导向轴468和基座472。第一导向轴468穿过所述第一导向孔464,并与第一导向孔464间隙配合。第一导向轴468与顶板481固定连接。第一导向轴468远离顶板481的端部与基座472连接。如此,第一导向轴468被限位于顶板481和基座472之间。第一拨叉371在被驱动沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动时,通过第一导向孔464与第一导向轴468之间的配合,使得第一拨叉371可以沿着第一导向轴468移动。进一步的,第一导向轴468的轴向与自转管427的纵长方向趋于平行。如此,实现第一导向轴468对第一拨叉371的导向作用,使得第一拨叉371可以更加稳定的沿着自转管427的纵长方向发生位移。 Guide shaft assembly 462 may include a first guide shaft 468 and a base 472 . The first guide shaft 468 passes through the first guide hole 464 and is in clearance fit with the first guide hole 464 . The first guide shaft 468 is fixedly connected with the top plate 481 . An end of the first guide shaft 468 away from the top plate 481 is connected to the base 472 . In this way, the first guide shaft 468 is limited between the top plate 481 and the base 472 . When the first shift fork 371 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, through the cooperation between the first guide hole 464 and the first guide shaft 468, the first shift fork 371 can move along the first guide shaft. 468 moves. Further, the axial direction of the first guide shaft 468 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the guiding effect of the first guide shaft 468 on the first shift fork 371 is achieved, so that the first shift fork 371 can be more stably displaced along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
基座472可以与底板483固定连接,使得基座472可以较为稳固的支撑第一导向轴468。The base 472 can be fixedly connected with the bottom plate 483 , so that the base 472 can support the first guide shaft 468 more stably.
为了使第一拨叉371与第一导向轴468之间的位置关系更加稳定,减少第一拨叉本体383与第一导向轴468之间的相对倾斜或者晃动。在第一导向轴468上可以套设有第一导向座474,二者之间可以相对滑动。第一导向座474与第一拨叉本体383之间固定连接。第一导向座474整体可以呈中空的圆筒形状,如此,通过第一导向座474套设在第一导向轴468上,并与第一拨叉本体383固定连接,在一定程度上,相当于增大了第一拨叉本体383与第一导向轴468的接触面积。如此,使得第一拨叉371相对于第一导向轴468移动时,可以更加稳定,减少二者之间的晃动或倾斜。进一步的,在一些实施方式中,为了降低第一导向轴468与第一拨叉本体383以及第一导向座474之间的摩擦力,在第一拨叉本体383和第一导向座474与第一导向轴468之间可以设置有比较光滑的第一轴套。第一轴套可以采用表面会比较光滑的材质制成。当然,也可以不设置该第一轴套,将第一拨叉本体383和/或第一导向座474采用表面比较光滑的材质制成。In order to make the positional relationship between the first shift fork 371 and the first guide shaft 468 more stable, the relative inclination or shaking between the first shift fork body 383 and the first guide shaft 468 is reduced. A first guide seat 474 can be sleeved on the first guide shaft 468 , and the two can slide relative to each other. The first guide seat 474 is fixedly connected to the first fork body 383 . The first guide seat 474 can be in the shape of a hollow cylinder as a whole. In this way, the first guide seat 474 is sleeved on the first guide shaft 468 and fixedly connected with the first shift fork body 383. To a certain extent, it is equivalent to The contact area between the first fork body 383 and the first guide shaft 468 is increased. In this way, when the first shift fork 371 moves relative to the first guide shaft 468, it can be more stable, and the shaking or tilting between the two can be reduced. Further, in some embodiments, in order to reduce the friction between the first guide shaft 468 and the first shift fork body 383 and the first guide seat 474, between the first shift fork body 383, the first guide seat 474 and the first A relatively smooth first sleeve can be arranged between the guide shafts 468 . The first shaft sleeve can be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface. Of course, the first shaft sleeve may not be provided, and the first shift fork body 383 and/or the first guide seat 474 may be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface.
在一些实施方式中,导向轴组件462还可以包括第二导向轴476。第二拨叉本体417的第二中心孔415a与通孔420之间,设置有第二导向孔478。第二导向轴476穿过所述第二导向孔478,并与所述第二导向孔478间隙配合。第二导向轴476可以与顶板481固定连接。第二导向轴476远离顶板481的端部与基座472连接。如此,第二导向轴476被限位于顶板481和基座472之间。第二拨叉409在被驱动沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动时,通过第二导向孔478与第二导向轴476之间的配合,使得第二拨叉409可以沿着第二导向轴476移动。进一步的,第二导向轴476的轴向与自转管427的纵长方向趋于平行。如此,实现第二导向轴476对第二拨叉409的导向作用,使得第二拨叉409可以更加稳定的沿着自转管427的纵长方向发生位移。In some embodiments, guide shaft assembly 462 may also include a second guide shaft 476 . A second guide hole 478 is disposed between the second central hole 415 a of the second fork body 417 and the through hole 420 . The second guide shaft 476 passes through the second guide hole 478 and is in clearance fit with the second guide hole 478 . The second guide shaft 476 can be fixedly connected with the top plate 481 . An end of the second guide shaft 476 away from the top plate 481 is connected to the base 472 . In this way, the second guide shaft 476 is limited between the top plate 481 and the base 472 . When the second shift fork 409 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, the second shift fork 409 can move along the second guide shaft through the cooperation between the second guide hole 478 and the second guide shaft 476. 476 moves. Further, the axial direction of the second guide shaft 476 tends to be parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the guiding effect of the second guide shaft 476 on the second shift fork 409 is achieved, so that the second shift fork 409 can be more stably displaced along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
为了使第二拨叉409与第二导向轴476之间的位置关系更加稳定,减少第二拨叉本体417与第二导向轴476之间的相对倾斜或者晃动。在第二导向轴476上可以套设有第二导向座480,二者之间可以相对滑动。第二导向座480与第二拨叉本体417之间固定连接。第二导向座480整体呈中空的圆筒形状,如此,通过第二导向座480套设在第二导向轴476上,并与第二拨叉本体417固定连接,在一定程度上,相当于增大了第二拨叉本体417与第二导向轴476的接触面积。如此,使得第二拨叉409相对于第二导向轴476移动时,可以更加稳定,减少二者之间的晃动或倾斜。进一步的,在一些实施方式中,为了降低第二导向轴476与第二拨叉本体417以及第二导向座480之间的摩擦力,在第二拨叉本体417和第二导向座480与第二导向轴476之间可以设置有比较光滑的第二轴套。第二轴套可以采用表面会比较光滑的材质制成。当然,也可以不设置该第二轴套,将第二拨叉本体417和/或第二导向座480采用表面比较光滑的材质制成。In order to make the positional relationship between the second shift fork 409 and the second guide shaft 476 more stable, the relative inclination or shaking between the second shift fork body 417 and the second guide shaft 476 is reduced. A second guide seat 480 can be sleeved on the second guide shaft 476 , and the two can slide relatively therebetween. The second guide seat 480 is fixedly connected to the second shift fork body 417 . The second guide seat 480 is in the shape of a hollow cylinder as a whole. In this way, the second guide seat 480 is sleeved on the second guide shaft 476 and fixedly connected with the second shift fork body 417. To a certain extent, it is equivalent to increasing The contact area between the second shift fork body 417 and the second guide shaft 476 is enlarged. In this way, when the second shift fork 409 moves relative to the second guide shaft 476, it can be more stable, reducing the shaking or tilting between the two. Further, in some embodiments, in order to reduce the frictional force between the second guide shaft 476 and the second shift fork body 417 and the second guide seat 480, between the second shift fork body 417, the second guide seat 480 and the first A relatively smooth second sleeve can be arranged between the two guide shafts 476 . The second shaft sleeve can be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface. Certainly, the second shaft sleeve may not be provided, and the second shift fork body 417 and/or the second guide seat 480 may be made of a material with a relatively smooth surface.
在一些实施方式中,驱动装置310的导向轴组件462可以仅仅设置有针对第一拨叉371进行导向的相关结构。当然,驱动装置310的导向轴组件462也可以仅仅设置有针对第二拨叉409进行导向的相关结构。当然,在一些实施方式中,导向轴组件462可以同时设置有针对第一拨叉371和第二拨叉409进行导向的相关结构。In some embodiments, the guide shaft assembly 462 of the driving device 310 may only be provided with related structures for guiding the first shift fork 371 . Of course, the guide shaft assembly 462 of the driving device 310 may also only be provided with related structures for guiding the second shift fork 409 . Of course, in some implementations, the guide shaft assembly 462 may be provided with related structures for guiding the first shift fork 371 and the second shift fork 409 at the same time.
请一并参阅图3至图7和图8。在一些实施方式中,第二驱动杆393和所述第一驱动杆355,均部分收容在所述自转管427内,并相对所述自转管427周向限位。Please refer to Figure 3 to Figure 7 and Figure 8 together. In some embodiments, both the second driving rod 393 and the first driving rod 355 are partially accommodated in the rotation tube 427 and are circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 .
第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393从驱动装置310延伸至自转管427内。具体的,第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393分别设置第一凸缘363和第二凸缘401的部分位于自转管427外部,如此,可以与第一拨叉371或第二拨叉409配合。The first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 extend from the driving device 310 into the rotation tube 427 . Specifically, the parts of the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 respectively provided with the first flange 363 and the second flange 401 are located outside the rotation tube 427, so that they can be connected with the first shift fork 371 or the second shift fork 409 Cooperate.
第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393伸入自转管427内的部分,会相对于自转管427周向限位,但允许第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393相对于自转管427沿着纵长方向发生位移。具体的,在自转管427内设置有具有多个通孔的驱动杆限位件430。驱动杆限位件430对应第一驱动杆355设置有第一通孔431,对应第二驱动杆393设置有第二通孔433。第一驱动杆355穿过该第一通孔431。第二驱动杆393穿过第二通孔433。驱动杆限位件430与自转管427固定连接。使得,驱动杆限位件430会随同自转管427运动。在自转管427被驱动以纵长方向为轴向转动时,驱动杆限位件430会随同一同转动。此时,驱动杆限位件430会通过第一通孔431和第二通孔433带动第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393一同转动。The part of the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 extending into the rotation tube 427 will be limited relative to the rotation tube 427 in the circumferential direction, but the first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 are allowed to move along the rotation tube 427. displacement in the longitudinal direction. Specifically, a driving rod limiter 430 having a plurality of through holes is disposed in the rotation tube 427 . The driving rod limiter 430 is provided with a first through hole 431 corresponding to the first driving rod 355 , and is provided with a second through hole 433 corresponding to the second driving rod 393 . The first driving rod 355 passes through the first through hole 431 . The second driving rod 393 passes through the second through hole 433 . The driving rod limiter 430 is fixedly connected with the rotation tube 427 . Thus, the driving rod limiter 430 will move along with the rotation tube 427 . When the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate axially in the longitudinal direction, the driving rod limiter 430 will rotate along with it. At this time, the driving rod limiter 430 drives the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 to rotate together through the first through hole 431 and the second through hole 433 .
驱动杆限位件430的数量可以是一个或多个。通常情况下,当驱动杆限位件430的数量为二个以上时,所达到的限位效果优于只有一个驱动杆限位件430的情况。在一些实施方式中,可以将相邻两个驱动杆限位件430通过连接杆438进行连接,如此使得相邻两个驱动杆限位件430的限位更加牢固,以及位置定位也更加准确。The number of the driving rod limiter 430 may be one or more. Usually, when there are more than two driving rod limiting parts 430 , the limiting effect achieved is better than that of only one driving rod limiting part 430 . In some implementations, two adjacent drive rod limiters 430 can be connected through a connecting rod 438 , so that the limit of two adjacent drive rod limiters 430 is more firm, and the position positioning is also more accurate.
如图6所示,自转管427通过轴承438和轴承440安装于底板483上。自转管427相对于底板483沿着所述纵长方向限位,并允许自转管427进行周向转动。自转管427伸入驱动装置310内的部分,与从动轮477固定连接(参考上述结合图6的描述)。如此,使得从动轮477被驱动转动时,自转管427会随同从动轮477一同转动。As shown in FIG. 6 , the rotation tube 427 is installed on the bottom plate 483 through the bearing 438 and the bearing 440 . The rotation tube 427 is limited along the longitudinal direction relative to the bottom plate 483 and allows the rotation tube 427 to rotate in a circumferential direction. The part of the rotation tube 427 protruding into the driving device 310 is fixedly connected with the driven wheel 477 (refer to the above description in conjunction with FIG. 6 ). In this way, when the driven wheel 477 is driven to rotate, the autorotation tube 427 will rotate together with the driven wheel 477 .
在一些实施方式中,手术器械300包括:驱动装置310、击发杆组件435和末端器械321;In some embodiments, surgical instrument 300 includes: drive device 310, firing rod assembly 435, and tip instrument 321;
所述驱动装置310包括壳体381,收容在所述壳体381内的击发驱动单元,所述击发驱动单元输出旋转驱动力;The driving device 310 includes a housing 381, a firing driving unit accommodated in the housing 381, and the firing driving unit outputs a rotational driving force;
所述击发杆组件435包括与所述壳体381固定连接的击发杆限位件446,被所述击发杆限位件446周向限位的击发杆450,被所述击发驱动单元的旋转驱动力驱动转动的击发杆驱动件448;所述击发杆450在所述击发杆驱动件448的驱动下沿直线运动而击发所述末端器械321移动。The firing rod assembly 435 includes a firing rod limiter 446 fixedly connected to the housing 381, and the firing rod 450 circumferentially limited by the firing rod limiter 446 is driven by the rotation of the firing drive unit. The force drives the rotating firing rod driving member 448 ; the firing rod 450 moves along a straight line under the driving of the firing rod driving member 448 to fire the terminal instrument 321 to move.
请一并参阅图3、图8和图33。在一些实施方式中,击发杆组件435可以包括:击发杆限位件446、击发杆驱动件448、击发杆450。Please refer to Figure 3, Figure 8 and Figure 33 together. In some embodiments, the firing rod assembly 435 may include: a firing rod stopper 446 , a firing rod driver 448 , and a firing rod 450 .
击发杆限位件446沿着所述纵长方向延伸,与所述驱动装置310的壳体381固定连接。具体的,例如,击发杆限位件446可以与驱动装置310的顶板481固定连接。使得击发杆限位件446不会相对顶板481发生位移。The firing rod limiter 446 extends along the longitudinal direction and is fixedly connected with the casing 381 of the driving device 310 . Specifically, for example, the firing rod limiter 446 can be fixedly connected with the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 . So that the firing rod limiter 446 will not be displaced relative to the top plate 481 .
击发杆450可以套设在击发杆限位件446上,并相对所述击发杆限位件446周向限位。击发杆450具有中空段,该中空段收容至少部分击发杆限位件446,并且击发杆限位件446与击发杆450之间,能够沿在自转管427的纵长方向相对位移。击发杆限位件446限制击发杆450沿着周向转动。具体的,例如,可以在击发杆限位件446上设置沿着所述纵长方向延伸的导向凸缘,在击发杆450上可以设置有相应的沿着所述纵长方向延伸的导向槽,通过导向凸缘收容在导向槽中,实现限定了击发杆限位件446与击发杆450相对周向的位置,但允许二者之间沿着所述纵长方向相对移动。The firing rod 450 can be sleeved on the firing rod limiter 446 and be limited in a circumferential direction relative to the firing rod limiter 446 . The firing rod 450 has a hollow section, which accommodates at least part of the firing rod limiter 446 , and the distance between the firing rod limiter 446 and the firing rod 450 can be relatively displaced along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . The firing rod stopper 446 restricts the firing rod 450 from rotating along the circumferential direction. Specifically, for example, a guide flange extending along the longitudinal direction may be provided on the firing rod limiter 446, and a corresponding guide groove extending along the longitudinal direction may be provided on the firing rod 450, The relative circumferential position of the firing rod limiter 446 and the firing rod 450 is defined by the guide flange being accommodated in the guide groove, but relative movement between the two is allowed along the longitudinal direction.
在一些实施例中,击发杆450位于所述第一驱动杆355和所述第二驱动杆393之间;所述自转管427被所述驱动装置310驱动转动的情况下,所述第一驱动杆355和所述第二驱动杆393环绕所述击发杆450转动。In some embodiments, the firing rod 450 is located between the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393; when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate by the driving device 310, the first driving rod The rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 rotate around the firing rod 450 .
击发杆450可以位于自转管427的中心位置。具体的,例如,击发杆450的中心线与自转管427的中心线趋于重合。实现,击发杆450和自转管427趋于同轴设置。第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393分别位于击发杆450的两侧,在自转管427被驱动转动时,自转管427可以沿着击发杆450的周向转动。第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393可以环绕击发杆450转动。自转管427相对于击发杆450的转动可以理解为自转管427的自转。第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393环绕击发杆450的转动,可以理解为第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393相对于击发杆450的公转。The firing rod 450 may be located in the center of the spin tube 427 . Specifically, for example, the centerline of the firing rod 450 tends to coincide with the centerline of the rotation tube 427 . To achieve, the firing rod 450 and the rotation tube 427 tend to be arranged coaxially. The first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 are respectively located on two sides of the firing rod 450 , and when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate, the rotation tube 427 can rotate along the circumferential direction of the firing rod 450 . The first drive rod 355 and the second drive rod 393 are rotatable around the firing rod 450 . The rotation of the rotation tube 427 relative to the firing rod 450 can be understood as the rotation of the rotation tube 427 . The rotation of the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 around the firing rod 450 can be understood as the revolution of the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 relative to the firing rod 450 .
击发杆驱动件448能驱动所述击发杆450沿着所述纵长方向相对于所述击发杆限位件446移动。击发杆驱动件448可以与驱动装置310的顶板481转动连接。如此,击发杆驱动件448可以相对于击发杆限位件446转动。击发杆驱动件448与击发杆450相接触,如此,在击发杆驱动件448被驱动转动的情况下,可以驱动击发杆450沿着所述纵长方向移动。具体的,例如,击发杆450外表面可以具有多个环形槽,击发杆驱动件448可以是轴线的延伸方向与所述纵长方向垂直的齿轮,该齿轮的齿可以伸入击发杆450的环形槽内,如此在击发杆驱动件448转动时,可以带动击发杆450相对于击发杆限位件446沿着所述纵长方向移动。The firing rod driving member 448 can drive the firing rod 450 to move relative to the firing rod limiting member 446 along the longitudinal direction. The firing rod driving member 448 can be rotatably connected with the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 . As such, the firing rod driver 448 can rotate relative to the firing rod stopper 446 . The firing rod driving member 448 is in contact with the firing rod 450, so that the firing rod 450 can be driven to move along the longitudinal direction when the firing rod driving member 448 is driven to rotate. Specifically, for example, the outer surface of the firing rod 450 can have a plurality of annular grooves, and the firing rod driving member 448 can be a gear whose axis extending direction is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, and the teeth of the gear can extend into the ring shape of the firing rod 450. In the groove, when the firing rod driving part 448 rotates, it can drive the firing rod 450 to move relative to the firing rod limiting part 446 along the longitudinal direction.
本实施方式中,通过设置与驱动装置310的壳体381固定的击发杆限位件446,使得击发杆限位件446可以对击发杆450实现周向限位以及纵长方向的导向。击发杆驱动件448可以安装于驱动装置310,击发杆450可以相对于自转管427沿着纵长方向移动,可以直接触发末端器械321。具体的,在一些实施方式中,击发杆450相对于自转管427的纵长方向的移动,可以推动末端器械321的刀杆而实现切割功能。In this embodiment, by setting the firing rod limiter 446 fixed to the housing 381 of the driving device 310 , the firing rod limiter 446 can realize circumferential limit and longitudinal direction guidance for the firing rod 450 . The firing rod driver 448 can be mounted on the driving device 310 , and the firing rod 450 can move along the lengthwise direction relative to the rotation tube 427 and can directly trigger the end instrument 321 . Specifically, in some embodiments, the movement of the firing rod 450 relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 can push the knife rod of the end instrument 321 to realize the cutting function.
在一些实施方式中,击发杆450能沿着所述纵长方向移动的距离小于所述击发杆限位件446沿所述纵长方向的长度。击发杆限位件446沿着所述纵长方向的长度可以为g,击发杆450被击发杆驱动件448驱动下沿着所述纵长方向移动的距离可以为G。需要维持G<g,以避免击发杆450与击发杆限位件446脱离,而失去对击发杆450的周向限位。In some embodiments, the distance that the firing rod 450 can move along the longitudinal direction is less than the length of the firing rod limiter 446 along the longitudinal direction. The length of the firing rod limiter 446 along the longitudinal direction may be g, and the distance that the firing rod 450 moves along the longitudinal direction driven by the firing rod driving member 448 may be G. It is necessary to maintain G<g, so as to prevent the firing rod 450 from disengaging from the firing rod limiter 446 and lose the circumferential limit of the firing rod 450 .
在一些实施方式中,击发杆450包括呈中空筒形状的第一段437,和与所述第一段437连接的第二段439;其中,所述第一段437收容至少部分所述击发杆限位件446。In some embodiments, the firing rod 450 includes a first segment 437 in the shape of a hollow cylinder, and a second segment 439 connected to the first segment 437; wherein the first segment 437 accommodates at least part of the firing rod Limiting piece 446.
击发杆450可以包括第一段437和第二段439。其中,所述第一段437具有所述中空段。即,所述第一段437可以整体上内部中空,如此,第一段437可以收容击发杆限位件446。使得,击发杆450的第一段437不会相对周向转动。实现了,在击发杆驱动件448转动驱动击发杆450时,击发杆450可以整体上相对驱动杆限位件430移动。The firing rod 450 may include a first section 437 and a second section 439 . Wherein, the first section 437 has the hollow section. That is, the first section 437 can be hollow inside as a whole, so that the first section 437 can accommodate the firing rod limiter 446 . Therefore, the first section 437 of the firing rod 450 will not rotate relative to the circumferential direction. It is realized that when the firing rod driving member 448 rotates to drive the firing rod 450 , the firing rod 450 can move relative to the driving rod stopper 430 as a whole.
第一段437与所述第二段439之间可以固定连接。可以依照第一段437与第二段439的材料,相应连接。具体的,例如,第一段437与第二段439之间可以采用焊接、粘接、铆接或过盈配合等方式连接。The first segment 437 and the second segment 439 can be fixedly connected. The materials of the first segment 437 and the second segment 439 can be connected accordingly. Specifically, for example, the first segment 437 and the second segment 439 may be connected by means of welding, bonding, riveting or interference fit.
在一些实施方式中,所述击发杆限位件446包括与所述驱动装置310的壳体381固定连接的限位件安装部830,和收容在所述驱动装置310的壳体381内并伸入所述第一段437的限位件延伸部832。限位件安装部830与所述限位件延伸部832之间固定连接。当然,在一些实施方式中,击发杆限位件446可以仅包括所述限位件延伸部832,并直接把限位件延伸部832与驱动装置310的壳体381固定连接。具体的,例如,依照所采用的材料,限位件延伸部832可以采用焊接、粘接、卡扣结构等连接方式。或者,还可以在驱动装置310的壳体381上设置开孔,将限位件延伸部832与所述开孔过盈配合的方式,将限位件延伸部832与驱动装置310的壳体381固定连接。In some embodiments, the firing rod limiter 446 includes a limiter installation portion 830 fixedly connected to the housing 381 of the driving device 310 , and is accommodated in the housing 381 of the driving device 310 and extends Into the stop extension 832 of the first segment 437 . The limiting member installation portion 830 is fixedly connected to the limiting member extending portion 832 . Of course, in some implementations, the firing rod limiter 446 may only include the limiter extension 832 , and directly connect the limiter extension 832 to the housing 381 of the driving device 310 in a fixed manner. Specifically, for example, according to the material used, the extension part 832 of the limiting member may be connected by welding, bonding, snap-fit structure and the like. Alternatively, an opening can also be provided on the housing 381 of the driving device 310, and the extending part 832 of the limiting member can be fitted with the opening by an interference fit. Fixed connection.
所述限位件延伸部832对所述击发杆450进行周向限位,并允许击发杆450沿着所述纵长方向相对所述限位件延伸部832移动。The limiting member extension 832 limits the firing rod 450 in a circumferential direction, and allows the firing rod 450 to move relative to the limiting member extending portion 832 along the longitudinal direction.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一段437垂直所述纵长方向的内部截面呈非圆形,所述限位件延伸部832的外形与所述内部截面的形状相形配。如此,使得第一段437与驱动杆限位件430之间,难以发生相对于围绕纵长方向的周向发生相对转动。第一段437呈中空,第一段437的内表面垂直所述纵长方向的截面为所述内部截面。所述内部截面的形状可以为非规则形状。例如,所述内部截面可以为奇异形状。当然,所述内部截面的形状也可以为规则的,但非圆形形状。例如,内部截面的形状也可以为多边形。具体的,例如,三角形、方形、五边形等。In some embodiments, the inner section of the first section 437 perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is non-circular, and the shape of the extension part 832 of the limiting member matches the shape of the inner section. In this way, it is difficult for the first segment 437 and the driving rod limiter 430 to rotate relative to the circumferential direction around the longitudinal direction. The first segment 437 is hollow, and the cross section of the inner surface of the first segment 437 perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is the inner cross section. The shape of the inner section may be irregular. For example, the internal cross-section may be singularly shaped. Of course, the shape of the inner section can also be regular, but non-circular. For example, the shape of the internal section may also be polygonal. Specifically, for example, a triangle, a square, a pentagon, and the like.
限位件延伸部832的外形与所述内部截面的形状相形配。可以为,限位件延伸部832伸入所述第一段437的内部之后,可以与所述第一段437的内表面接触。使得,限位件延伸部832可以通过与第一段437的内表面接触,限制中心管的第一段437沿着周向转动。具体的,例如,限位件延伸部832的外表面垂直于所述纵长方向的截面图形,与所述第一段437的内部截面形状相近似。或者,限位件延伸部832的截面图形与第一段437的内部截面的形状也可以不相同也不相似,但只要限位件延伸部832与第一段437之间通过形状的适配,实现二者周向限位即可。The shape of the extension portion 832 of the limiting member matches the shape of the inner section. It may be that, after the extension portion 832 of the limiting member extends into the interior of the first section 437 , it may contact the inner surface of the first section 437 . Thus, the extension portion 832 of the limiting member can limit the rotation of the first section 437 of the central tube along the circumferential direction by contacting the inner surface of the first section 437 . Specifically, for example, the cross-sectional shape of the outer surface of the limiting member extension 832 perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is similar to the inner cross-sectional shape of the first segment 437 . Alternatively, the cross-sectional shape of the extension portion 832 of the limiting member and the shape of the internal cross-section of the first segment 437 may also be different or similar, but as long as the extension portion 832 of the limiting member is adapted to the shape of the first segment 437, The two circumferential limits can be realized.
在一些实施方式中,所述击发杆450还可以包括与所述第二段439转动连接的第三段803。使得击发杆限位件446不会限制第三段803的周向转动。如此,第三段803可以随同自转管427一同沿着周向转动。实现在不影响击发杆450可以触发末端器械321的相应功能基础上,实现末端器械321可以随同自转管427转动,以调整末端器械321的姿态角度。In some embodiments, the firing rod 450 may further include a third section 803 rotatably connected to the second section 439 . So that the firing rod limiter 446 will not limit the circumferential rotation of the third segment 803 . In this way, the third section 803 can rotate along with the rotation tube 427 along the circumferential direction. On the basis of not affecting the corresponding function that the firing rod 450 can trigger the end instrument 321 , the end instrument 321 can rotate along with the rotation tube 427 to adjust the posture angle of the end instrument 321 .
具体的,在一些实施方式中,击发杆450可以用于击发末端器械321的切割功能。使得,在自转管427转动时,末端器械321可以随同自转管427一同转动,再者,第三段803可以与末端器械321连接并与末端器械321一同转动,第三段803和第二段439之间相对转动。如此,自转管427的转动不会影响击发杆450与击发杆限位件446之 间的配合,也不会影响击发杆450与击发杆驱动件448之间的配合。Specifically, in some embodiments, the firing rod 450 can be used to fire the cutting function of the tip instrument 321 . So that, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the end instrument 321 can rotate together with the rotation tube 427, moreover, the third section 803 can be connected with the end instrument 321 and rotate together with the end instrument 321, the third section 803 and the second section 439 relative rotation between them. Like this, the rotation of rotation tube 427 can not affect the cooperation between firing rod 450 and firing rod stopper 446, also can not affect the cooperation between firing rod 450 and firing rod driver 448.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二段439和所述第三段803之间,通过击发杆连接件834转动连接。具体的,击发杆连接件834可以与所述第二段439和所述第三段803都转动连接。当然,击发杆连接件834也可以仅与所述第二段439或所述第三段803中的一个转动连接。具体的,例如,击发杆连接件834可以为中空圆筒形状,在击发杆连接件834内部可以设置有两个环形凸缘,所述第二段439和所述第三段803与所述击发杆连接件834配接的位置,可以设置有环形凹槽。如此,通过环形凸缘分别伸入所述第二段439和所述第三段803的环形凹槽,实现击发杆连接件834与所述第二段439和所述第三段803连接。环形凸缘可以沿着环形凹槽滑动,如此实现所述第二段439和所述第三段803之间可以相对转动。当然,还可以有其他实施方式连接实现所述第二段439和所述第三段803的转动连接,例如,直接在所述第二段439和所述第三段803连接的位置,在第二段439的内部设置环形凸缘,在所述第三段803设置环形凹槽,如此所述第二段439和所述第三段803通过环形凸缘和环形凹槽进行限位连接,沿着纵长方向限定所述第二段439和所述第三段803的相对位置,但允许所述第二段439和所述第三段803之间相对周向转动。In some embodiments, the second segment 439 is connected to the third segment 803 through a firing rod connecting member 834 in rotation. Specifically, the firing rod connecting member 834 can be rotatably connected to both the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 . Certainly, the firing rod connecting member 834 may also be only rotatably connected to one of the second segment 439 or the third segment 803 . Specifically, for example, the firing rod connecting piece 834 can be in the shape of a hollow cylinder, and two annular flanges can be arranged inside the firing rod connecting piece 834, and the second section 439 and the third section 803 are connected to the firing rod connecting piece 834. The position where the rod connecting member 834 is mated may be provided with an annular groove. In this way, the firing rod connecting member 834 is connected to the second section 439 and the third section 803 through the annular flanges respectively extending into the annular grooves of the second section 439 and the third section 803 . The annular flange can slide along the annular groove, so that the relative rotation between the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 can be realized. Of course, there may be other implementations to achieve the rotational connection between the second section 439 and the third section 803, for example, directly at the position where the second section 439 and the third section 803 are connected. An annular flange is provided inside the second section 439, and an annular groove is provided in the third section 803, so that the second section 439 and the third section 803 are limitedly connected by the annular flange and the annular groove, along the The relative position of the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 is limited along the longitudinal direction, but the relative circumferential rotation between the second segment 439 and the third segment 803 is allowed.
在一些实施方式中,击发杆连接件834可以半环绕第二段439和第三段803的环形凹槽。并可以在击发杆连接件834与自转管427之间设置有楔子835。楔子835可以抵住击发杆连接件834,以避免击发杆连接件834脱离与第二段439和第三段803的抵接。所属领域技术人员在本说明书实施方式技术精髓启示下,还可以做出其他变更,但只要其实现的功能和效果,与本说明书提供实施方式相同或相似,均应涵盖于本案保护范围内。In some embodiments, the firing rod link 834 can half surround the annular grooves of the second section 439 and the third section 803 . And a wedge 835 may be provided between the firing rod connecting piece 834 and the rotation tube 427 . Wedge 835 may bear against firing rod connector 834 to prevent firing rod connector 834 from coming out of abutment with second segment 439 and third segment 803 . Those skilled in the art may make other changes under the inspiration of the technical essence of the embodiments of this specification, but as long as the functions and effects realized are the same or similar to those of the embodiments provided in this specification, they shall be covered by the protection scope of this case.
在一些实施方式中,所述击发杆驱动件448整体呈圆筒状,并沿着所述纵长方向延伸,所述击发杆450至少部分收容在所述击发杆驱动件448内。在一些实施方式中,击发杆驱动件448套设在击发杆450的第一段437。击发杆驱动件448与击发杆450设置有相适配的运动转换结构。该运动转换结构可以把击发杆驱动件448的转动,转换为击发杆450沿着自转管427的纵长方向的移动。具体的,例如,运动转换结构的实现方式可以为击发杆驱动件448与击发杆450之间设置有螺纹结构。或者,运动转换结构的实现方式可以为中心螺母448面对击发杆450的表面设置有凸轮,击发杆450的外表面设置有凸轮槽。In some embodiments, the firing rod driving member 448 has a cylindrical shape as a whole and extends along the longitudinal direction, and the firing rod 450 is at least partially accommodated in the firing rod driving member 448 . In some embodiments, the firing rod driver 448 is sleeved around the first section 437 of the firing rod 450 . The firing rod driver 448 and the firing rod 450 are provided with matching motion conversion structures. The motion conversion structure can convert the rotation of the firing rod driving member 448 into the movement of the firing rod 450 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . Specifically, for example, the realization of the motion converting structure may be that a screw structure is provided between the firing rod driving member 448 and the firing rod 450 . Alternatively, the realization of the motion conversion structure may be that the surface of the central nut 448 facing the firing rod 450 is provided with a cam, and the outer surface of the firing rod 450 is provided with a cam groove.
在一些实施方式中,所述击发杆驱动件448远离所述第一端351的端部设置有齿轮部452,以使所述击发杆驱动件448通过所述齿轮部452被驱动转动。具体的,例如,击发杆驱动件448可以具有齿轮部452和驱动件延伸部454。齿轮部452可以用于接受驱动,以带动击发杆驱动件448转动。驱动件延伸部454整体套设在击发杆450外表面。进一步的,击发杆驱动件448的长度对击发杆450能够相对于自转管427的纵长方向的移动位移构成限制。即击发杆450在不脱离与击发杆驱动件448配合的情况下,击发杆450相对于自转管427的纵长方向的最大位移趋于接近击发杆驱动件448的长度。In some embodiments, a gear portion 452 is provided at the end of the firing rod driving member 448 away from the first end 351 , so that the firing rod driving member 448 is driven to rotate through the gear portion 452 . Specifically, for example, the firing rod driver 448 may have a gear portion 452 and a driver extension 454 . The gear portion 452 can be used to receive a drive to drive the firing rod driver 448 to rotate. The extension part 454 of the driver is integrally sleeved on the outer surface of the firing rod 450 . Further, the length of the firing rod driving member 448 restricts the displacement of the firing rod 450 relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . That is, the maximum displacement of the firing rod 450 relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 tends to be close to the length of the firing rod driving part 448 without breaking away from the firing rod driving part 448 .
击发杆组件435能被驱动沿着自转管427的纵长方向发生位移,如此可以实现触动末端器械321执行相应功能。具体的,例如,击发杆组件435可以用于击发末端器械321的切割功能。The firing rod assembly 435 can be driven to be displaced along the lengthwise direction of the rotation tube 427 , so that the end device 321 can be activated to perform corresponding functions. Specifically, for example, the firing rod assembly 435 can be used to fire the cutting function of the tip instrument 321 .
请一并参阅图8、图33和图34。在一些实施方式中,所述驱动装置310设置有与所述齿轮部452相啮合的击发杆驱动齿轮836,所述驱动装置310的壳体381内部设置有能驱动所述击发杆驱动齿轮836转动的击发驱动单元838。击发驱动单元838可以接收致动装置220的致动器的动力,以驱动击发杆450移动。Please refer to Figure 8, Figure 33 and Figure 34 together. In some embodiments, the driving device 310 is provided with a firing rod driving gear 836 meshing with the gear part 452 , and the casing 381 of the driving device 310 is provided with a driving gear 836 capable of driving the firing rod to rotate. The firing drive unit 838. The firing drive unit 838 may receive power from an actuator of the actuating device 220 to drive the firing rod 450 to move.
击发杆驱动齿轮836可以安装于驱动装置310的顶板481上,并可以相对于顶板481转动。击发杆驱动齿轮836可以被击发驱动单元838驱动转动,如此,通过与击发杆驱动件448的齿轮部452啮合,实现带动击发杆驱动件448转动,进而驱动击发杆450相对于所述长轴组件的纵长方向移动。具体的,击发杆驱动齿轮836可以通过驱动齿轮轴840安装于驱动装置310的顶板481。驱动齿轮轴840与顶板481之间可以设置有轴承,如此实现击发杆驱动齿轮836可以相对于顶板481转动。The firing rod driving gear 836 can be mounted on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 and can rotate relative to the top plate 481 . The firing rod driving gear 836 can be driven to rotate by the firing driving unit 838. In this way, by meshing with the gear part 452 of the firing rod driving part 448, the firing rod driving part 448 is driven to rotate, and then the firing rod 450 is driven relative to the long axis assembly move in the longitudinal direction. Specifically, the firing rod driving gear 836 can be installed on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 through the driving gear shaft 840 . A bearing may be provided between the drive gear shaft 840 and the top plate 481 , so that the firing rod drive gear 836 can rotate relative to the top plate 481 .
驱动装置310内可以设置用于驱动击发杆驱动齿轮836的击发驱动单元838。该击发驱动单元838可以通过驱动击发杆驱动齿轮836转动,以进一步带动击发杆450沿着所述纵长方向移动。击发驱动单元838可以包括:套设在驱动齿轮轴840的第一过渡齿轮842和第三驱动轴组件844。A firing drive unit 838 for driving a firing rod drive gear 836 may be disposed within the drive device 310 . The firing driving unit 838 can rotate by driving the firing rod driving gear 836 to further drive the firing rod 450 to move along the longitudinal direction. The firing drive unit 838 may include: a first transition gear 842 sleeved on the drive gear shaft 840 and a third drive shaft assembly 844 .
第一过渡齿轮842可以与驱动齿轮轴840固定连接。如此,在第一过渡齿轮842转动时,可以带动驱动齿轮轴840一同转动。第一过渡齿轮842可以被第三驱动轴组件844驱动转动。The first transition gear 842 can be fixedly connected with the drive gear shaft 840 . In this way, when the first transition gear 842 rotates, it can drive the driving gear shaft 840 to rotate together. The first intermediate gear 842 can be driven to rotate by the third drive shaft assembly 844 .
第三驱动轴组件844安装于驱动装置310上。具体的,第三驱动轴组件844可以主要包括:第三驱动轴齿轮846、第三连接组件848、第三驱动轴850和第三驱动件852。The third driving shaft assembly 844 is installed on the driving device 310 . Specifically, the third drive shaft assembly 844 may mainly include: a third drive shaft gear 846 , a third connection assembly 848 , a third drive shaft 850 and a third drive member 852 .
第三驱动轴齿轮846可以与第一过渡齿轮842相啮合。如此,第三驱动轴齿轮846被驱动转动的情况下,可以带动第一过渡齿轮842一同转动。第三驱动轴齿轮846的第三驱动轴齿轮轴860可以通过第三连接组件848与第三驱动轴850固定连接。The third drive shaft gear 846 may mesh with the first intermediate gear 842 . In this way, when the third drive shaft gear 846 is driven to rotate, it can drive the first transition gear 842 to rotate together. The third drive shaft gear shaft 860 of the third drive shaft gear 846 can be fixedly connected to the third drive shaft 850 through the third connection assembly 848 .
第三连接组件848可以包括第三连接件本体854、轴固定件856和轴固定件858。第三连接组件848可以用于连接第三驱动轴850和第三驱动轴齿轮846轴。具体的,轴固定件856可以将第三驱动轴850与第三连接件本体854固定连接。轴固定件858可以将第三驱动轴齿轮轴860与第三连接件本体854固定连接。前述固定连接的方式可以包括但不限于螺钉或铆钉等方式。如此,第三驱动轴850与第三驱动轴齿轮846轴实现固定连接。The third link assembly 848 can include a third link body 854 , a shaft mount 856 and a shaft mount 858 . A third connection assembly 848 may be used to connect the third drive shaft 850 and the third drive shaft gear 846 shaft. Specifically, the shaft fixing member 856 can fixedly connect the third driving shaft 850 to the third connecting member body 854 . The shaft fixing part 858 can fixedly connect the third driving shaft gear shaft 860 with the third connecting part body 854 . The foregoing fixed connection methods may include, but are not limited to, screws or rivets. In this way, the third drive shaft 850 is fixedly connected to the third drive shaft gear 846 .
第三驱动件852与第三驱动轴850固定连接。第三驱动件852可以用于接收致动装置220的致动器的动力输入。从而实现,第三驱动轴组件844被驱动转动。The third driving member 852 is fixedly connected with the third driving shaft 850 . The third driving member 852 can be used to receive the power input of the actuator of the actuating device 220 . Thus, the third drive shaft assembly 844 is driven to rotate.
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动装置310的壳体381外部设置有能驱动所述击发杆驱动齿轮836转动的手动驱动单元862。手动驱动单元862可以用于手动操作驱动击发杆450移动。手动驱动单元862可以主要包括:套设在驱动齿轮轴840的第二过渡齿轮864和第一手动轮组件866。In some embodiments, the casing 381 of the driving device 310 is provided with a manual driving unit 862 capable of driving the firing rod driving gear 836 to rotate. The manual drive unit 862 can be used to manually drive the firing rod 450 to move. The manual driving unit 862 may mainly include: a second transition gear 864 sleeved on the driving gear shaft 840 and a first manual wheel assembly 866 .
第二过渡齿轮864位于驱动装置的外部,如此击发杆驱动齿轮836可以位于第一过渡齿轮842和第二过渡齿轮864之间,且三者同轴设置。The second transition gear 864 is located outside the driving device, so the firing rod drive gear 836 can be located between the first transition gear 842 and the second transition gear 864, and the three are coaxially arranged.
第一手动轮组件866可以包括第一旋钮868、第一手动轴870和第一手动大齿轮872。第一旋钮868与第一手动轴870固定连接。如此,第一旋钮868可以被手动操作转动,进而带动第一手动轴870转动。第一手动大齿轮 872套设在第一手动轴870上,并且与第一手动轴870周向限位。如此,第一手动轴870转动时,可以带动第一手动大齿轮872一同转动。第一手动大齿轮872与第二过渡齿轮864相啮合。如此,第一手动大齿轮872转动时,可以带动第二过渡齿轮864转动,进而带动击发杆驱动齿轮836转动,实现进一步带动个驱动击发杆驱动件448驱动击发杆450。The first manual wheel assembly 866 can include a first knob 868 , a first manual shaft 870 and a first manual bull gear 872 . The first knob 868 is fixedly connected with the first manual shaft 870 . In this way, the first knob 868 can be manually operated to rotate, thereby driving the first manual shaft 870 to rotate. The first manual bull gear 872 is sleeved on the first manual shaft 870, and is circumferentially limited with the first manual shaft 870. In this way, when the first manual shaft 870 rotates, it can drive the first manual large gear 872 to rotate together. The first manual bull gear 872 meshes with the second intermediate gear 864 . In this way, when the first manual large gear 872 rotates, it can drive the second transition gear 864 to rotate, and then drive the firing rod driving gear 836 to rotate, so as to further drive the firing rod driving member 448 to drive the firing rod 450 .
在一些实施方式中,参考图7,所述驱动杆限位件430对应所述击发杆450设置有第三通孔482。所述自转管427能围绕所述击发杆450转动。击发杆450穿过第三通孔482。第三通孔482的内径大于击发杆450的外径,使得驱动杆限位件430不会限制击发杆450沿着纵长方向移动。进一步的,在自转管427转动的情况下,自转管427和驱动杆限位件430都可以围绕击发杆450转动。击发杆450的第一段437和第二段439不会发生周向转动,第三段874可以随同自转管427一同周向转动。如此实现较为合理的利用自转管内部空间,同时也能够确保每个功能的稳定执行。In some implementations, referring to FIG. 7 , the driving rod limiter 430 is provided with a third through hole 482 corresponding to the firing rod 450 . The rotation tube 427 can rotate around the firing rod 450 . The firing rod 450 passes through the third through hole 482 . The inner diameter of the third through hole 482 is larger than the outer diameter of the firing rod 450 , so that the driving rod stopper 430 will not restrict the firing rod 450 from moving along the longitudinal direction. Further, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, both the rotation tube 427 and the driving rod stopper 430 can rotate around the firing rod 450 . The first segment 437 and the second segment 439 of the firing rod 450 cannot rotate in the circumferential direction, and the third segment 874 can rotate in the circumferential direction together with the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the internal space of the rotation tube can be utilized more reasonably, and at the same time, the stable execution of each function can be ensured.
在一些实施方式中,第二驱动杆393收容在自转管427内的部分,设置有一个外管连接件460。自转管427对应外管连接件460的位置,具有贯通孔,外管连接件460能够从贯通孔伸出。进一步的,外管连接件460可以与末端器械321的器械外管606连接。如此,外管连接件460将第二驱动杆393、自转管427和器械外管606限位。使得,在自转管427沿着周向转动时,可以带动器械外管606一同转动,如此末端器械321也可以随同转动。In some embodiments, the part of the second driving rod 393 accommodated in the rotation tube 427 is provided with an outer tube connector 460 . The rotation tube 427 corresponds to the position of the outer tube connector 460 and has a through hole, and the outer tube connector 460 can protrude from the through hole. Further, the outer tube connector 460 can be connected with the instrument outer tube 606 of the terminal instrument 321 . In this way, the outer tube connector 460 limits the second driving rod 393 , the rotation tube 427 and the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Therefore, when the rotation tube 427 rotates along the circumferential direction, it can drive the instrument outer tube 606 to rotate together, so that the end instrument 321 can also rotate along with it.
在一些实施方式中,如图3所示,所述手术器械300包括驱动装置310和管件;所述管件沿纵长方向延伸并具有第一端351和第二端353,第一端351用于安装末端器械321,第二端353用于耦合至所述驱动装置310;手术器械300还包括从驱动装置310内延伸至所述管件内的驱动杆,所述驱动杆被驱动装置310驱动沿着纵长方向移动以触发末端器械321做第一模式的运动,如图13-图16所示,所述驱动杆包括第一节504和第二节506,所述管件安装有可拆卸的紧固件,所述紧固件用于连接驱动杆的所述第一节504和第二节506。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3 , the surgical instrument 300 includes a driving device 310 and a tube; the tube extends lengthwise and has a first end 351 and a second end 353, the first end 351 is used for The terminal instrument 321 is installed, and the second end 353 is used to be coupled to the driving device 310; the surgical instrument 300 also includes a driving rod extending from the driving device 310 to the tubular member, and the driving rod is driven by the driving device 310 along the Move in the longitudinal direction to trigger the movement of the end instrument 321 in the first mode. As shown in FIGS. The fastener is used to connect the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the driving rod.
在一些实施方式中,所述驱动杆被驱动装置310驱动沿着纵长方向移动时,所述紧固件随同第一节504和所述第二节506一起移动;In some embodiments, when the driving rod is driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction, the fastener moves together with the first section 504 and the second section 506;
其中,所述紧固件包括设置有本体连接部514的紧固件本体;所述紧固件本体位于所述管件外部,所述本体连接部514伸入所述管件内部分别与所述第一节504和所述第二节506连接。Wherein, the fastener includes a fastener body provided with a body connection portion 514; Section 504 and the second section 506 are connected.
在一些实施方式中,所述管件对应所述紧固件的位置设置有开窗,所述紧固件本体从所述管件外部覆盖所述开窗,所述本体连接部514伸入所述开窗。In some embodiments, the pipe is provided with a window corresponding to the position of the fastener, the body of the fastener covers the window from the outside of the pipe, and the body connecting portion 514 extends into the opening. window.
在一些实施方式中,所述紧固件还包括至少一个本体限位件534;至少部分所述本体限位件534从所述开窗伸入所述管件内部,使得所述紧固件伸入所述开窗内的部分相对所述纵长方向的宽度大于所述开窗相对所述纵长方向的宽度。In some embodiments, the fastener further includes at least one body stopper 534; at least part of the body stopper 534 extends from the window into the interior of the pipe, so that the fastener extends into The width of the portion inside the window relative to the longitudinal direction is greater than the width of the window relative to the longitudinal direction.
请一并参阅图3、图12-16。在一些实施方式中,所述自转管427上可拆卸的安装有第一紧固件502,所述第一紧固件502用于连接所述第一驱动杆355的所述第一节504和所述第二节506。具体的,在所述第一紧固件502被拆卸的情况下,所述第一驱动杆355被分开第一节504和第二节506。Please also refer to Figure 3 and Figure 12-16. In some embodiments, a first fastener 502 is detachably installed on the rotation tube 427, and the first fastener 502 is used to connect the first section 504 of the first driving rod 355 and 506 of the second section. Specifically, when the first fastener 502 is removed, the first driving rod 355 is separated from the first segment 504 and the second segment 506 .
第一紧固件502结构上被设置为能够从自转管427上拆卸,并可以不物理性破坏第一紧固件502。使得,第一紧固件502被拆卸之后,还可以被安装至自转管427。第一驱动杆355包括第一节504和第二节506,第一紧固件502被拆卸之后,第一节504和第二节506脱开。在所述第一紧固件502被拆卸的情况下,所述第一节504能被所述驱动装置310驱动沿着所述纵长方向移动,而所述驱动装置310不能驱动所述第二节506发生位移。使得,第一节504被第一驱动单元367驱动运动时,第二节506不会接收到动力传递。当然,在一些实施方式中,第一紧固件502从自转管427拆卸之后,物理结构可能被破坏,而不能重新安装至自转管427。具体的,例如,第一紧固件502的结构上,可能被设计为一次性使用,被拆卸之后,便无法重复使用。The first fastener 502 is structurally configured to be detachable from the spinning tube 427 without physically damaging the first fastener 502 . Therefore, after the first fastener 502 is removed, it can also be installed on the rotation tube 427 . The first drive rod 355 includes a first section 504 and a second section 506 that disengage after the first fastener 502 is removed. When the first fastener 502 is removed, the first section 504 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction, while the driving device 310 cannot drive the second Section 506 is shifted. Thus, when the first section 504 is driven to move by the first driving unit 367 , the second section 506 will not receive power transmission. Of course, in some embodiments, after the first fastener 502 is removed from the spinning tube 427 , the physical structure may be damaged and cannot be reinstalled to the spinning tube 427 . Specifically, for example, the structure of the first fastener 502 may be designed for one-time use, and after being disassembled, it cannot be reused.
第二节506可以与末端器械321连接。由于,第一节504和第二节506分开之后,使得第二节506处于自由状态,进而与第二节506连接的末端器械321的操作被解除,进而也处于自由状态。 Second section 506 may be connected to end instrument 321 . Because, after the first section 504 and the second section 506 are separated, the second section 506 is in a free state, and then the operation of the end instrument 321 connected to the second section 506 is released, and then it is also in a free state.
在一些实施方式中,在所述第一紧固件502未被拆卸的情况下,所述第一驱动杆355能被所述驱动装置310驱动沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向移动以触发所述末端器械321。所述第一紧固件502连接所述第一节504和所述第二节506;在所述第一紧固件502未被拆卸的情况下,所述第一驱动杆355能被所述驱动装置310驱动沿着所述纵长方向移动,所述第一紧固件502随同所述第一节504和所述第二节506一起移动。第一驱动杆355能连接第一驱动杆355的第一节504和第二节506。如此,第一节504被第一驱动单元367驱动沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动,会推动第一紧固件502一同移动,进而第一紧固件502可以带动第二节506一同移动。第二节506与末端器械321连接,如此,第二节506可以触发末端器械321的相应功能操作。具体的,例如,第二节506推动末端器械321的摆动功能操作。In some embodiments, when the first fastener 502 is not disassembled, the first driving rod 355 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 to The end instrument 321 is triggered. The first fastener 502 connects the first section 504 and the second section 506; when the first fastener 502 is not removed, the first driving rod 355 can be moved by the The driving device 310 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction, and the first fastener 502 moves together with the first section 504 and the second section 506 . The first drive rod 355 can connect the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first drive rod 355 . In this way, the first section 504 is driven by the first driving unit 367 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, which will push the first fastener 502 to move together, and then the first fastener 502 can drive the second section 506 to move together . The second section 506 is connected to the end instrument 321 such that the second section 506 can trigger the corresponding functional operation of the end instrument 321 . Specifically, for example, the second section 506 pushes the swing function of the end instrument 321 to operate.
请一并参阅图3、图12-图14。在一些实施方式中,所述自转管427对应所述第二驱动杆393可拆卸的安装有第二紧固件508,所述第二紧固件508用于连接所述第二驱动杆393的所述第三节510和所述第四节512。在所述第二紧固件508被拆卸的情况下,所述第二驱动杆393被分开第三节510和第四节512。Please refer to Figure 3, Figure 12-Figure 14 together. In some embodiments, the rotation tube 427 is detachably installed with a second fastener 508 corresponding to the second driving rod 393, and the second fastener 508 is used to connect the second driving rod 393. The third section 510 and the fourth section 512 . With the second fastener 508 removed, the second drive rod 393 is separated from the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 .
第二紧固件508结构上被设置为能够从自转管427上拆卸,并可以不物理性破坏第二紧固件508。使得,第二紧固件510被拆卸之后,还可以被安装至自转管427。第二驱动杆393可以包括第三节510和第四节512,第二紧固件508被拆卸之后,第三节510和第四节512脱开。在所述第二紧固件508被拆卸的情况下,所述第三节510能被所述驱动装置310驱动沿着所述纵长方向移动,而所述驱动装置310不能驱动所述第四节512发生位移。使得,第三节510被第二驱动单元405驱动运动时,第四节512不会接收到动力传递。当然,在一些实施方式中,第二紧固件508从自转管427拆卸之后,物理结构可能被破坏,而不能重新安装至自转管427。具体的,例如,第一紧固件508的结构上,可能被设计为一次性使用,被拆卸之后,便无法重复使用。The second fastener 508 is structurally configured to be detachable from the spinning tube 427 without physically damaging the second fastener 508 . Thus, after the second fastener 510 is removed, it can also be installed on the rotation tube 427 . The second drive rod 393 may include a third section 510 and a fourth section 512 that disengage after the second fastener 508 is removed. When the second fastener 508 is removed, the third section 510 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction, while the driving device 310 cannot drive the fourth section 510 Section 512 is shifted. Therefore, when the third section 510 is driven to move by the second driving unit 405 , the fourth section 512 will not receive power transmission. Of course, in some embodiments, after the second fastener 508 is removed from the spinning tube 427 , the physical structure may be damaged and cannot be reinstalled to the spinning tube 427 . Specifically, for example, the structure of the first fastener 508 may be designed for one-time use, and after being disassembled, it cannot be reused.
第四节512可以与末端器械321连接。由于,第三节510和第四节512分开之后,使得第四节512处于自由状态,进而与第四节512连接的末端器械321的相应操作被解除,进而也处于自由状态。 Fourth section 512 may be connected to end instrument 321 . Because, after the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 are separated, the fourth section 512 is in a free state, and then the corresponding operation of the terminal instrument 321 connected with the fourth section 512 is released, and thus also in a free state.
在一些实施方式中,在所述第二紧固件508未被拆卸的情况下,所述第二驱动杆393能被所述驱动装置310驱动沿着所述纵长方向移动以触发所述末端器械321。所述第二紧固件508连接所述第三节510和所述第四节512;在所述第二紧固件508未被拆卸的情况下,所述第二驱动杆393能被所述驱动装置310驱动沿着所述纵长方向移动,所述第二紧固件508随同所述第三节510和所述第四节512一起移动。第二紧固件508能连接第二驱动杆393的第三节510和第四节512。如此,第三节510被第二驱动单元405驱动沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动,会推动第二紧固件508一同移动,进而第二紧固件508可以带动第四节512一同移动。第四节512与末端器械321连接,如此,第四节512可以触发末端器械321的相应功能操作。具体的,例如,第四节512推动末端器械321的夹持功能操作。In some embodiments, when the second fastener 508 is not disassembled, the second driving rod 393 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction to trigger the end Apparatus321. The second fastener 508 connects the third section 510 and the fourth section 512; when the second fastener 508 is not removed, the second driving rod 393 can be moved by the The driving device 310 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction, and the second fastener 508 moves together with the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 . The second fastener 508 can connect the third section 510 and the fourth section 512 of the second drive rod 393 . In this way, the third section 510 is driven by the second driving unit 405 to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, which will push the second fastener 508 to move together, and then the second fastener 508 can drive the fourth section 512 to move together . The fourth section 512 is connected to the end instrument 321 , so that the fourth section 512 can trigger the corresponding functional operation of the end instrument 321 . Specifically, for example, the fourth section 512 pushes the clamping function of the end instrument 321 to operate.
请一并参阅图13-图16。在一些实施方式中,所述第一紧固件502包括设置有本体连接部514的第一紧固件本体518;所述本体连接部514用于与所述第一驱动杆355的第一节504连接,和与所述第一驱动杆355的第二节506连接。Please refer to Figure 13-Figure 16 together. In some embodiments, the first fastener 502 includes a first fastener body 518 provided with a body connection portion 514; 504, and connected with the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355.
第一紧固件本体518整体上位于自转管427外部,本体连接部514可以伸入自转管427内部,以在自转管427内部连接第一驱动杆355的第一节504和第二节506。本体连接部514可以与第一节504和第二节506连接,如此,将第一驱动杆355的第一节504和第二节506连接成一体。The first fastener body 518 is located outside the rotation tube 427 as a whole, and the body connecting portion 514 can extend into the rotation tube 427 to connect the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 inside the rotation tube 427 . The body connection part 514 can be connected with the first section 504 and the second section 506 , so that the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 are connected into one body.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一节504靠近所述第二节506的端部设置有第一节凹槽520,所述第二节506靠近所述第一节504的端部设置有第二节凹槽522。请一并参阅图14,所述本体连接部514设置有与所述第一节凹槽520卡接的第一止挡壁524,以及设置有与所述第二节凹槽522卡接的第二止挡壁526。In some embodiments, the end of the first section 504 close to the second section 506 is provided with a first section groove 520 , and the end of the second section 506 close to the first section 504 is provided with a first section groove 520 . Two grooves 522 . Please also refer to FIG. 14 , the body connecting portion 514 is provided with a first stopper wall 524 that engages with the first section groove 520 , and a first stop wall 524 that engages with the second section groove 522 . Two stop walls 526 .
所述第一节凹槽520可以是沿着第一驱动杆355的周向形成的环形凹槽。当然,也可以在第一驱动杆355两侧分别设置有一个第一节凹槽520。The first section groove 520 may be an annular groove formed along the circumference of the first driving rod 355 . Certainly, a first joint groove 520 may also be provided on both sides of the first driving rod 355 respectively.
所述第一止挡壁524设置第一豁口528。第一驱动杆355通过第一节凹槽520卡入第一豁口528。即,第一驱动杆355的第一节504可以伸入到第一豁口528内。进一步的第一止挡壁524伸入第一节凹槽520内部。如此,沿着第一驱动杆杆355的延伸方向,第一驱动杆355的第一节504与第一紧固件本体518限位连接。以及,通过第一止挡壁524的第一豁口528与第一节504的第一节凹槽520配接,实现第一节504与本体连接部514连接。The first stop wall 524 defines a first notch 528 . The first driving rod 355 is inserted into the first notch 528 through the first section groove 520 . That is, the first section 504 of the first driving rod 355 can extend into the first opening 528 . Further, the first stopper wall 524 protrudes into the interior of the first segment groove 520 . In this way, along the extending direction of the first driving rod 355 , the first segment 504 of the first driving rod 355 is connected to the first fastener body 518 in a limited manner. And, the first section 504 is connected to the main body connecting portion 514 by matching the first notch 528 of the first stopper wall 524 with the first section groove 520 of the first section 504 .
同理,第二止挡壁526设置第二豁口530。第一驱动杆355通过第二节凹槽522卡入第二豁口530。即,第一驱动杆355的第二节506可以伸入到第二豁口528内。进一步的第二止挡壁526伸入第二节凹槽522内部。如此,沿着第一驱动杆杆355的延伸方向,第一驱动杆355的第二节506与第一紧固件本体518限位连接。以及,通过第二止挡壁526的第二豁口530与第二节506的第二节凹槽522配接,实现第二节506与第二节连接部516连接。Similarly, the second stopper wall 526 is provided with a second notch 530 . The first driving rod 355 is inserted into the second notch 530 through the second section groove 522 . That is, the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 can extend into the second opening 528 . Further, the second stopper wall 526 protrudes into the interior of the second segment groove 522 . In this way, along the extending direction of the first driving rod 355 , the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 is connected to the first fastener body 518 in a limited manner. And, the second section 506 is connected to the second section connecting portion 516 by matching the second notch 530 of the second stopper wall 526 with the second section groove 522 of the second section 506 .
第一止挡壁524和第二止挡壁526可以具有相面对的表面。如此,本体连接部514与第一驱动杆355的第一节504和第二节506连接,实现将第一节504和第二节506沿着自转管427的纵长方向连接。The first stop wall 524 and the second stop wall 526 may have facing surfaces. In this way, the body connecting portion 514 is connected to the first section 504 and the second section 506 of the first driving rod 355 , so as to realize the connection of the first section 504 and the second section 506 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,所述自转管427对应所述第一紧固件518的位置设置有第一开窗532,所述第一紧固件本体518从所述自转管427外部覆盖所述第一开窗532,所述本体连接部514伸入所述第一开窗532。In some embodiments, the rotation tube 427 is provided with a first window 532 corresponding to the position of the first fastener 518, and the first fastener body 518 covers the first fastener body 518 from the outside of the rotation tube 427. A window 532 , the body connecting portion 514 extends into the first window 532 .
自转管427设置有第一开窗532。该第一开窗532的尺寸大于本体连接部514整体的尺寸。即,本体连接部514构成一个整体,可以具有整体宽度和整体长度。第一开窗532沿着自转管427的纵长方向的长度L,会大于本体连接部514沿着所述纵长方向的长度。如此,第一紧固件本体518可以相对自转管427沿着所述纵长方向发生一定的位移。实现,第一驱动杆355可以被第一驱动单元367驱动移动。The autorotation tube 427 is provided with a first window 532 . The size of the first window 532 is greater than the overall size of the body connecting portion 514 . That is, the body connecting portion 514 is formed as a whole, and may have an overall width and an overall length. The length L of the first window 532 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 is greater than the length of the body connecting portion 514 along the longitudinal direction. In this way, the first fastener body 518 can have a certain displacement relative to the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction. To achieve, the first driving rod 355 can be driven to move by the first driving unit 367 .
在一些实施方式中,所述第一紧固件502还可以包括至少一个本体限位件534。至少部分所述本体限位件534从所述第一开窗532伸入所述自转管427内部,使得所述第一紧固件502伸入所述第一开窗532内的部分相对所述纵长方向的宽度,大于所述第一开窗532相对所述纵长方向的宽度。In some implementations, the first fastener 502 may further include at least one body stopper 534 . At least part of the body stopper 534 protrudes into the inside of the rotation tube 427 from the first window 532 , so that the part of the first fastener 502 protruding into the first window 532 is opposite to the The width in the longitudinal direction is greater than the width of the first opening 532 relative to the longitudinal direction.
本体限位件534可以用于将第一紧固件本体518限位于自转管427上,限制第一紧固件本体518从第一开窗532脱落,并允许第一紧固件502相对于第一开窗532沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动。本体限位件534可以从第一开窗532伸入自转管427内部,并与自转管427的内侧壁接触。如此,第一紧固件502在远离第一开窗532的方向上,被本体限位件534限制,而无法从第一开窗532脱落。具体的,本体限位件534伸入自转管427内部之后,实现所述第一紧固件502伸入所述第一开窗532内的部分相对所述纵长方向的宽度,大于所述第一开窗532相对所述纵长方向的宽度。如此,实现第一紧固件502可以沿着第一开窗532沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动,但不会痛第一开窗532中脱落。The body limiter 534 can be used to limit the first fastener body 518 on the rotation tube 427, restrict the first fastener body 518 from falling off from the first opening window 532, and allow the first fastener body 502 to move relative to the first fastener body 502. A window 532 moves along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 . The body stopper 534 can extend into the inside of the rotation tube 427 from the first window 532 and contact the inner sidewall of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the first fastener 502 is restricted by the body stopper 534 in the direction away from the first window 532 , and cannot fall off from the first window 532 . Specifically, after the body stopper 534 extends into the inside of the rotation tube 427, the width of the part of the first fastener 502 extending into the first window 532 relative to the longitudinal direction is greater than that of the first fastener 502. The width of a window 532 relative to the longitudinal direction. In this way, the first fastener 502 can move along the lengthwise direction of the rotation tube 427 along the first window 532 , but will not fall off from the first window 532 .
本体限位件534的数量可以是一个、二个、三个……等等,具体数量不做明确限定。在一些实施方式中,本体限位件534的数量可以是二个。在第一紧固件本体518相对自转管427的纵长方向的两侧,分别具有条形孔536。二个本体限位件534分别对应一个条形孔536,并通过对应的条形孔536伸入自转管427内部。The number of the body limiter 534 can be one, two, three...etc., and the specific number is not explicitly limited. In some embodiments, the number of the body stoppers 534 may be two. There are strip-shaped holes 536 on both sides of the first fastener body 518 in the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube 427 . The two body stoppers 534 respectively correspond to a bar-shaped hole 536 , and extend into the inside of the rotation tube 427 through the corresponding bar-shaped hole 536 .
请一并参阅图16、图17和图18。本体限位件534可以包括限位件本体538和限位部540。所述限位部540的延伸方向偏离所述限位件本体538的延伸方向。当本体限位件534安装至第一紧固件本体518时,限位部540从第一紧固件本体538的条形孔536伸入自转管427内。被夹持在第一紧固件本体518与自转管427之间,如此可以防止第一紧固件本体518从第一开窗532脱落。Please refer to Figure 16, Figure 17 and Figure 18 together. The body limiter 534 may include a limiter body 538 and a limiter 540 . The extending direction of the limiting portion 540 deviates from the extending direction of the limiting member body 538 . When the body limiting member 534 is installed on the first fastener body 518 , the limiting portion 540 extends from the bar-shaped hole 536 of the first fastener body 538 into the rotation tube 427 . It is clamped between the first fastener body 518 and the rotation tube 427 , so that the first fastener body 518 can be prevented from falling off from the first window 532 .
在一些实施方式中,本体限位件534可以是一个与第一紧固件本体518枢转连接的平板件。本体限位件534可以相对第一紧固件本体518转动,具有相对自转管427的纵长方向的横向伸出第一紧固件本体518的伸出位置,和没有伸出第一紧固件本体518的收拢位置。在本体限位件534处于所述伸出位置,可以实现与自转管427的内侧壁接触,避免第一紧固件本体518从所述第一开窗532脱落。在本体限位件534处于所述收拢位置,允许所述第一紧固件本体518从所述自转管427分离。In some embodiments, the body stopper 534 may be a flat plate pivotally connected to the first fastener body 518 . The body limiter 534 can rotate relative to the first fastener body 518, and has a protruding position where the first fastener body 518 protrudes laterally relative to the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, and does not extend the first fastener body. The stowed position of the body 518. When the body stopper 534 is in the protruding position, it can be in contact with the inner wall of the rotation tube 427 to prevent the first fastener body 518 from falling off from the first window 532 . When the body stopper 534 is in the retracted position, the first fastener body 518 is allowed to be separated from the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,所述第一紧固件502还可以包括与所述第一紧固件本体518卡扣连接的第一组件帽542。所述第一组件帽542将所述至少一个本体限位件534与所述第一紧固件本体518固定连接。In some embodiments, the first fastener 502 may further include a first assembly cap 542 snap-fitted with the first fastener body 518 . The first assembly cap 542 fixedly connects the at least one body stopper 534 to the first fastener body 518 .
第一组件帽542可以安装到第一紧固件本体518上,并将至少一个本体限位件534的位置固定。如此,本体限位件534可以稳定的限制第一紧固件本体518与第一开窗532的位置关系,避免第一紧固件本体518从第一开窗532脱落,进而实现避免第一紧固件502从自转管脱落。如图15及图19-20所示,具体的,第一组件帽542可以具 有凸出表面的帽檐部543。该帽檐部543可以与本体限位件534背对自转管427的表面相抵接,避免本体限位件534从自转管427脱落。在一些实施方式中,帽檐部543的数量可以与本体限位件534的数量对应。当然,第一组件帽542可以设置一个环形的帽檐部543。此时,帽檐部543的数量可以是一个。The first assembly cap 542 can be mounted to the first fastener body 518 and fix the position of the at least one body stop 534 . In this way, the body limiter 534 can stably limit the positional relationship between the first fastener body 518 and the first window 532, preventing the first fastener body 518 from falling off from the first window 532, thereby avoiding the first tightness. Firmware 502 falls off from the spin tube. As shown in Figure 15 and Figures 19-20, specifically, the first component cap 542 may have a brim portion 543 with a protruding surface. The brim portion 543 can abut against the surface of the body limiting member 534 facing away from the rotation tube 427 , so as to prevent the body limiting member 534 from falling off from the rotation tube 427 . In some embodiments, the number of brim portions 543 may correspond to the number of body stoppers 534 . Certainly, the first component cap 542 may be provided with an annular brim portion 543 . At this time, the number of brim parts 543 may be one.
第一组件帽542面对第一紧固件本体518的表面与第一紧固件502之间卡扣结构连接。具体的,例如,第一组件帽542面对第一紧固件本体518的表面可以设置有卡扣孔544,第一紧固件本体518上可以设置有卡扣栓546。The surface of the first component cap 542 facing the first fastener body 518 is connected with the first fastener 502 by a snap-fit structure. Specifically, for example, a snap hole 544 may be provided on the surface of the first component cap 542 facing the first fastener body 518 , and a snap bolt 546 may be provided on the first fastener body 518 .
卡扣孔544的入口处孔径小于内部孔径,使得在卡扣孔544的入口处形成收口。卡扣栓546可以分为栓头547和栓柱549,其中,栓头547的外径大于栓柱549的外径。第一组件帽542可以采用柔性材料制成。The diameter of the entrance of the buckle hole 544 is smaller than the diameter of the inner hole, so that a constriction is formed at the entrance of the buckle hole 544 . The buckle bolt 546 can be divided into a bolt head 547 and a bolt post 549 , wherein the outer diameter of the bolt head 547 is larger than the outer diameter of the bolt post 549 . The first component cap 542 may be made of flexible material.
如此,第一组件帽542安装到第一紧固件本体518上时,卡扣栓546的栓头547可以伸入卡扣孔544中,被卡扣孔544的收口卡主,避免第一组件帽542脱落。当然,第一组件帽542与第一紧固件本体518之间的卡扣结构,还可以有其他的结构实现,所属领域技术人员在本说明书实施方式的技术精髓启示下,还可以做出其他变更,但只要其实现的功能和效果与本说明实施方式实现的功能相同或相似,均应涵盖于本案权利要求保护范围内。In this way, when the first component cap 542 is installed on the first fastener body 518, the bolt head 547 of the buckle bolt 546 can extend into the buckle hole 544, and be caught by the mouth of the buckle hole 544, preventing the first component Cap 542 comes off. Of course, the buckle structure between the first component cap 542 and the first fastener body 518 can also be implemented in other structures, and those skilled in the art can also make other structures under the inspiration of the technical essence of the embodiments of this specification. Changes, but as long as the functions and effects realized by them are the same or similar to the functions realized by the implementation mode of this description, they shall be covered by the protection scope of the claims of this case.
在一些实施方式中,第一组件帽542可以与本体限位件534一体设置,如此,第一组件帽542可以通过限位部540伸入条形孔536中,以实现第一组件帽542相对自转管427限位。并且,可以无需前述第一组件帽542与第一紧固件本体518之间的卡扣结构。In some implementations, the first component cap 542 can be integrated with the body stopper 534, so that the first component cap 542 can extend into the bar-shaped hole 536 through the stopper 540, so that the first component cap 542 is opposite to each other. The rotation tube 427 is limited. In addition, the snap-fit structure between the first assembly cap 542 and the first fastener body 518 may not be required.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二紧固件508的具体结构,可以与所述第一紧固件502相同。以及,自转管427以及第二驱动杆393与第二紧固件508配合的相应结构,也与自转管427以及第一驱动杆355与第一紧固件502配合的结构相同。故此,可以参照前文对照解释,不再赘述。在一些情况下,如果需要引用第二紧固件508具体的结构和组成元件,可以参照第一紧固件502的命名方式基础上,增加“第n”作为名称区别,其中n可以取正整数。In some implementations, the specific structure of the second fastener 508 may be the same as that of the first fastener 502 . And, the corresponding structure that the rotation tube 427 and the second driving rod 393 cooperate with the second fastener 508 is also the same as the structure that the rotation tube 427 and the first driving rod 355 cooperate with the first fastener 502 . Therefore, reference can be made to the previous comparative explanations, and no further details will be given. In some cases, if you need to refer to the specific structure and components of the second fastener 508, you can refer to the naming method of the first fastener 502 and add "nth" as a name difference, where n can be a positive integer .
在一些实施例中,还提供一种手术器械300,其包括执行手术的末端器械321,还包括驱动装置310和长轴组件320;长轴组件320沿纵长方向延伸并具有第一端和第二端,第一端用于安装末端器械321,第二端用于耦合至驱动装置310,长轴组件320包括自转管427及部分收容在自转管427内的第一驱动杆355、第二驱动杆393和击发杆450,驱动装置310提供旋转驱动力,自转管427接收所述驱动装置310的驱动力并提供给末端器械321自转动力,第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393环绕所述击发杆450,末端器械321具有刀片,击发杆450用于击发末端器械321的刀片运动,第一驱动杆355和所述第二驱动杆393用于提供给所述末端器械321转动或移动动力,第一驱动杆355及/或第二驱动杆393包括第一节和第二节,自转管427安装有可拆卸的紧固件,紧固件用于连接第一驱动杆355及/或第二驱动杆393的第一节和第二节。In some embodiments, there is also provided a surgical instrument 300, which includes a terminal instrument 321 for performing surgery, and also includes a driving device 310 and a long shaft assembly 320; the long shaft assembly 320 extends along a lengthwise direction and has a first end and a second end. Two ends, the first end is used to install the terminal instrument 321, and the second end is used to couple to the driving device 310. The long axis assembly 320 includes a rotation tube 427 and a first drive rod 355 and a second drive rod 355 partially housed in the rotation tube 427. The rod 393 and the firing rod 450, the driving device 310 provides the driving force for rotation, the rotation tube 427 receives the driving force of the driving device 310 and provides the end instrument 321 with the rotation power, the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 surround the The firing rod 450, the end instrument 321 has a blade, the firing rod 450 is used to fire the blade movement of the end instrument 321, the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 are used to provide the end instrument 321 with rotation or moving power, The first driving rod 355 and/or the second driving rod 393 includes a first section and a second section, and the rotation tube 427 is equipped with detachable fasteners, which are used to connect the first driving rod 355 and/or the second driving rod 393. The first and second sections of the drive rod 393.
在一些实施方式中,提供一种手术器械300,如图21-图25所示,包括驱动装置310、管件和末端器械321,所述管件沿纵长方向延伸具有第一端和第二端,第一端安装末端器械321,所述管件的第一端具有沿着纵长方向突出的管件挂钩560,末端器械321沿纵长方向具有器械第一端588和器械第二端590,其中,所述器械第一端588设置有末端执行器340,末端器械321靠近器械第二端590的区域设置有限位槽594,限位槽594用于与管件挂钩560配合,约束所述管件和末端器械321沿所述纵长方向的相对位置。In some embodiments, a surgical instrument 300 is provided, as shown in FIGS. 21-25 , comprising a driving device 310, a tubular member and a terminal instrument 321, the tubular member extending along the lengthwise direction has a first end and a second end, The first end is equipped with a terminal instrument 321, the first end of the pipe has a pipe hook 560 protruding in the longitudinal direction, the terminal instrument 321 has a first end 588 and a second end 590 along the longitudinal direction, wherein the The first end 588 of the instrument is provided with an end effector 340, and the area of the end instrument 321 close to the second end 590 of the instrument is provided with a limiting groove 594. The limiting groove 594 is used to cooperate with the pipe hook 560 to constrain the pipe and the end instrument 321 relative position along the longitudinal direction.
在一些实施方式中,所述管件为一自转管427,自转管427接收驱动装置310的驱动而自转并用于驱动末端器械321旋转,管件挂钩560具有收容在自转管427内并与自转管427固定连接的挂钩连接部564。In some embodiments, the pipe is an autorotation tube 427. The autorotation tube 427 is driven by the driving device 310 to rotate and is used to drive the end instrument 321 to rotate. Attached hook connector 564 .
在一些实施方式中,所述挂钩连接部564对应自转管427的中心位置设置有挂钩限位孔566,手术器械300包括从驱动装置310延伸至自转管427内的击发杆450,击发杆450穿过挂钩限位孔566;挂钩限位孔566允许击发杆450相对挂钩连接部564沿着纵长方向位移,并阻止击发杆450相对挂钩连接部564相对周向转动;In some embodiments, the hook connecting portion 564 is provided with a hook limit hole 566 corresponding to the central position of the rotation tube 427, the surgical instrument 300 includes a firing rod 450 extending from the driving device 310 into the rotation tube 427, and the firing rod 450 passes through Through the hook limiting hole 566; the hook limiting hole 566 allows the firing rod 450 to move along the longitudinal direction relative to the hook connecting portion 564, and prevents the firing rod 450 from rotating relative to the hook connecting portion 564;
所述挂钩连接部564具有沿着纵长方向贯穿挂钩连接部564的挂钩导向孔578,挂钩导向孔578位于挂钩连接部564靠近自转管427的内壁的区域;所述手术器械300包括从驱动装置310延伸至自转管427内的驱动杆,所述驱动杆穿过挂钩导向孔578,并在驱动装置310的驱动下触发末端器械321。The hook connection part 564 has a hook guide hole 578 that runs through the hook connection part 564 along the longitudinal direction, and the hook guide hole 578 is located in the area of the hook connection part 564 close to the inner wall of the rotation tube 427; the surgical instrument 300 includes a slave driving device 310 extends to the driving rod in the rotation tube 427 , the driving rod passes through the hook guide hole 578 , and triggers the end instrument 321 under the driving of the driving device 310 .
具体的,请参阅图21。在一些实施方式中,自转管427沿纵长方向延伸,形成有自转管427的第一端351和第二端353。所述第一端351具有沿着所述纵长方向突出的自转管挂钩560。所述自转管挂钩560具有面向所述第二端353的第一挂钩止挡面562。所述第一挂钩止挡面562用于沿着所述纵长方向阻止所述末端器械321相对所述自转管远离所述第二端353。Specifically, please refer to Figure 21. In some embodiments, the spinning tube 427 extends along a lengthwise direction, forming a first end 351 and a second end 353 of the spinning tube 427 . The first end 351 has an autorotation tube hook 560 protruding along the longitudinal direction. The rotation tube hook 560 has a first hook stop surface 562 facing the second end 353 . The first hook stop surface 562 is used to prevent the end instrument 321 from moving away from the second end 353 relative to the rotation tube along the longitudinal direction.
在本实施方式中,在自转管427设置自转管挂钩560,可以实现通过自转管挂钩560将长轴组件320与末端器械321进行限位连接。即,通过自转管挂钩560的第一挂钩止挡面562,限制长轴组件320与末端器械321沿着纵长方向的位置。避免自转管427与末端器械321沿着纵长方向分离。In this embodiment, the autorotation tube hook 560 is provided on the autorotation tube 427 , so that the long axis assembly 320 and the terminal instrument 321 can be connected in a limited position through the autorotation tube hook 560 . That is, the positions of the long axis assembly 320 and the terminal instrument 321 along the longitudinal direction are limited by the first hook stop surface 562 of the rotation tube hook 560 . The separation of the autorotation tube 427 from the end instrument 321 along the lengthwise direction is avoided.
请一并参阅图21和图22。在一些实施方式中,所述自转管挂钩560具有收容在所述自转管427内,并与所述自转管427固定连接的挂钩连接部564。Please refer to Figure 21 and Figure 22 together. In some embodiments, the autorotation tube hook 560 has a hook connection part 564 accommodated in the autorotation tube 427 and fixedly connected with the autorotation tube 427 .
挂钩连接部564可以将自转管挂钩560与自转管427连接。挂钩连接部564可以与自转管427之间通过胶水粘接。在一些实施方式中,挂钩连接部564可以与自转管427之间采用过盈配合。具体的,自转管427的内径略小于挂钩连接部564的外径,如此将挂钩连接部564安装入自转管427中时,可以通过过盈配合限定挂钩连接部564和自转管427之间的位置关系。在一些实施方式中,还可以在将挂钩连接部564伸入自转管427内之后,通过挤压自转管427发生形变,使得发生形变的自转管427压紧挂钩连接部564。The hook connection part 564 can connect the rotation tube hook 560 to the rotation tube 427 . The hook connecting portion 564 can be bonded to the rotation tube 427 by glue. In some embodiments, an interference fit may be used between the hook connection portion 564 and the rotation tube 427 . Specifically, the inner diameter of the rotation tube 427 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the hook connection part 564, so that when the hook connection part 564 is installed in the rotation tube 427, the position between the hook connection part 564 and the rotation tube 427 can be limited by interference fit. relation. In some embodiments, after the hook connection portion 564 is inserted into the rotation tube 427 , the rotation tube 427 may be deformed by squeezing the rotation tube 427 so that the deformed rotation tube 427 presses the hook connection portion 564 .
在一些实施方式中,所述挂钩连接部564对应所述自转管427的中心位置设置有挂钩限位孔566,所述击发杆450穿过所述挂钩限位孔566;所述挂钩限位孔566允许所述击发杆450相对所述挂钩连接部564沿着所述纵长方向位移,并阻止所述击发杆450相对所述挂钩连接部564相对周向转动。In some embodiments, the hook connecting portion 564 is provided with a hook limit hole 566 corresponding to the central position of the rotation tube 427, and the firing rod 450 passes through the hook limit hole 566; the hook limit hole 566 allows displacement of the firing rod 450 relative to the hook connection portion 564 along the longitudinal direction, and prevents relative circumferential rotation of the firing rod 450 relative to the hook connection portion 564 .
挂钩限位孔566的尺寸略大于击发杆450的尺寸,使得击发杆450可以穿过挂钩限位孔566,并且二者可以相对移动。具体的,例如,挂钩限位孔566与击发杆450之间可以是间隙配合。The size of the hook limiting hole 566 is slightly larger than that of the firing rod 450, so that the firing rod 450 can pass through the hook limiting hole 566, and the two can move relatively. Specifically, for example, there may be a clearance fit between the hook limiting hole 566 and the firing rod 450 .
进一步的,挂钩限位孔566和击发杆450形状相对应设置,使得二者无法相对转动。如此,在自转管427转动 时,可以通过挂钩限位孔566带动击发杆450一同转动。Further, the hook limiting hole 566 and the firing rod 450 are set correspondingly in shape so that the two cannot rotate relative to each other. In this way, when the rotation tube 427 rotates, the firing rod 450 can be driven to rotate together through the hook limiting hole 566.
在一些实施方式中,所述挂钩限位孔566的开孔截面呈非圆形。在物体发生转动时,外轮廓会形成圆形的轨迹。挂钩限位孔566的开孔截面呈非圆形,更加有助于限制挂钩限位孔566和击发杆450之间的相对位置。开孔截面可以是沿着挂钩限位孔566的延伸方向的横截面。具体的,在一些实施方式中,所述开孔截面的形状选自多边形、椭圆形或不规则图形。具体的,例如,多边形可以选自三角形、四边形、……八边形等等。In some embodiments, the cross section of the hook limiting hole 566 is non-circular. When the object rotates, the outer contour forms a circular trajectory. The opening section of the hook limiting hole 566 is non-circular, which is more helpful to limit the relative position between the hook limiting hole 566 and the firing rod 450 . The opening section may be a cross section along the extending direction of the hook limiting hole 566 . Specifically, in some embodiments, the shape of the cross section of the opening is selected from polygonal, elliptical or irregular shapes. Specifically, for example, polygons may be selected from triangles, quadrilaterals, ... octagons and the like.
在一些实施方式中,所述挂钩连接部564可以包括第一挂钩连接部568、第二挂钩连接部570,和将所述第一挂钩连接部568与所述第二挂钩连接部570连接在一起的结合部572。其中,所述第一挂钩连接部568和所述第二挂钩连接部570之间由所述结合部572形成间隔槽574。所述间隔槽574中可以设置有将所述挂钩连接部564与所述自转管427粘接的胶水。In some embodiments, the hook connection part 564 may include a first hook connection part 568, a second hook connection part 570, and the first hook connection part 568 and the second hook connection part 570 are connected together. The junction 572. Wherein, a spacing groove 574 is formed between the first hook connection portion 568 and the second hook connection portion 570 by the joint portion 572 . Glue for bonding the hook connecting portion 564 and the rotation tube 427 may be provided in the interval groove 574 .
通过在挂钩连接部564形成间隔槽574,使得增大了挂钩连接部564与自转管427之间可以容纳胶水的空间,使得挂钩连接部564可以通过胶水与自转管427稳定的连接。为了便于向间隔槽574中注入胶水,可以在第一挂钩连接部568上设置有注胶孔576。如此,在将挂钩连接部564与自转管427组装在一起时,可以通过注胶孔576向间隔槽574中注入胶水。如此,便于安装固定挂钩连接部564至自转管427。当然,在一些实施方式中,可以无需设置该注胶孔576,在间隔槽574中注入胶水之后,再将挂钩连接部564装入自转管427内。By forming the interval groove 574 in the hook connecting portion 564, the space for accommodating glue between the hook connecting portion 564 and the rotation tube 427 is increased, so that the hook connecting portion 564 can be stably connected to the rotation tube 427 by glue. In order to facilitate the injection of glue into the interval groove 574 , a glue injection hole 576 may be provided on the first hook connection portion 568 . In this way, when assembling the hook connecting portion 564 and the rotation tube 427 , glue can be injected into the spacer groove 574 through the glue injection hole 576 . In this way, it is convenient to install the fixing hook connecting portion 564 to the rotation tube 427 . Certainly, in some embodiments, the glue injection hole 576 may not be provided, and the hook connection portion 564 is installed into the rotation tube 427 after the glue is injected into the interval groove 574 .
在一些实施方式中,所述挂钩连接部564具有沿着所述纵长方向贯穿所述挂钩连接部564的挂钩导向孔578。挂钩导向孔578位于所述挂钩连接部564靠近所述自转管427的内壁的区域。所述长轴组件320的驱动杆穿过所述挂钩导向孔578,并在所述驱动装置310的驱动下驱动所述末端器械321。In some embodiments, the hook connecting portion 564 has a hook guiding hole 578 passing through the hook connecting portion 564 along the longitudinal direction. The hook guide hole 578 is located at a region of the hook connecting portion 564 close to the inner wall of the rotation tube 427 . The driving rod of the long shaft assembly 320 passes through the hook guide hole 578 , and is driven by the driving device 310 to drive the terminal instrument 321 .
挂钩导向孔578可以为驱动杆提供导向的作用。驱动杆可以相对挂钩导向孔578沿着纵长方向发生位移。具体的,驱动杆被驱动装置310驱动沿着纵长方向移动,以驱动末端器械321的功能。驱动杆需要穿过挂钩连接部564,如此才能与末端器械321配接。具体的,挂钩导向孔578可以相应贯穿第一挂钩连接部568和第二挂钩连接部570。The hook guide hole 578 can provide a guide for the driving rod. The drive rod can be displaced along the lengthwise direction relative to the hook guide hole 578 . Specifically, the driving rod is driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction, so as to drive the function of the terminal instrument 321 . The driving rod needs to pass through the hook connecting portion 564 so as to be mated with the end instrument 321 . Specifically, the hook guide hole 578 can pass through the first hook connecting portion 568 and the second hook connecting portion 570 respectively.
在一些实施方式中,挂钩导向孔578可以对驱动杆进行周向限位。即,驱动杆被限制为不能相对于挂钩导向孔578转动。具体的,挂钩导向孔578的开孔截面的形状可以呈非圆形。具体的,在一些实施方式中,所述开孔截面的形状选自多边形、椭圆形或不规则图形。具体的,例如,多边形可以选自三角形、四边形、……八边形等等。In some embodiments, the hook guide hole 578 can limit the driving rod in a circumferential direction. That is, the drive rod is restricted from rotating relative to the hook guide hole 578 . Specifically, the shape of the cross section of the hook guide hole 578 may be non-circular. Specifically, in some embodiments, the shape of the cross section of the opening is selected from polygonal, elliptical or irregular shapes. Specifically, for example, polygons may be selected from triangles, quadrilaterals, ... octagons and the like.
在一些实施方式中,所述自转管挂钩560可以包括第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582。所述第一挂钩臂580和所述第二挂钩臂582分别与所述挂钩连接564部围绕挂钩限位孔566的区域固定连接。In some embodiments, the spinning tube hook 560 may include a first hook arm 580 and a second hook arm 582 . The first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are respectively fixedly connected to the area of the hook connection 564 surrounding the hook limiting hole 566 .
第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582分别伸出自转管的第一端351。在末端器械321安装至长轴组件320之后,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582可以共同作用勾住末端器械321,避免末端器械321相对于长轴组件320沿着纵长方向脱离。The first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 respectively protrude from the first end 351 of the rotation tube. After the end instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320 , the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can work together to hook the end instrument 321 to prevent the end instrument 321 from being detached from the long shaft assembly 320 along the longitudinal direction.
第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582可以分别形成有面向第二端353的第一挂钩止挡面562。如此,末端器械321沿着纵长方向远离第二端353的位移,会被第一挂钩止挡面562阻挡。The first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may respectively form a first hook stop surface 562 facing the second end 353 . In this way, the displacement of the end instrument 321 away from the second end 353 along the lengthwise direction will be blocked by the first hook stop surface 562 .
第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582可以与挂钩连接部564一体成型制成。当然,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582也可以采用其他固定方式与挂钩连接部564固定连接。具体的,例如,二者通过胶水粘接,通过螺钉、铆钉固定连接等,不再赘述。The first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can be integrally formed with the hook connecting portion 564 . Of course, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may also be fixedly connected to the hook connection portion 564 in other fixing ways. Specifically, for example, the two are bonded by glue, fixedly connected by screws, rivets, etc., and details will not be repeated here.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一挂钩臂580和所述第二挂钩臂582分别形成有所述第一挂钩止挡面562,还分别具有面向所述第一挂钩止挡面562的第二挂钩止挡面584。所述第二挂钩止挡面584用于沿着所述纵长方向阻止所述末端器械321相对所述自转管427靠近所述第二端353。In some embodiments, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are formed with the first hook stop surface 562 respectively, and also have a second hook facing the first hook stop surface 562 respectively. The hook stop surface 584 . The second hook stop surface 584 is used to prevent the terminal instrument 321 from approaching the second end 353 relative to the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
第一挂钩止挡面562与第二挂钩止挡面584相面对设置,且二者之间可以具有一定间隔。当末端器械321安装至长轴组件320之后,可以有部分结构位于第一挂钩止挡面562与第二挂钩止挡面584之间。如此,通过自转管挂钩560的第一挂钩止挡面562和第二挂钩止挡面584,限定了长轴组件320与末端器械321沿着纵长方向的相对位置。The first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 are arranged facing each other, and there may be a certain distance therebetween. After the terminal instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320 , some structures may be located between the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 . In this way, the relative positions of the long axis assembly 320 and the terminal instrument 321 along the longitudinal direction are defined by the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 of the rotation tube hook 560 .
第一挂钩臂580远离自转管427的部分,设置有挂钩臂凹槽586。该挂钩臂凹槽586沿着纵长方向具有两个相面对的表面,其中,面向第二端353的表面为第一挂钩止挡面562,面对所述第一挂钩止挡面562的表面为第二挂钩止挡面584。同理,第二挂钩臂582具有与第一挂钩臂580相同的结构,不再赘述。The part of the first hook arm 580 away from the rotation tube 427 is provided with a hook arm groove 586 . The hook arm groove 586 has two facing surfaces along the longitudinal direction, wherein, the surface facing the second end 353 is the first hook stop surface 562, and the surface facing the first hook stop surface 562 is The surface is the second hook stop surface 584 . Similarly, the second hook arm 582 has the same structure as the first hook arm 580 , which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一挂钩臂580和所述第二挂钩臂582之间形成有从所述第二挂钩止挡面584至所述挂钩连接部564的第一区间,所述第一挂钩止挡面562至所述第二挂钩止挡面584之间形成有第二区间,所述第一挂钩止挡面562至所述自转管挂钩560远离所述自转管427的端面之间形成有第三区间。其中,在所述第三区间中所述第一挂钩臂580与所述第二挂钩臂582之间的距离大于所述第一区间中所述第一挂钩臂580与所述第二挂钩臂582之间的距离。所述第三区间中所述第一挂钩臂580与所述第二挂钩臂582之间的距离小于所述第二区间中所述第一挂钩臂580与所述第二挂钩臂582之间的距离。In some embodiments, a first section from the second hook stop surface 584 to the hook connecting portion 564 is formed between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 , the first section A second section is formed between a hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 , and a second section is formed between the first hook stop surface 562 and the end surface of the rotation tube hook 560 away from the rotation tube 427 A third interval is formed. Wherein, the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third interval is greater than the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the first interval. the distance between. The distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third section is smaller than the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the second section. distance.
本实施方式中,将第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间的空间,划分为多个区间,是为了便于进行表达,在实际结构上,可以不具有实质上的区分特征。In this embodiment, the space between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 is divided into a plurality of sections for the convenience of expression, and may not have substantial distinguishing features in actual structure.
在不同区间中,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间的距离,可以是指第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582的空间立体结构上之间的最小距离;也可以是指第一挂钩臂580与第二挂钩臂582之间的平均距离。在一些实施方式中,可以构建多个垂直于纵长方向的平面,该平面在第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582上形成的截面之间的距离。当然,所属领域技术人员,在本实施方式技术精髓启示下,还可以做出其它变更,不再赘述。In different intervals, the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may refer to the minimum distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 on the spatial three-dimensional structure; it may also refer to The average distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 . In some embodiments, a plurality of planes perpendicular to the lengthwise direction can be constructed, the plane being the distance between the cross-sections formed on the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 . Certainly, those skilled in the art may make other changes under the enlightenment of the technical essence of this embodiment, and details will not be repeated here.
在第三区间中,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间的距离大于第一区间中第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间的距离。使得,末端器械321与自转管挂钩560对应的结构,可以从第三区间伸入第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间。再者,由于第一区间中第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间的距离较小,使得末端器械321与自转管挂钩560对应的结构可以被第二挂钩止挡面584阻挡。如次,通过对于第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间划分不同区间,以可以实现不同区间分别实现不同功能。In the third interval, the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 is greater than the distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the first interval. Thus, the structure corresponding to the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube hook 560 can extend from the third section into between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 . Furthermore, due to the small distance between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the first section, the structure corresponding to the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube hook 560 can be blocked by the second hook stop surface 584 . As mentioned above, by dividing different sections between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 , different functions can be realized in different sections.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二挂钩止挡面584的面积大于所述第一挂钩止挡面562。如此,使得在第一挂钩臂 580与第二挂钩臂582之间的空间中,第二挂钩止挡面584会凸出于第一挂钩止挡面562。第一挂钩止挡面562、第二挂钩止挡面584和自转管427的中心线,在一个垂直于纵长方向的平面的投影中,第一挂钩止挡面562的投影与中心线的投影的距离,大于第二挂钩止挡面584的投影与中心线的投影的距离。In some embodiments, the area of the second hook stop surface 584 is larger than that of the first hook stop surface 562 . In this way, in the space between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 , the second hook stop surface 584 protrudes beyond the first hook stop surface 562 . The center line of the first hook stop surface 562, the second hook stop surface 584 and the rotation tube 427, in the projection of a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, the projection of the first hook stop surface 562 and the projection of the center line The distance is greater than the distance between the projection of the second hook stop surface 584 and the projection of the center line.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一挂钩臂580和所述第二挂钩臂582相对于所述自转管427的轴线趋于对称设置。In some embodiments, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the axis of the rotation tube 427 .
第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582的结构可以大致相同,并都与挂钩连接部564固定连接。如此,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582可以相对于轴线对称设置,使得第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582作用于末端器械321的力,可以较为匀称。如此,有助于稳定末端器械321与自转管427之间的位置关系。The structures of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 may be substantially the same, and both are fixedly connected to the hook connecting portion 564 . In this way, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can be arranged symmetrically with respect to the axis, so that the force acting on the terminal instrument 321 by the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can be relatively uniform. In this way, it helps to stabilize the positional relationship between the end instrument 321 and the autorotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,所述第一挂钩臂580和所述第二挂钩臂582相互面对的表面至少部分为弧面。In some embodiments, the surfaces of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 facing each other are at least partially arcuate.
末端器械321会有部分结构伸入到第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间,并且在一些情况下,伸入第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582之间的部分会发生转动。如此,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582设置弧面,可以便于末端器械321的伸入第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂之间的部分转动。The end instrument 321 will have a portion of the structure extending between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582, and in some cases, the portion extending between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 will rotate . In this way, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are provided with arc surfaces, which can facilitate the rotation of the part of the terminal instrument 321 protruding between the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm.
在一些实施方式中,请参阅图23和图24。所述末端器械321整体沿纵长方向具有器械第一端588和器械第二端590。其中,所述器械第一端588设置有末端执行器340,所述器械第二端590用于耦合至驱动装置310。其中,所述末端器械321靠近所述器械第二端590的区域设置有限位槽594。所述限位槽594可以用于约束所述末端器械321与所述自转管427沿着所述末端器械321纵长方向的相对位置。在一些实施方式中,末端器械321安装至自转管427之后,末端器械321的纵长方向与自转管427的纵长方向大致相同。For some implementations, see Figures 23 and 24. The terminal instrument 321 generally has a first instrument end 588 and a second instrument end 590 along a lengthwise direction. Wherein, the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with the end effector 340 , and the second end 590 of the instrument is used to be coupled to the driving device 310 . Wherein, the region of the terminal instrument 321 close to the second end 590 of the instrument is provided with a limiting groove 594 . The limit slot 594 can be used to constrain the relative position of the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 . In some embodiments, after the end instrument 321 is installed on the rotation tube 427 , the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 is substantially the same as that of the autorotation tube 427 .
末端器械321可以是任意可以应用于手术器械300的医疗器械。在一些实施方式中,末端执行器340可以包括钉座596和钉砧598。 End instrument 321 may be any medical instrument applicable to surgical instrument 300 . In some embodiments, end effector 340 can include a base 596 and an anvil 598 .
器械第二端590与自转管427相耦合,使得器械第二端590设置有与自转管427连接的接口结构。如此,末端器械321可以通过器械第二端590与自转管427连接。末端器械321的器械第二端590可以设置有限位槽594。限位槽594具有面向器械第一端588的限位槽壁600,如此末端器械321可以通过限位槽壁600约束所述末端器械321与所述自转管427沿着所述末端器械321纵长方向的相对位置。即,末端器械321安装至长轴组件320之后,限位槽壁600可以与末端器械321配合,阻止末端器械321与自转管427分离。The second end 590 of the instrument is coupled with the rotation tube 427 , so that the second end 590 of the instrument is provided with an interface structure connected with the rotation tube 427 . As such, the end instrument 321 may be connected to the autorotation tube 427 via the instrument second end 590 . The second instrument end 590 of the terminal instrument 321 may be provided with a limiting slot 594 . The limit groove 594 has a limit groove wall 600 facing the first end 588 of the instrument, so that the end instrument 321 can constrain the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the lengthwise length of the end instrument 321 through the limit groove wall 600 The relative position of the direction. That is, after the end instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320 , the limiting groove wall 600 can cooperate with the end instrument 321 to prevent the end instrument 321 from being separated from the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,末端器械321可以是末端器械321。具体的,末端器械321可以包括钉座596、钉砧598、刀架602、推刀杆604、器械外管606和摆动拉杆组件702等。In some embodiments, end instrument 321 may be end instrument 321 . Specifically, the end instrument 321 may include a nail seat 596, an anvil 598, a knife holder 602, a knife pusher rod 604, an instrument outer tube 606, a swing rod assembly 702, and the like.
所述限位槽594可以形成在所述末端器械321的刀架602上。具体的,在刀架602靠近器械第二端590的端部设置有限位槽594。在一些实施方式中,限位槽594可以是设置在刀架602周向表面,整体呈螺旋状沿着纵长方向延伸的凹槽。如此,末端器械321安装到自转管427后,自转管427的自转管挂钩560可以与该限位槽594配合,通过第一挂钩止挡面562与限位槽594的限位槽壁600配合,实现阻止自转管427和末端器械321沿着纵长方向远离的位移。The limiting groove 594 may be formed on the knife holder 602 of the terminal instrument 321 . Specifically, a limiting groove 594 is provided at the end of the tool holder 602 close to the second end 590 of the instrument. In some implementations, the limiting groove 594 may be a groove provided on the circumferential surface of the tool holder 602 and extending in a helical shape along the longitudinal direction as a whole. In this way, after the terminal instrument 321 is installed on the rotation tube 427, the rotation tube hook 560 of the rotation tube 427 can cooperate with the limiting groove 594, and cooperate with the limiting groove wall 600 of the limiting groove 594 through the first hook stop surface 562, Displacement that prevents the rotation tube 427 and the end instrument 321 from moving away along the lengthwise direction is achieved.
在一些实施方式中,如图25所示,所述限位槽594可以具有沿着所述纵长方向延伸的第一槽段608,和沿着所述末端器械321的周向延伸的第二槽段610。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 25 , the limiting groove 594 may have a first groove segment 608 extending along the longitudinal direction, and a second groove segment extending along the circumferential direction of the terminal instrument 321 . Slot segment 610 .
在本实施方式中,第二槽段610具有面向器械第一端588的限位槽壁600。在末端器械321安装入自转管427的过程中,自转管挂钩560的第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582,会与限位槽594进行配合。具体的,先将末端器械321与自转管427沿着纵长方向对接。第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582的处于第三区间的部分,会通过第一槽段608到达第二槽段610。此时,将末端器械321相对于自转管427转动,使得第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582的处于第三区间的部分,沿着第二槽段610移动。此时,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582的第一挂钩止挡面562面对限位槽壁600。如此,实现在将末端器械321向着远离自转管427的方向移动时,第一挂钩止挡面562会与限位槽壁600抵接,以实现止挡末端器械321和自转管427,避免二者分离。In this embodiment, the second slot section 610 has a limiting slot wall 600 facing the first end 588 of the instrument. When the end instrument 321 is installed into the autorotation tube 427 , the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 of the autorotation tube hook 560 will cooperate with the limiting groove 594 . Specifically, the terminal instrument 321 is first docked with the autorotation tube 427 along the lengthwise direction. Parts of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third section pass through the first slot section 608 to reach the second slot section 610 . At this time, the end instrument 321 is rotated relative to the rotation tube 427 , so that the parts of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 in the third section move along the second groove segment 610 . At this time, the first hook stop surface 562 of the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 faces the limiting groove wall 600 . In this way, when the end instrument 321 is moved away from the rotation tube 427, the first hook stop surface 562 will abut against the limit groove wall 600, so as to stop the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427, and avoid both separate.
在一些实施方式中,请一并参阅图23至25。末端器械321的刀架602收容在器械外管606内。刀架602远离器械第一端588的端部设置有沿着所述刀架602的周向延伸的环形凹槽,该环形凹槽可以作为限位槽594的第二槽段610。刀架602的所述端部被环形凹槽区隔形成了一个周向凸缘612。在周向凸缘612上形成至少两个第一槽段608。至少两个第一槽段608可以分别与第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582对应。如此,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582可以伸入第一槽段608,并在末端器械321相对自转管427转动时,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582处于第一区间的部分,沿着第二槽段610移动。In some implementations, please refer to Figures 23 to 25 together. The tool holder 602 of the terminal instrument 321 is accommodated in the instrument outer tube 606 . The end of the knife holder 602 away from the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with an annular groove extending along the circumference of the knife holder 602 , and the annular groove can be used as the second groove segment 610 of the limiting groove 594 . Said end of the tool holder 602 is separated by an annular groove forming a circumferential flange 612 . At least two first groove segments 608 are formed on the circumferential flange 612 . At least two first slot segments 608 may correspond to the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 respectively. In this way, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 can extend into the first groove section 608, and when the terminal instrument 321 rotates relative to the rotation tube 427, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are in the first interval. The part moves along the second groove segment 610.
具体的,第一挂钩止挡面562与第二挂钩止挡面584之间的距离,可以略大于周向凸缘612沿着纵长方向的厚度。如此,周向凸缘612可以进入挂钩臂凹槽586中。如此,第一挂钩止挡面562和第二挂钩止挡面584与周向凸缘612间隙配合,限定末端器械321和自转管427沿着纵长方向的相对位置。Specifically, the distance between the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 may be slightly greater than the thickness of the circumferential flange 612 along the longitudinal direction. As such, the circumferential flange 612 may enter into the hook arm groove 586 . In this way, the first hook stop surface 562 and the second hook stop surface 584 are in clearance fit with the circumferential flange 612 to define the relative positions of the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
在一些实施方式中,周向凸缘612与第一槽段608相邻的部分形成有凸缘台阶614,和面向第一槽段608的凸缘侧面616。凸缘台阶614能被收容在挂钩臂凹槽586中,如此实现允许第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582相对于周向凸缘612转动。进一步的,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582相对于周向凸缘612转动过凸缘台阶614之后,会分别与凸缘侧面616抵接。如此,通过凸缘侧面616可以限定自转管挂钩560相较于刀架602的转动幅度。In some embodiments, a portion of the circumferential flange 612 adjacent to the first slot segment 608 is formed with a flange step 614 , and a flange side 616 facing the first slot segment 608 . The flange step 614 can be received in the hook arm groove 586 , which allows the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 to rotate relative to the circumferential flange 612 . Further, after the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 rotate through the flange step 614 relative to the circumferential flange 612 , they will abut against the flange side 616 respectively. In this way, the rotation range of the rotation tube hook 560 compared with the tool holder 602 can be limited by the flange side 616 .
在末端器械321与自转管427安装之后,第一挂钩臂580和第二挂钩臂582处于所述第一区间的结构,至少部分收容在第二槽段610中,所述第二区间对应的挂钩臂凹槽586收容部分周向凸缘612。After the terminal instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 are installed, the first hook arm 580 and the second hook arm 582 are in the structure of the first section, at least partially accommodated in the second groove section 610, and the hooks in the second section correspond to The arm groove 586 receives a portion of the circumferential flange 612 .
在一些实施方式中,刀架602收容在所述器械外管606内。具体的,刀架602设置有周向凸缘612的部分均收容在器械外管606内部。如此,可以对刀架602的内部结构给与一定的保护。在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606能相对所述刀架602沿着所述末端器械321的纵长方向的方向移动。即,器械外管606可以被长轴组件320驱动进而触发末端器械321的功能。可见,将刀架602收容在器械外管606内部,实现沿着纵长方向,提供了一定的空间距离,为自转管挂钩560与刀架602的空间结构,以及为机械外管606与长轴组件320的空间结构,提供了设计便利。In some embodiments, the knife holder 602 is housed within the instrument outer tube 606 . Specifically, the part of the knife holder 602 provided with the circumferential flange 612 is all accommodated inside the outer tube 606 of the instrument. In this way, the internal structure of the knife holder 602 can be protected to a certain extent. In some embodiments, the instrument outer tube 606 can move relative to the tool holder 602 along the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 . That is, the instrument outer tube 606 can be driven by the major shaft assembly 320 to trigger the function of the tip instrument 321 . It can be seen that housing the knife rest 602 inside the outer tube 606 of the instrument provides a certain space distance along the longitudinal direction, which is the space structure between the rotation tube hook 560 and the knife rest 602, and the distance between the mechanical outer tube 606 and the long axis. The spatial structure of the module 320 provides design convenience.
在一些实施方式中,请一并参阅图23至26。所述刀架602沿着所述末端器械321的纵长方向呈中空设置,所 述刀架602内收容有所述末端器械321的推刀杆604,所述推刀杆604伸出所述刀架602。In some embodiments, please refer to FIGS. 23 to 26 together. The knife holder 602 is hollow along the longitudinal direction of the terminal instrument 321, and the knife holder 602 accommodates the pusher rod 604 of the terminal instrument 321, and the pusher rod 604 extends out of the knife Rack 602.
推刀杆604可以用于推动末端器械321的刀头(图中未示出)。推刀杆604靠近器械第一端588的端部用于与刀头配合。推刀杆604伸出刀架602的端部用于与击发杆450配接。具体的,推刀杆604远离器械第一端588的端部,设置有沿着周向延伸的刀杆收径618。推刀杆604与刀杆收径618相邻的部分周向外径,大于刀杆收径618的外径。通过刀杆收径618在推刀杆604的端部间隔出一部分作为刀杆连接头620。刀杆连接头620可以与击发杆450的连接槽622卡接。如此,实现推刀杆604与击发杆450沿着纵长方向限位。如此,推刀杆604可以被击发杆450推动,进而推动刀头。The knife push rod 604 can be used to push the knife head (not shown) of the end instrument 321 . The end of the pusher bar 604 near the first end 588 of the instrument is adapted to engage a knife head. The pusher rod 604 protrudes from the end of the knife holder 602 for mating with the firing rod 450 . Specifically, the end of the knife pushing rod 604 away from the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with a narrowing diameter 618 of the knife rod extending along the circumferential direction. The circumferential outer diameter of the portion of the push rod 604 adjacent to the narrow diameter 618 of the knife bar is larger than the outer diameter of the narrow diameter 618 of the knife bar. A part is spaced at the end of the pusher rod 604 by the cutter rod narrowing diameter 618 as the cutter rod connecting head 620 . The knife rod connecting head 620 can be engaged with the connecting groove 622 of the firing rod 450 . In this way, the positioning of the pusher rod 604 and the firing rod 450 along the longitudinal direction is realized. In this way, the pusher rod 604 can be pushed by the firing rod 450, thereby pushing the cutting head.
在一些实施方式中,请参阅图23和图24。所述末端器械321的刀架602与所述末端执行器340转动连接。For some implementations, see Figures 23 and 24. The tool holder 602 of the end instrument 321 is rotatably connected with the end effector 340 .
末端执行器340的钉座596具有面对钉砧598的钉座顶面700。在末端器械321被施加工作时,会将被操作的物体夹紧于钉座顶面700与钉砧598之间。刀架602与末端执行器340可以相对转动的轴线与钉座顶面700,在空间上相交。具体的,例如,可以将钉座顶面700抽象成一个平面,该平面与该轴线存在交点。优选地,所述轴线可以与所述平面趋于垂直。当然,在一些实施方式中,所述轴线也可以与所述平面之间存在交点,但二者不垂直。如此,可以满足一些用途的需要。The pad 596 of the end effector 340 has a pad top surface 700 that faces the anvil 598 . When the end instrument 321 is applied to work, the object to be operated will be clamped between the top surface 700 of the nail seat and the nail anvil 598 . The relative rotation axis of the tool holder 602 and the end effector 340 intersects with the top surface 700 of the nail base in space. Specifically, for example, the nail seat top surface 700 can be abstracted into a plane, and there is an intersection between the plane and the axis. Preferably, the axis may tend to be perpendicular to the plane. Certainly, in some implementation manners, there may also be an intersection point between the axis and the plane, but the two are not perpendicular. In this way, the needs of some purposes can be met.
在一实施方式中,提供一种手术器械,包括驱动装置310和自转管427,所述自转管427沿纵长方向延伸具有第一端351和第二端353;所述第一端351用于安装末端器械321,所述第二端353用于与所述驱动装置310耦合;所述自转管427的所述第一端351具有沿着所述纵长方向突出的管件挂钩560,所述管件挂钩560具有面向所述第二端353的第一挂钩止挡面562,所述第一挂钩止挡面562用于沿着所述纵长方向阻止所述末端器械321相对所述自转管427远离所述第二端353。In one embodiment, a surgical instrument is provided, including a driving device 310 and an autorotation tube 427, the autorotation tube 427 extending along a lengthwise direction has a first end 351 and a second end 353; the first end 351 is used for The terminal instrument 321 is installed, and the second end 353 is used for coupling with the driving device 310; the first end 351 of the rotation tube 427 has a tube hook 560 protruding along the longitudinal direction, and the tube The hook 560 has a first hook stop surface 562 facing the second end 353, and the first hook stop surface 562 is used to prevent the terminal instrument 321 from moving away from the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction. The second end 353 .
在一实施方式中,提供一种末端器械,所述末端器械321沿纵长方向具有器械第一端588和器械第二端590;其中,所述器械第一端588设置有末端执行器340,所述器械第二端590用于耦合至一手术器械300的一管件;其中,所述末端器械321靠近所述器械第二端590的区域设置有限位槽594;所述限位槽594用于约束末端器械321与管件沿着末端器械321纵长方向的相对位置。In one embodiment, an end instrument is provided, the end instrument 321 has an instrument first end 588 and an instrument second end 590 along the longitudinal direction; wherein, the first end 588 of the instrument is provided with an end effector 340, The second end 590 of the instrument is used to be coupled to a tube of a surgical instrument 300; wherein, the terminal instrument 321 is provided with a limiting groove 594 near the second end 590 of the instrument; the limiting groove 594 is used for The relative positions of the end instrument 321 and the tube along the longitudinal direction of the end instrument 321 are constrained.
在一些实施方式中,如图3所示,所述手术器械300包括驱动装置310、长轴组件320和末端器械321;In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3 , the surgical instrument 300 includes a driving device 310 , a long shaft assembly 320 and a terminal instrument 321 ;
所述长轴组件320沿纵长方向延伸具有第一端351和第二端353;第一端用于安装末端器械321,所述第二端用于与所述驱动装置310耦合;所述长轴组件320包括一管件和至少部分收容在所述管件内的驱动杆;所述驱动杆能被所述驱动装置310驱动沿着所述纵长方向移动;The long shaft assembly 320 has a first end 351 and a second end 353 extending along the lengthwise direction; the first end is used for installing the terminal instrument 321, and the second end is used for coupling with the driving device 310; The shaft assembly 320 includes a tube and a driving rod at least partially accommodated in the tube; the driving rod can be driven by the driving device 310 to move along the longitudinal direction;
如图23和图24所示,所述末端器械321沿所述纵长方向延伸具有器械第一端588和器械第二端590;所述器械第一端588设置有末端执行器340,所述器械第二端590与所述长轴组件320的所述第一端配接;所述末端器械321还包括刀架602和摆动拉杆组件702。As shown in Figures 23 and 24, the end instrument 321 extends along the lengthwise direction with an instrument first end 588 and an instrument second end 590; the instrument first end 588 is provided with an end effector 340, the The second end 590 of the instrument is mated with the first end of the long shaft assembly 320 ;
请一并参阅图23、图24、图27和图28。末端器械321可以具有驱动末端执行器340相对刀架602摆动的摆动拉杆组件702。具体的,摆动拉杆组件702可以包括:与所述末端执行器340转动连接的第一拉杆704;与所述第一拉杆704和所述刀架602转动连接的第二拉杆706;与所述第二拉杆706转动连接的第三拉杆708,所述刀架602位于所述第一拉杆704和所述第三拉杆708之间,所述第三拉杆708用于与长轴组件320的驱动杆连接。Please refer to Figure 23, Figure 24, Figure 27 and Figure 28 together. The end instrument 321 may have a swing rod assembly 702 that drives the end effector 340 to swing relative to the tool holder 602 . Specifically, the swing rod assembly 702 may include: a first rod 704 rotatably connected to the end effector 340 ; a second rod 706 rotatably connected to the first rod 704 and the tool holder 602 ; The second pull rod 706 is rotatably connected to the third pull rod 708 , the tool holder 602 is located between the first pull rod 704 and the third pull rod 708 , and the third pull rod 708 is used to connect with the driving rod of the long shaft assembly 320 .
具体的,在一些实施方式中,第三拉杆708可以用于与长轴组件320的第一驱动杆355连接,如此,第一驱动杆355被驱动沿着自转管427的纵长方向移动时,可以带动第三拉杆708一同移动,第三拉杆708可以带动第二拉杆706相对刀架602转动。进而使得第一拉杆704在第二拉杆706的作用下,具有与第三拉杆708相反的移动方向,如此,第一拉杆704可以带动末端执行器340相对于刀架602转动。通过上述描述,实现了末端执行器340相对于刀架602摆动,即调整末端执行器340相对刀架602的角度的过程。进一步的,在将末端器械321安装至长轴组件320之后,刀架602与长轴组件320的自转管427的位置相对固定。如此,在调整了末端执行器340相对于刀架602的角度之后,也实现调整了末端执行器340相对于自转管427的角度。在一些实施方式中,所述自转管427被所述驱动装置310驱动转动时,所述摆动拉杆组件702随同所述自转管427一同转动。如此,在通过摆动拉杆组件702调整末端执行器340的角度基础上,通过驱动自转管427转动,可以沿着周向调整末端执行器340的角度。Specifically, in some embodiments, the third pull rod 708 can be used to connect with the first driving rod 355 of the long shaft assembly 320, so that when the first driving rod 355 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427, It can drive the third pull rod 708 to move together, and the third pull rod 708 can drive the second pull rod 706 to rotate relative to the knife holder 602 . Furthermore, the first pull rod 704 has a moving direction opposite to that of the third pull rod 708 under the action of the second pull rod 706 , so that the first pull rod 704 can drive the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the knife post 602 . Through the above description, the swing of the end effector 340 relative to the knife post 602 is achieved, that is, the process of adjusting the angle of the end effector 340 relative to the knife post 602 . Further, after the terminal instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320 , the positions of the tool holder 602 and the rotation tube 427 of the long shaft assembly 320 are relatively fixed. In this way, after the angle of the end effector 340 relative to the tool post 602 is adjusted, the angle of the end effector 340 relative to the rotation tube 427 is also adjusted. In some embodiments, when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate by the driving device 310 , the swing rod assembly 702 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 . In this way, on the basis of adjusting the angle of the end effector 340 through the swing rod assembly 702 , by driving the rotation tube 427 to rotate, the angle of the end effector 340 can be adjusted along the circumferential direction.
在一些实施方式中,为了使得摆动拉杆组件702可以对于末端执行器321施加的力更加稳定。所述摆动拉杆组件702还可以包括分别与所述末端执行器321和所述第二拉杆706转动连接的第四拉杆710。所述第四拉杆710与所述第一拉杆704相对所述刀架602对称设置。In some embodiments, in order to make the swing rod assembly 702 more stable to the force exerted by the end effector 321 . The swing rod assembly 702 may further include a fourth rod 710 rotatably connected to the end effector 321 and the second rod 706 respectively. The fourth pull rod 710 and the first pull rod 704 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the knife holder 602 .
将第四拉杆710与第一拉杆704相对于刀架602对称设置。如此,第四拉杆710和第一拉杆704作用于末端执行器340的力更加均匀。再者,结构上,末端执行器340被维持在某一个相对于刀架602的角度时,受到外部的作用力的情况下,会由第一拉杆704和第四拉杆710承接应力,实现更好的维持末端执行器340与刀架602之间的角度。The fourth pull rod 710 and the first pull rod 704 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the knife holder 602 . In this way, the force exerted by the fourth pull rod 710 and the first pull rod 704 on the end effector 340 is more uniform. Furthermore, structurally, when the end effector 340 is maintained at a certain angle relative to the tool post 602, when it is subjected to an external force, the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 will bear the stress to achieve better The angle between end effector 340 and tool post 602 is maintained.
在一些实施方式中,所述第二拉杆706、所述第三拉杆708和所述第四拉杆710通过第一销轴712连接。In some embodiments, the second tie rod 706 , the third tie rod 708 and the fourth tie rod 710 are connected by a first pin shaft 712 .
如此,通过拉动第三拉杆708,就可以使得第二拉杆706和第四拉杆712趋于同时运动。具体的,第二拉杆706可以进一步拉动第一拉杆704。如此,实现只需要拉动第三拉杆708,便可以驱动第一拉杆704和第四拉杆712向末端执行器340施加方向相反的力,进而实现驱动末端执行器340相对于刀架602转动。In this way, by pulling the third pull rod 708, the second pull rod 706 and the fourth pull rod 712 tend to move simultaneously. Specifically, the second pull rod 706 can further pull the first pull rod 704 . In this way, the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 712 can be driven to apply forces in opposite directions to the end effector 340 only by pulling the third pull rod 708 , and then the end effector 340 can be driven to rotate relative to the knife post 602 .
在一些实施方式中,所述第一拉杆704和所述第四拉杆712分别通过第二销轴716和第三销轴718与所述末端执行器340连接。In some embodiments, the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 712 are respectively connected to the end effector 340 through a second pin shaft 716 and a third pin shaft 718 .
在第一拉杆704和第四拉杆712被施加相反的力,发生沿着刀架602的纵长延伸方向相反向的运动时,可以分别通过第二销轴716和第三销轴718施加使末端执行器340转动的力。进而,实现末端器械321相对于自转管427的摆动功能。When the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 712 are exerted with opposite forces, and when opposite motions occur along the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602, the ends can be applied through the second pin shaft 716 and the third pin shaft 718 respectively to make the The force by which the actuator 340 rotates. Furthermore, the swing function of the terminal instrument 321 relative to the rotation tube 427 is realized.
在一些实施方式中,第一拉杆704与第二拉杆706通过第四销轴720连接。第二拉杆706与刀架602之间通过第五销轴722连接。In some embodiments, the first pull rod 704 is connected to the second pull rod 706 through a fourth pin 720 . The second pull rod 706 is connected to the tool holder 602 through a fifth pin shaft 722 .
当然,在一些实施方式中,第三拉杆708也可以与第一拉杆704、第二拉杆706通过第四销轴720连接。如此,第三拉杆708被拉动沿着刀架602的纵长延伸方向移动时,会通过第四销轴720带动第一拉杆704同向移动,也带动第二拉杆706相对第五销轴722转动,进而带动第四拉杆710相对第一拉杆704的反向移动。如此,第一拉杆704通过第二销轴716向末端执行器340施加力,第四拉杆710通过第三销轴718向末端执行器340施加力。进而,使得末端执行器340相对刀架602转动。在一些实施方式中,第五销轴722可以沿着第二拉杆706的延伸方向处于第二拉杆706的中间位置。使得,第三拉杆708和第一拉杆704相对于第五销轴722的力矩较为均衡。Of course, in some implementations, the third pull rod 708 may also be connected with the first pull rod 704 and the second pull rod 706 through the fourth pin shaft 720 . In this way, when the third pull rod 708 is pulled to move along the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602, it will drive the first pull rod 704 to move in the same direction through the fourth pin shaft 720, and also drive the second pull rod 706 to rotate relative to the fifth pin shaft 722 , and further drives the reverse movement of the fourth pull rod 710 relative to the first pull rod 704 . In this way, the first pull rod 704 applies force to the end effector 340 through the second pin 716 , and the fourth pull rod 710 applies force to the end effector 340 through the third pin 718 . Further, the end effector 340 is rotated relative to the tool post 602 . In some implementations, the fifth pin shaft 722 may be at a middle position of the second pull rod 706 along the extending direction of the second pull rod 706 . As a result, the moments of the third pull rod 708 and the first pull rod 704 relative to the fifth pin 722 are relatively balanced.
在一些实施方式中,第一拉杆708、第二拉杆706、第三拉杆708和第四拉杆712可以采用较为牢固的材料制成。In some embodiments, the first tie rod 708 , the second tie rod 706 , the third tie rod 708 and the fourth tie rod 712 can be made of stronger materials.
在一些实施方式中,所述末端执行器340与所述第一拉杆704和所述第四拉杆710连接的部分定义第一指示线,所述第二拉杆706的延伸方向定义第二指示线;所述第一指示线与所述第二指示线趋于平行。In some embodiments, the part of the end effector 340 connected to the first rod 704 and the fourth rod 710 defines a first indicator line, and the extension direction of the second rod 706 defines a second indicator line; The first indicator line and the second indicator line tend to be parallel.
在本实施方式中,末端执行器340通过第二销轴716与第一拉杆704连接,通过第三销轴718与第四拉杆710连接。如此,可以通过第二销轴716与第三销轴718的轴线所在的位置,形成连线即为所述第一指示线。当然,第一指示线不限于上述方式构建,例如,末端执行器340具有安装第二销轴716和第三销轴718的两个销轴孔。在该两个销轴孔的同一侧做与该两个销轴孔都相切的切线,该切线也可以作为所述第一指示线。In this embodiment, the end effector 340 is connected to the first pull rod 704 through the second pin shaft 716 , and connected to the fourth pull rod 710 through the third pin shaft 718 . In this way, through the positions of the axes of the second pin shaft 716 and the third pin shaft 718 , a connecting line can be formed, which is the first indicating line. Certainly, the construction of the first indicating line is not limited to the above manner, for example, the end effector 340 has two pin holes for installing the second pin shaft 716 and the third pin shaft 718 . On the same side of the two pin shaft holes, a tangent line tangent to the two pin shaft holes is made, and the tangent line can also be used as the first indicator line.
通过结构上设置,使得形成的第一指示线与第二指示线趋于平行。如此,可以实现末端执行器340相对于自转管427具有较大的摆动角度。可以更加广泛的适用于更多的使用需求。当然,所属领域技术人员可以理解,第一指示线和第二指示线是通过机械结构形成的线条,在此仅仅用于清楚表达结构特征。实际上,通过机械结构形成的第一指示线和第二指示线难以实现绝对意义上的平行关系。Structurally, the formed first indicator line and the second indicator line tend to be parallel. In this way, a larger swing angle of the end effector 340 relative to the rotation tube 427 can be realized. It can be more widely applicable to more usage requirements. Of course, those skilled in the art can understand that the first indicator line and the second indicator line are lines formed by a mechanical structure, and are only used to clearly express structural features here. In fact, it is difficult to achieve an absolute parallel relationship between the first indicator line and the second indicator line formed by the mechanical structure.
第二拉杆706可以整体上纵长延伸。出于合理利用空间的设置,第二拉杆706的整体上可以采用较为扁平的形状。进一步的,为了贴合末端器械321的器械外管606,第二拉杆706可以具有与器械外管606相适配的弧度。如此,可以相对减少器械外管606的内部空间占用。The second tie rod 706 may extend lengthwise as a whole. For rational utilization of space, the second tie rod 706 may adopt a relatively flat shape as a whole. Further, in order to fit the outer instrument tube 606 of the terminal instrument 321 , the second pull rod 706 may have a curvature suitable for the outer instrument tube 606 . In this way, the internal space occupied by the outer tube 606 of the instrument can be relatively reduced.
在一些实施方式中,所述末端器械321的器械外管606可以包括:套设在所述末端执行器340的第一外管段724,套设在所述刀架602上的第二外管段726,以及分别与所述第一外管段724和所述第二外管段726转动连接的外管结合件728。In some embodiments, the instrument outer tube 606 of the end instrument 321 may include: a first outer tube segment 724 sleeved on the end effector 340 , a second outer tube segment 726 sleeved on the knife holder 602 , and an outer tube joint 728 that is rotatably connected to the first outer tube segment 724 and the second outer tube segment 726 respectively.
第一外管段724和第二外管段726都可以相对于外管结合件728转动。如此,可以将外管结合件728的位置设置在临近末端执行器340与第一拉杆704连接的部分。如此,在第一拉杆704带动末端执行器340相对于刀架602转动时,套设在末端执行器340的第一外管段724可以与第二外管段726相对转动,如此结构上,避免器械外管606阻碍末端器械321的摆动功能。Both the first outer tube section 724 and the second outer tube section 726 are rotatable relative to the outer tube coupling 728 . In this way, the position of the outer tube coupling member 728 can be set close to the part where the end effector 340 is connected to the first pull rod 704 . In this way, when the first pull rod 704 drives the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the tool holder 602, the first outer tube segment 724 sleeved on the end effector 340 can rotate relative to the second outer tube segment 726. Tube 606 obstructs the swinging function of tip instrument 321 .
在一些实施方式中,所述第一拉杆704和所述第四拉杆710定义一个基准面。所述第二销轴716和所述第三销轴718在所述基准面的投影,沿着所述刀架的纵长延伸方向处于所述外管结合件728在所述基准面的投影范围内。In some embodiments, the first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 define a datum. The projections of the second pin axis 716 and the third pin axis 718 on the reference plane are within the projection range of the outer tube joint 728 on the reference plane along the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder Inside.
基准面可以是由第一拉杆704和第四拉杆710的相同侧表面共同确定。可以理解为,基准面可以同时经过第一拉杆704和第四拉杆710的同侧两个表面。当然,也可以是第一拉杆704和第四拉杆710的中心线所共面的平面,作为基准面。当然,所属领域技术人员在本说明书实施方式揭示内容启示下,还可以做出其他变更,都应涵盖于本案权利要求保护范围内。The reference plane may be jointly defined by the same side surface of the first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 . It can be understood that the reference plane may pass through the two surfaces on the same side of the first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 at the same time. Of course, a plane coplanar with the centerlines of the first tie rod 704 and the fourth tie rod 710 may also be used as the reference plane. Of course, those skilled in the art may make other changes under the inspiration of the disclosure of the implementation modes in this specification, and all of them shall be covered within the protection scope of the claims of this case.
刀架602整体上纵长延伸形成刀架602的纵长延伸方向。在将末端器械321安装至长轴组件320之后,刀架602的纵长延伸方向可以与长轴组件320的纵长方向趋于相同方向。The tool holder 602 extends longitudinally as a whole to form the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 . After the end instrument 321 is mounted on the long shaft assembly 320 , the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 may tend to be the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly 320 .
外管结合件728在该基准面的投影,可以形成一定的投影范围。具体的,其可能会形成一个图形,使得其在刀架602的纵长延伸方向形成一定长度范围,可以将该长度范围作为沿着刀架602的纵长延伸方向的投影范围。为了减少器械外管606对于末端器械321执行摆动功能的干涉,可以通过结构设置使得,将第一拉杆704和第四拉杆710与末端执行器340的连接部分处于该投影范围内。The projection of the outer tube joint 728 on the reference plane can form a certain projection range. Specifically, it may form a figure such that it forms a certain length range in the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 , and this length range may be used as a projection range along the longitudinal extension direction of the tool holder 602 . In order to reduce the interference of the instrument outer tube 606 on the end instrument 321 performing the swing function, structural settings can be made so that the connection parts between the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 and the end effector 340 are within the projected range.
末端器械321可以具有一个初始状态。在所述初始状态时,钉砧598和钉座596之间处于张开位置,末端执行器340与刀架602之间的角度可以为180°。如此,在没有执行器械外管606相对于刀架602移动时,第一拉杆704和第四拉杆710被驱动拉动末端执行器340相对于刀架602转动一个角度。此时,外管结合件728会至少相对于第一外管段724转动,使得套设在末端执行器340的第一外管段724可以随着末端执行器340转动。 End instrument 321 may have an initial state. In the initial state, the anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 are in an open position, and the angle between the end effector 340 and the knife rest 602 may be 180°. In this way, when the outer tube 606 of the executing instrument is not moving relative to the knife frame 602 , the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 are driven to pull the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the knife frame 602 by an angle. At this time, the outer tube coupling member 728 at least rotates relative to the first outer tube segment 724 , so that the first outer tube segment 724 sleeved on the end effector 340 can rotate with the end effector 340 .
在一些情况下,器械外管606可以沿着刀架602的纵长延伸方向靠近末端执行器340移动,可以触发末端执行器340的夹持功能。具体的,器械外管606向着末端执行器340移动,可以促使钉砧598与钉座596相对靠近。如此,实现末端器械321的夹持功能。In some cases, instrument outer tube 606 may be moved proximate to end effector 340 along the lengthwise extension of tool holder 602 , which may trigger the clamping function of end effector 340 . Specifically, the movement of the instrument outer tube 606 toward the end effector 340 can make the anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 relatively close. In this way, the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 is realized.
此时,执行夹持功能时,第二外管段726被驱动向着末端执行器340移动,如此,推动外管结合件728。由于,末端执行器340已经相对刀架602转动一个角度,使得外管结合件728会相对第一外管段724和第二外管段726都发生相对转动。以使得,第一外管段724可以被推动以使钉砧598与钉座596相对靠近,并可以最终处于闭合状态,实现末端器械321的夹持功能。这个过程中,外管结合件728会发生位置移动,使得在基准面的投影也发生移动。初始状态时,外管结合件728在基准面的投影,至钉砧598与钉座596处于闭合状态时,外管结合件728在基准面的投影作为一个连续的投影范围。通过结构上的设置,使得第一拉杆704和第四拉杆710在该基准面的投影,始终处于所述投影范围内,实现通过第一外管段724、外管结合件728和第二外管段726可以提供较佳的适配末端执行器340相对于刀架602的转动能力。即,在末端执行器340相对于刀架602之间发生转动一定角度(二者之间非180°)时,还可以在一定程度上,实现通过器械外管606驱动末端器械321的夹持功能。At this time, when performing the clamping function, the second outer tube segment 726 is driven to move toward the end effector 340 , so that the outer tube coupling part 728 is pushed. Since the end effector 340 has rotated an angle relative to the tool holder 602 , the outer tube joint 728 will rotate relative to both the first outer tube segment 724 and the second outer tube segment 726 . In this way, the first outer tube segment 724 can be pushed to make the anvil 598 relatively close to the nail seat 596 , and can finally be in a closed state to realize the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 . During this process, the position of the outer tube joint 728 will move, so that the projection on the reference plane will also move. In the initial state, the projection of the outer tube coupling member 728 on the datum plane becomes a continuous projection range when the anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 are in a closed state. Through the structural setting, the projections of the first pull rod 704 and the fourth pull rod 710 on the reference plane are always within the projection range, so that the first outer pipe section 724, the outer pipe joint 728 and the second outer pipe section 726 A better fit for the rotational capability of the end effector 340 relative to the tool post 602 may be provided. That is, when the end effector 340 is rotated at a certain angle (not 180° between the two) relative to the knife rest 602, the clamping function of the end instrument 321 driven by the instrument outer tube 606 can also be realized to a certain extent .
在一些实施方式中,请参阅图3、图7、图23、图24和图29,手术器械300包括执行手术的末端器械321,还包括:沿着纵长方向延伸的管件,和至少部分收容在所述管件内的驱动杆;所述驱动杆能相对所述管件沿着所述纵长方向移动;所述驱动杆收容在所述管件内的部分连接有穿过所述管件的管壁的外管连接件460。In some embodiments, please refer to FIG. 3 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 23 , FIG. 24 and FIG. 29 , the surgical instrument 300 includes a terminal instrument 321 for performing surgery, and also includes: a tubular member extending along the longitudinal direction, and at least partially receiving The driving rod in the pipe; the driving rod can move along the longitudinal direction relative to the pipe; the part of the driving rod accommodated in the pipe is connected with a pipe wall passing through the pipe Outer tube connector 460 .
所述末端器械321具有用于与所述管件套接的器械外管606,以及钉砧598和钉座596;所述器械外管606套 接在所述管件上的部分与所述外管连接件460配接,使得所述器械外管606能被所述驱动杆驱动而沿着所述纵长方向移动以驱动所述末端器械321的钉砧598相对于钉座596张开或闭合。The terminal instrument 321 has an instrument outer tube 606 for being socketed with the tube, as well as an anvil 598 and a nail seat 596; the part of the instrument outer tube 606 sleeved on the tube is connected to the outer tube 460 , so that the instrument outer tube 606 can be driven by the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction to drive the anvil 598 of the terminal instrument 321 to open or close relative to the nail seat 596 .
在一些实施方式中,所述末端器械321包括一刀架602,所述刀架602收容在所述器械外管606内,钉砧598和钉座596设置在所述刀架602的末端;In some embodiments, the terminal instrument 321 includes a knife frame 602, the knife frame 602 is accommodated in the instrument outer tube 606, and the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 are arranged at the end of the knife frame 602;
所述管件为自转管427,所述自转管427与所述刀架602连接,并用于驱动所述末端器械321自转,所述器械外管606收容部分所述自转管427。The pipe is a rotation tube 427 , which is connected to the knife holder 602 and is used to drive the terminal instrument 321 to rotate. The instrument outer tube 606 accommodates part of the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606的连接结构包括器械外管606的外管槽808,所述外管槽808能收容从所述管件内伸出的外管连接件460;所述外管连接件460位于所述管件内的部分与所述驱动杆连接;In some embodiments, the connection structure of the outer tube 606 of the instrument includes an outer tube groove 808 of the outer tube 606 of the instrument, and the outer tube groove 808 can accommodate the outer tube connector 460 protruding from the tube; The part of the outer tube connector 460 located inside the tube is connected to the driving rod;
所述管件的管壁对应所述外管连接件460的区域,设置有沿着所述纵长方向延伸的自转管导向孔810,所述驱动杆能驱动所述外管连接件460沿着所述自转管导向孔810移动。The tube wall of the tube corresponds to the area of the outer tube connector 460, and is provided with a rotation tube guide hole 810 extending along the longitudinal direction, and the driving rod can drive the outer tube connector 460 along the outer tube connector 460. The rotation tube guide hole 810 moves.
在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606对应所述外管槽808的位置套设有紧固管814。In some embodiments, the outer tube 606 of the instrument is sleeved with a fastening tube 814 at a position corresponding to the outer tube groove 808 .
在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606被所述外管连接件460相对于所述自转管427周向限位。In some embodiments, the instrument outer tube 606 is circumferentially limited relative to the rotation tube 427 by the outer tube connector 460 .
在一些实施方式中,所述末端器械321的器械外管606内设置有刀架602,所述自转管427部分伸入所述末端器械的器械外管606内,与所述末端器械的刀架602连接。In some embodiments, the outer instrument tube 606 of the terminal instrument 321 is provided with a knife holder 602, and the rotation tube 427 partially extends into the instrument outer tube 606 of the terminal instrument, and is connected with the knife holder of the terminal instrument. 602 connection.
在一些实施方式中,所述自转管427的管壁对应所述外管连接件460的区域,设置有沿着所述纵长方向延伸的自转管导向孔816,所述驱动杆能驱动所述外管连接件460沿着所述自转管导向孔816移动。In some embodiments, the tube wall of the autorotation tube 427 corresponds to the area of the outer tube connector 460, and is provided with a self-rotation tube guide hole 816 extending along the longitudinal direction, and the driving rod can drive the The outer tube connector 460 moves along the rotation tube guide hole 816 .
在一些实施方式中,所述自转管导向孔816与外管连接件460沿着所述纵长方向的长度差值处于4毫米至7毫米以内。In some embodiments, the length difference between the rotation tube guide hole 816 and the outer tube connector 460 along the longitudinal direction is within 4 mm to 7 mm.
进一步的,在一些实施方式中,器械外管606能被驱动装置310驱动相对所述自转管427,沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向移动,以驱动所述末端器械321的钉砧598相对于钉座596张开或闭合。器械外管606可以与自转管427进行套接,二者之间可以沿着自转管427的纵长方向相对移动。Further, in some embodiments, the instrument outer tube 606 can be driven by the driving device 310 to move relative to the autorotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction of the autorotation tube 427 to drive the anvil 598 of the terminal instrument 321 Open or close relative to the nail seat 596 . The instrument outer tube 606 can be socketed with the autorotation tube 427 , and the two can move relatively along the longitudinal direction of the autorotation tube 427 .
钉砧598与钉座596之间转动连接,使得通过钉砧598与钉座596之间的相对转动,实现钉砧598相对于钉座596张开或闭合。如此,实现末端器械321的夹持功能。The nail anvil 598 is rotationally connected to the nail seat 596, so that through the relative rotation between the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596, the nail anvil 598 is opened or closed relative to the nail seat 596. In this way, the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 is realized.
通过设置末端器械321的器械外管606能够相对于自转管427相对移动,来驱动末端器械321的夹持功能。整体结构上,设计较为合理,并且整体空间安排非常紧凑。The clamping function of the end instrument 321 is driven by setting the instrument outer tube 606 of the end instrument 321 to be able to move relative to the rotation tube 427 . In terms of overall structure, the design is more reasonable, and the overall space arrangement is very compact.
具体的,钉座596具有两个弧形槽800,钉砧598具有对应该弧形槽800中的两个凸销802。如此,钉砧598可以通过凸销802在弧形槽800中移动,以及钉砧598可以与钉座596之间相对转动。进一步的,钉砧598还设置有转动凸缘804,该转动凸缘804临近凸销802,并用于与器械外管606配合。具体的,钉砧598设置该凸销802和转动凸缘804的部分伸入器械外管606内。转动凸缘804会与器械外管606配接,使得在器械外管606相对于刀架602移动时,会推动该转动凸缘804,进而使得钉砧598通过凸销802沿着弧形槽800滑动,并在滑动过程中,钉砧598相对于钉座596转动。在一些具体的实施方式中,在器械外管606相对于自转管427向着第一端351的方向移动时,器械外管606会推动钉砧598靠近钉座596,使得钉砧598和钉座596闭合,进而实现末端器械321可以夹持物体。当器械外管606相对于自转管427向着第二端353的方向移动时,器械外管606会拉动钉砧598远离钉座596,使得钉砧598和钉座596之间张开。Specifically, the nail seat 596 has two arc-shaped grooves 800 , and the nail anvil 598 has two protruding pins 802 corresponding to the arc-shaped grooves 800 . In this way, the nail anvil 598 can move in the arc-shaped groove 800 through the protruding pin 802 , and the nail anvil 598 can rotate relative to the nail seat 596 . Further, the anvil 598 is also provided with a rotating flange 804 , which is adjacent to the protruding pin 802 and is used to cooperate with the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Specifically, the portion of the anvil 598 where the lug 802 and the rotating flange 804 are disposed extends into the outer tube 606 of the instrument. The rotating flange 804 will be matched with the instrument outer tube 606, so that when the instrument outer tube 606 moves relative to the knife rest 602, the rotating flange 804 will be pushed, and then the anvil 598 will pass through the lug 802 along the arc groove 800. Sliding, and in sliding process, nail anvil 598 rotates relative to nail seat 596. In some specific embodiments, when the instrument outer tube 606 moves toward the first end 351 relative to the rotation tube 427, the instrument outer tube 606 will push the nail anvil 598 close to the nail seat 596, so that the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 closed, thereby realizing that the end instrument 321 can clamp an object. When the instrument outer tube 606 moves toward the second end 353 relative to the rotation tube 427 , the instrument outer tube 606 will pull the anvil 598 away from the nail seat 596 , so that the space between the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 is opened.
在一些实施方式中,所述末端器械321的刀架602收容在所述器械外管606内。如此,末端器械321整体外在是较为规则的,便于包装和运输。进一步的,刀架602收容在器械外管606内,安装在刀架602上的推刀杆604和摆动拉杆组件702等,也都可以收容在器械外管606内,或者,至少大部分收容在器械外管606内。如此器械外管606可以形成了末端器械321的外部壳体381,给与内部结构一定程度上的保护。再者,也一定程度上避免外部环境可能对于末端器械321内部传动的干扰。In some embodiments, the tool holder 602 of the terminal instrument 321 is housed in the instrument outer tube 606 . In this way, the overall appearance of the end device 321 is relatively regular, which is convenient for packaging and transportation. Further, the knife rest 602 is accommodated in the outer tube 606 of the instrument, and the knife push rod 604 and the swing rod assembly 702 installed on the knife rest 602 can also be accommodated in the outer tube 606 of the instrument, or at least most of them are accommodated in the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Inside the outer tube 606 of the instrument. In this way, the instrument outer tube 606 can form the outer casing 381 of the terminal instrument 321, giving a certain degree of protection to the internal structure. Furthermore, the possible interference of the external environment on the internal transmission of the terminal device 321 is also avoided to a certain extent.
进一步的,自转管427需要与刀架602配接。使得,自转管427部分伸入器械外管606的内部,实现自转管427与刀架602的配接。即,所述器械外管606能收容部分所述自转管427,以使所述自转管427与所述刀架602连接。Further, the rotation tube 427 needs to be matched with the tool holder 602 . Thus, the autorotation tube 427 partly extends into the inside of the instrument outer tube 606 to realize the coupling between the autorotation tube 427 and the knife holder 602 . That is, the instrument outer tube 606 can accommodate part of the autorotation tube 427 , so that the autorotation tube 427 is connected to the knife holder 602 .
在一些实施方式中,第二驱动杆393收容在自转管427内的部分,设置有一个外管连接件460。自转管427对应外管连接件460的位置,具有贯通孔,即自转管导向孔810。外管连接件460能够从贯通孔伸出。进一步的,外管连接件460可以与末端器械321的器械外管606连接。如此,外管连接件460将第二驱动杆393、自转管427和器械外管606限位。使得,在自转管427沿着周向转动时,可以带动器械外管606一同转动,如此末端器械321也可以随同转动。In some embodiments, the part of the second driving rod 393 accommodated in the rotation tube 427 is provided with an outer tube connector 460 . The rotation tube 427 corresponds to the position of the outer tube connector 460 and has a through hole, that is, the rotation tube guide hole 810 . The outer tube connector 460 can protrude from the through hole. Further, the outer tube connector 460 can be connected with the instrument outer tube 606 of the terminal instrument 321 . In this way, the outer tube connector 460 limits the second driving rod 393 , the rotation tube 427 and the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Therefore, when the rotation tube 427 rotates along the circumferential direction, it can drive the instrument outer tube 606 to rotate together, so that the end instrument 321 can also rotate along with it.
在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606套在所述自转管427的部分,设置有与所述自转管427内部的驱动杆连接的连接结构,使得所述器械外管606能在第二驱动杆393的驱动下沿着所述自转管427的纵长方向相对所述自转管427移动。In some embodiments, the instrument outer tube 606 is sleeved on the part of the autorotation tube 427, and is provided with a connecting structure connected with the driving rod inside the autorotation tube 427, so that the instrument outer tube 606 can be rotated in the second Driven by the driving rod 393 , it moves relative to the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction of the rotation tube 427 .
器械外管606通过连接结构与长轴组件320的第二驱动杆393连接。如此,第二驱动杆393被驱动移动时,会通过连接结构带动器械外管606一同移动。如此实现可以通过驱动装置310驱动第二驱动杆393,通过第二驱动杆393带动器械外管606,最后由器械外管606驱动钉砧598相对钉座596移动,使得钉砧598和钉座596之间可以张开和闭合,实现了末端器械321的夹持功能。The instrument outer tube 606 is connected to the second driving rod 393 of the long shaft assembly 320 through a connecting structure. In this way, when the second driving rod 393 is driven to move, it will drive the outer tube 606 of the instrument to move together through the connecting structure. In this way, the second driving rod 393 can be driven by the driving device 310, the instrument outer tube 606 is driven by the second driving rod 393, and finally the nail anvil 598 is driven by the instrument outer tube 606 to move relative to the nail base 596, so that the nail anvil 598 and the nail base 596 They can be opened and closed to realize the clamping function of the terminal instrument 321 .
在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606的连接结构包括所述器械外管606的外管槽808,如图23,所述外管槽808能收容从所述自转管427内伸出的外管连接件460。所述外管连接件460位于所述自转管427内的部分与第二驱动杆393连接。In some embodiments, the connecting structure of the instrument outer tube 606 includes an outer tube groove 808 of the instrument outer tube 606, as shown in FIG. 23 , the outer tube groove 808 can accommodate the Outer tube connector 460 . The part of the outer tube connector 460 located in the rotation tube 427 is connected to the second driving rod 393 .
外管槽808可以是形成在器械外管606的盲孔,当然,外管槽808也可以是形成在器械外管606上的通孔。外管连接件460可以分别与第二驱动杆393和外管槽808连接。具体的,如图30所示。第二驱动杆393可以设置驱动杆开槽812。外管连接件460可以分别伸入第二驱动杆393的驱动杆开槽812和器械外管606的外管槽808中。如此通过空间上的设置,将外管连接件460夹于第二驱动杆393和器械外管606之间。实现,将第二驱动杆393与 器械外管606稳固连接。The outer tube groove 808 may be a blind hole formed on the outer tube 606 of the instrument, and of course, the outer tube groove 808 may also be a through hole formed on the outer tube 606 of the instrument. The outer tube connector 460 can be connected to the second driving rod 393 and the outer tube groove 808 respectively. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 30 . The second drive rod 393 may be provided with a drive rod slot 812 . The outer tube connector 460 can extend into the drive rod slot 812 of the second drive rod 393 and the outer tube slot 808 of the instrument outer tube 606 , respectively. Such a spatial arrangement clamps the outer tube connector 460 between the second driving rod 393 and the outer tube 606 of the instrument. Realize, the second driving rod 393 is firmly connected with the instrument outer tube 606.
所述外管连接件460穿过自转管427的管壁。如此,外管连接件460实现从自转管427内伸出,并伸入器械外管606的外管槽808中。The outer tube connector 460 passes through the tube wall of the rotation tube 427 . In this way, the outer tube connector 460 can protrude from the rotation tube 427 and extend into the outer tube groove 808 of the outer tube 606 of the instrument.
在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606与所述外管连接件460配接的外部,套设有热缩材料制成的紧固管814。具体的,例如,所述器械外管606对应所述外管槽808的位置套设有紧固管814。如图31所示。紧固管814紧固在器械外管606的表面。在一些实施方式中,对于外管槽808可以是通孔,此时通过紧固管814可以加固外管连接件460与外管槽808之间的位置关系。在一些实施方式中,紧固管814可以具有一定的弹性,如此可以通过弹性压紧在器械外管606上。在一些实施方式中,紧固管814可以是具有热缩性质的材料制成。In some embodiments, the exterior of the instrument outer tube 606 mated with the outer tube connector 460 is sleeved with a fastening tube 814 made of heat shrinkable material. Specifically, for example, the outer tube 606 of the instrument is sleeved with a fastening tube 814 at a position corresponding to the outer tube groove 808 . As shown in Figure 31. The fastening tube 814 is fastened to the surface of the instrument outer tube 606 . In some implementations, the outer tube groove 808 may be a through hole, at this time, the positional relationship between the outer tube connector 460 and the outer tube groove 808 can be strengthened by the fastening tube 814 . In some embodiments, the fastening tube 814 may have a certain degree of elasticity, so that it can be compressed on the outer tube 606 of the instrument through elasticity. In some embodiments, the fastening tube 814 may be made of heat-shrinkable material.
在一些实施方式中,所述器械外管606被所述连接结构806相对于所述自转管427周向限位。如此,在自转管427被驱动转动时,器械外管606可以随同一同转动。In some embodiments, the outer instrument tube 606 is limited in a circumferential direction relative to the rotation tube 427 by the connection structure 806 . In this way, when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate, the instrument outer tube 606 can rotate along with it.
在一些实施方式中,所述自转管427的管壁对应所述外管连接件460的区域,设置有沿着所述纵长方向延伸的自转管导向孔816,所述第二驱动杆393能驱动所述外管连接件460沿着所述自转管导向孔816移动。In some embodiments, the tube wall of the autorotation tube 427 corresponds to the area of the outer tube connector 460, and is provided with a self-rotation tube guide hole 816 extending along the longitudinal direction, and the second driving rod 393 can Driving the outer tube connecting member 460 to move along the rotation tube guide hole 816 .
外管连接件460穿过自转管导向孔810,并且,外管连接件460与自转管导向孔810之间为间隙配合。使得,外管连接件460可以相对于自转管导向孔810移动。如此,在第二驱动杆393被驱动装置310驱动移动时,外管连接件460可以随同第二驱动杆393沿着自转管导向孔810移动。进而,外管连接件460可以带动器械外管606一同移动。The outer tube connector 460 passes through the rotation tube guide hole 810 , and the outer tube connector 460 and the rotation tube guide hole 810 are clearance fit. Thus, the outer tube connecting member 460 can move relative to the rotation tube guide hole 810 . In this way, when the second driving rod 393 is driven to move by the driving device 310 , the outer tube connecting member 460 can move along with the second driving rod 393 along the rotation tube guide hole 810 . Furthermore, the outer tube connector 460 can drive the outer tube 606 of the instrument to move together.
请参阅图32。在一些实施方式中,第二驱动杆393可以具有手动驱动组件。所述手动驱动组件可以用于手动操作,以驱使钉砧598相对于钉座596转动实现夹紧或张开功能。所述手动驱动组件可以包括轴延伸件818、驱动小齿轮820、中间齿轮组和第二手动轮组件。See Figure 32. In some embodiments, the second drive lever 393 can have a manual drive assembly. The manual driving assembly can be used for manual operation to drive the nail anvil 598 to rotate relative to the nail base 596 to realize the clamping or spreading function. The manual drive assembly may include a shaft extension 818, a drive pinion 820, an intermediate gear set and a second manual wheel assembly.
轴延伸件818可以与第二驱动轴412连接,并具有趋于相同的转动轴线。轴延伸件818的一端收容第二驱动轴412远离自转管427的端部。轴延伸件818与第二驱动轴412之间周向限位,使得二者之一被驱动转动的情况下,另一个会随同转动。具体的,例如,轴延伸件818的端面具有截面呈非圆形的开孔,第二驱动轴412伸入该开孔的端部,具有与所述开孔形状和尺寸均适配的轮廓形状。还可以为,第二驱动轴412的端部设置有条形槽,轴延伸件818内可以具有延伸凸起,该延伸凸起可以伸入到所述条形槽内。所述条形槽与所述延伸凸起的截面形状相适配,使得第二驱动轴412与所述轴延伸件818周向限位。 Shaft extension 818 may be coupled to second drive shaft 412 and have approximately the same axis of rotation. One end of the shaft extension 818 accommodates the end of the second driving shaft 412 away from the rotation tube 427 . The circumferential limit between the shaft extension 818 and the second drive shaft 412 makes one of them rotate when driven to rotate, and the other rotates accordingly. Specifically, for example, the end surface of the shaft extension 818 has an opening with a non-circular cross-section, and the second drive shaft 412 extends into the end of the opening, and has a contour shape adapted to the shape and size of the opening. . It is also possible that the end of the second drive shaft 412 is provided with a bar-shaped groove, and the shaft extension member 818 may have an extending protrusion, and the extending protrusion can extend into the bar-shaped groove. The bar-shaped groove is adapted to the cross-sectional shape of the extension protrusion, so that the second drive shaft 412 and the shaft extension piece 818 are circumferentially limited.
驱动小齿轮820套设在轴延伸件818上,二者周向限位。如此,在驱动小齿轮820被驱动时,可以带动轴延伸件818一同转动。轴延伸件818远离第二驱动轴412的端部安装有螺母388,以避免驱动小齿轮820沿着轴向与轴延伸件818分离。The driving pinion 820 is sheathed on the shaft extension 818, and the two are circumferentially limited. In this way, when the driving pinion 820 is driven, it can drive the shaft extension 818 to rotate together. The end of the shaft extension 818 away from the second drive shaft 412 is mounted with a nut 388 to prevent the drive pinion 820 from being separated from the shaft extension 818 in the axial direction.
中间齿轮组可以包括中间小齿轮822和中间大齿轮824。中间小齿轮822和中间大齿轮824可以同轴设置。如此,在中间小齿轮822被第二手动轮组件驱动转动时,中间大齿轮824会一同转动。中间大齿轮824可以与驱动小齿轮820啮合,如此,在中间大齿轮824被驱动转动的情况下,可以带动驱动小齿轮820一同转动。The intermediate gear set can include an intermediate pinion gear 822 and an intermediate bull gear 824 . The middle pinion 822 and the middle bull gear 824 may be arranged coaxially. In this way, when the intermediate pinion gear 822 is driven to rotate by the second manual wheel assembly, the intermediate large gear 824 will rotate together. The middle bull gear 824 can mesh with the drive pinion 820 , so that when the middle bull gear 824 is driven to rotate, it can drive the drive pinion 820 to rotate together.
第二手动轮组件可以包括第二旋钮823、第二手动轴825和第二手动大齿轮826。第二旋钮823与第二手动轴825固定连接。如此,第二旋钮823可以被手动操作转动,进而带动第二手动轴825转动。第二手动大齿轮826套设在第二手动轴825上,并且与第二手动轴825周向限位。如此,第二手动轴825转动时,可以带动第二手动大齿轮826一同转动。第二手动大齿轮826与中间小齿轮822相啮合。如此,第二手动大齿轮826转动时,可以带动中间小齿轮822转动,通过中间大齿轮824带动驱动小齿轮820转动,进而带动第二驱动轴412转动。第二驱动轴412的转动可以带动第二拨叉409相对于第二驱动轴412的轴向移动,如此带动第二驱动杆393沿着长轴组件320的纵长方向移动,以驱动末端器械321的钉砧598与钉座596之间相对转动实现张开或闭合。The second manual wheel assembly may include a second knob 823 , a second manual shaft 825 and a second manual bull gear 826 . The second knob 823 is fixedly connected with the second manual shaft 825 . In this way, the second knob 823 can be manually operated to rotate, thereby driving the second manual shaft 825 to rotate. The second manual large gear 826 is sheathed on the second manual shaft 825 and is circumferentially limited with the second manual shaft 825 . In this way, when the second manual shaft 825 rotates, it can drive the second manual large gear 826 to rotate together. The second manual bull gear 826 meshes with the intermediate pinion gear 822 . In this way, when the second manual large gear 826 rotates, it can drive the middle pinion 822 to rotate, and the middle large gear 824 drives the drive pinion 820 to rotate, and then drives the second drive shaft 412 to rotate. The rotation of the second drive shaft 412 can drive the axial movement of the second shift fork 409 relative to the second drive shaft 412 , thus driving the second drive rod 393 to move along the longitudinal direction of the long shaft assembly 320 to drive the terminal instrument 321 The relative rotation between the nail anvil 598 and the nail seat 596 realizes opening or closing.
驱动装置310的顶板481上设置有第二限位架828。第二手动轮组件的第二手动轴825贯穿该第二限位架828之后,与顶板481通过轴承连接。第二手动轴825可以与第二限位架828之间相对转动。同理,中间齿轮组的转动轴也贯穿所述安装架828,与顶板481通过轴承连接。中间齿轮组的转动轴可以与第二限位架828相对转动。同理,轴延伸件818页贯穿所述安装架828,且二者之间可以相对转动。A second limiting frame 828 is disposed on the top plate 481 of the driving device 310 . The second manual shaft 825 of the second manual wheel assembly passes through the second limit frame 828 and is connected with the top plate 481 through a bearing. The second manual shaft 825 can rotate relative to the second limit frame 828 . Similarly, the rotating shaft of the intermediate gear set also passes through the installation frame 828 and is connected with the top plate 481 through a bearing. The rotating shaft of the intermediate gear set can rotate relative to the second limiting frame 828 . Similarly, the shaft extension 818 runs through the installation frame 828, and the two can be rotated relative to each other.
在一些实施方式中,如图3和图35-36所示,所述手术器械包括驱动装置310、自转管427和末端器械321;所述自转管427沿纵长方向延伸具有第一端351和第二端353,其中,所述第一端351用于安装所述末端器械321;所述第二端353用于耦合至所述驱动装置310;In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3 and FIGS. 35-36 , the surgical instrument includes a driving device 310, an autorotation tube 427, and a terminal instrument 321; the autorotation tube 427 extends along a lengthwise direction with a first end 351 and The second end 353, wherein the first end 351 is used to install the terminal instrument 321; the second end 353 is used to be coupled to the driving device 310;
所述自转管427能接受所述驱动装置310提供的旋转力,所述自转管427靠近第一端351的内部设置有器械安装槽332,器械安装槽332沿着自转管427的周向延伸;所述末端器械321设置有侧向凸缘335,侧向凸缘335限位于器械安装槽332内;所述末端器械321还具有刀片、钉砧和钉座;The rotation tube 427 can accept the rotation force provided by the driving device 310, and the inside of the rotation tube 427 close to the first end 351 is provided with an instrument installation groove 332, and the instrument installation groove 332 extends along the circumference of the rotation tube 427; The terminal instrument 321 is provided with a lateral flange 335, and the lateral flange 335 is limited in the instrument installation groove 332; the terminal instrument 321 also has a blade, an anvil and a nail seat;
所述手术器械300还包括:至少部分收容在自转管427内的击发杆450和驱动杆(其中击发杆450在图35和36未显示,可结合上述实施例中的描述),所述击发杆450能沿纵长方向推动末端器械321的所述刀片,所述驱动杆能沿纵长方向被所述驱动装置310驱动移动触发所述末端器械321的所述钉砧相对于所述钉座张开或闭合;所述击发杆450趋于与所述自转管427同轴设置,所述驱动杆至少部分收容于所述自转管427和所述击发杆450之间,所述自转管427被驱动装置310的旋转力驱动转动时,所述驱动杆环绕击发杆450转动,所述末端器械321随同自转管427一同转动。The surgical instrument 300 also includes: a firing rod 450 and a driving rod at least partially accommodated in the rotation tube 427 (the firing rod 450 is not shown in FIGS. 450 can push the blade of the end instrument 321 along the lengthwise direction, and the driving rod can be driven and moved by the driving device 310 along the lengthwise direction to trigger the tension of the nail anvil of the end instrument 321 relative to the nail seat. open or closed; the firing rod 450 tends to be arranged coaxially with the rotation tube 427, the driving rod is at least partially accommodated between the rotation tube 427 and the firing rod 450, and the rotation tube 427 is driven When the rotating force of the device 310 is driven to rotate, the driving rod rotates around the firing rod 450 , and the end instrument 321 rotates together with the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,末端器械321沿纵长方向延伸可以具有器械第一端588和器械第二端590。所述器械第一端588可以设置有末端执行器340。末端执行器340可以为执行电烧灼器、切割、钳夹或成像功能的装置。所述器械第二端590可以设置有末端器械321与自转管427的连接部324。In some embodiments, the end instrument 321 may extend lengthwise to have an instrument first end 588 and an instrument second end 590 . The instrument first end 588 may be provided with an end effector 340 . End effector 340 may be a device that performs electrocautery, cutting, clamping, or imaging functions. The second end 590 of the instrument may be provided with a connecting portion 324 between the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 .
具体的,所述末端器械321的连接部324包括侧向凸缘335。所述侧向凸缘335可以沿着垂直所述纵长方向的方向凸出末端器械321。所述侧向凸缘335可以用于与自转管427配合,至少将末端器械321与自转管427之间沿着所述纵长方向限位。Specifically, the connecting portion 324 of the terminal instrument 321 includes a lateral flange 335 . The lateral flange 335 may protrude from the end instrument 321 in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction. The lateral flange 335 can be used to cooperate with the rotation tube 427, at least to limit the distance between the terminal instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 along the longitudinal direction.
所述连接部324与所述末端执行器340之间具有使所述连接部324相对所述末端执行器340摆动的摆动机构。所述连接部324具有触发所述摆动机构的摆动钩337。具体的,所述摆动钩337被沿着纵长方向拉动时,末端器械321内的摆动机构会被驱动,促使所述末端执行器340相对于所述连接部324转动。如此,实现对于末端执行器340的姿态和角度的调整。A swing mechanism is provided between the connecting part 324 and the end effector 340 to make the connecting part 324 swing relative to the end effector 340 . The connecting portion 324 has a swing hook 337 for triggering the swing mechanism. Specifically, when the swing hook 337 is pulled along the lengthwise direction, the swing mechanism in the end instrument 321 will be driven to prompt the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the connecting part 324 . In this way, adjustments to the posture and angle of the end effector 340 are realized.
末端器械321的内部可以设置有刀杆,所述刀杆可以与刀片连接。在刀杆被沿着所述纵长方向向着所述器械第一端588的方向移动时,可以推动刀片实现切割功能。The interior of the end instrument 321 may be provided with a knife rod, which may be connected to a blade. When the knife bar is moved along the longitudinal direction toward the first end 588 of the instrument, the blade can be pushed to perform the cutting function.
请一并参阅图3、图35和图36。自转管427沿着纵长方向具有第一端351和第二端353,第一端351可以安装末端器械321,第二端353与驱动装置310耦合连接。自转管427可以具有轴线X,并在驱动装置310的驱动下,围绕轴线X转动。所述自转管427靠近所述第一端351的内部设置器械安装槽332。所述器械安装槽332用于对末端器械321限位。具体的,所述器械安装槽332沿着所述自转管427的周向延伸。在所述末端器械321的侧向凸缘335进入所述器械安装槽332之后,自转管427与末端器械321沿着所述纵长方向限位。Please refer to Figure 3, Figure 35 and Figure 36 together. The rotation tube 427 has a first end 351 and a second end 353 along the lengthwise direction, the first end 351 can be installed with the terminal instrument 321 , and the second end 353 is coupled with the driving device 310 . The rotation tube 427 may have an axis X, and is driven by the driving device 310 to rotate around the axis X. An instrument installation slot 332 is provided inside the rotation tube 427 close to the first end 351 . The instrument installation groove 332 is used for limiting the terminal instrument 321 . Specifically, the instrument installation groove 332 extends along the circumference of the rotation tube 427 . After the lateral flange 335 of the terminal instrument 321 enters the instrument installation groove 332 , the rotation tube 427 and the terminal instrument 321 are limited along the longitudinal direction.
在一些实施方式中,自转管427安装有凸缘限位件333。所述凸缘限位件333将所述末端器械321的侧向凸缘335限位于所述器械安装槽332。如此,凸缘限位件333可以阻止末端器械321的侧向凸缘335从器械安装槽332的一端滑出。实现一定程度上阻碍末端器械321从自转管427上脱离。在一些实施方式中,也可以在器械安装槽332中设置胶水,将末端器械321的侧向凸缘335粘接在器械安装槽332中。以实现将末端器械321牢固安装在自转管427上。In some embodiments, the spinning tube 427 is equipped with a flange stopper 333 . The flange limiting member 333 limits the lateral flange 335 of the terminal instrument 321 to the instrument installation groove 332 . In this way, the flange limiter 333 can prevent the lateral flange 335 of the terminal instrument 321 from sliding out from one end of the instrument installation groove 332 . Realize to some extent prevent the terminal instrument 321 from detaching from the autorotation tube 427 . In some embodiments, glue may also be provided in the instrument installation groove 332 to bond the lateral flange 335 of the end instrument 321 in the instrument installation groove 332 . In order to realize that the terminal instrument 321 is firmly installed on the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,所述凸缘限位件333与所述自转管427之间安装有弹性件334,所述弹性件334向凸缘限位件333施加沿着所述纵长方向的弹力。如此,在所述侧向凸缘335会推动凸缘限位件333沿着纵长方向移动,并克服弹性件334对凸缘限位件333施加的弹力。在侧向凸缘335滑入器械安装槽332的情况下,弹性件334推动凸缘限位件333复位。此时,凸缘限位件333可以止挡侧向凸缘335从进入器械安装槽332的一端滑出。In some embodiments, an elastic member 334 is installed between the flange limiting member 333 and the rotation tube 427, and the elastic member 334 exerts elastic force along the longitudinal direction on the flange limiting member 333 . In this way, the lateral flange 335 pushes the flange limiting member 333 to move along the longitudinal direction, and overcomes the elastic force exerted by the elastic member 334 on the flange limiting member 333 . When the lateral flange 335 slides into the instrument installation groove 332 , the elastic member 334 pushes the flange limiting member 333 to reset. At this time, the flange limiting member 333 can stop the lateral flange 335 from sliding out from one end entering the device installation groove 332 .
自转管427对应所述凸缘限位件333设置有导向结构,该导向结构可以沿着所述纵长方向为所述凸缘限位件333提供导向。所述凸缘限位件333具有外漏于所述自转管427的操作部336。在一些实施方式中,在需要将末端器械321从所述自转管427拆卸的情况下,可以手动推动所述操作部336,避开末端器械321的侧向凸缘335,以使末端器械321的侧向凸缘335可以滑出器械安装槽332,进而实现末端器械321从自转管427分离。The rotation tube 427 is provided with a guiding structure corresponding to the flange limiting member 333 , and the guiding structure can provide guidance for the flange limiting member 333 along the longitudinal direction. The flange limiting member 333 has an operating portion 336 leaking from the rotation tube 427 . In some embodiments, in the case that the end instrument 321 needs to be disassembled from the rotation tube 427, the operating part 336 can be manually pushed to avoid the lateral flange 335 of the end instrument 321, so that the end instrument 321 The lateral flange 335 can slide out of the instrument installation groove 332 , thereby realizing the separation of the end instrument 321 from the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施方式中,驱动杆327伸入自转管427内的部分,会相对于自转管427周向限位,但允许驱动杆327相对于自转管427沿着纵长方向发生位移。所述驱动杆327的具体设置可以是上实施例中第一驱动杆355和第二驱动杆393的描述。In some embodiments, the part of the driving rod 327 protruding into the rotation tube 427 is limited in the circumferential direction relative to the rotation tube 427 , but allows the displacement of the driving rod 327 along the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube 427 . The specific arrangement of the driving rod 327 may be the description of the first driving rod 355 and the second driving rod 393 in the above embodiment.
在一些实施方式中,驱动杆327靠近所述第一端351的端部具有连接钩338。使得驱动杆327可以通过连接钩338与末端器械321的摆动钩337配合。在驱动装置310驱动驱动杆327沿着所述纵长方向移动时,驱动杆327可以通过摆动钩337带动末端器械321的摆动机构,实现驱动末端执行器340相对于连接部324转动。In some embodiments, the end of the driving rod 327 near the first end 351 has a connecting hook 338 . The driving rod 327 can cooperate with the swing hook 337 of the terminal instrument 321 through the connecting hook 338 . When the driving device 310 drives the driving rod 327 to move along the longitudinal direction, the driving rod 327 can drive the swing mechanism of the end instrument 321 through the swing hook 337 to drive the end effector 340 to rotate relative to the connecting part 324 .
在本实施方式中,末端器械321与长轴组件320安装过程中,末端器械321首先相对于自转管427沿着纵长方向移动,此时驱动杆327的连接钩338与末端器械321的摆动钩337之间相分离,驱动杆327被驱动移动时,不能带动末端器械321的摆动钩337。在侧向凸缘335被限位至器械安装槽332中,驱动杆327的连接钩338与末端器械321的摆动钩337相互勾住实现配接。此时,驱动杆327被驱动移动时,可以带动摆动钩337实现驱动末端器械321的摆动机构。In this embodiment, during the installation process of the terminal instrument 321 and the long axis assembly 320, the terminal instrument 321 first moves along the longitudinal direction relative to the rotation tube 427, and at this time the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swinging hook of the terminal instrument 321 337 are separated, and when the driving rod 327 is driven to move, it cannot drive the swing hook 337 of the terminal instrument 321. When the lateral flange 335 is limited to the instrument installation groove 332 , the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swing hook 337 of the end instrument 321 are hooked together to achieve mating. At this time, when the driving rod 327 is driven to move, it can drive the swing hook 337 to realize the swing mechanism of driving the terminal instrument 321 .
在一些实施方式中,在末端器械321安装至长轴组件320时,可以通过驱动杆327的连接钩338与末端器械321的摆动钩337之间完成配接,限定末端器械321与自转管427之间的周向位置。进一步的,在末端器械321的侧向凸缘335进入器械安装槽332之后,驱动杆327的连接钩338与末端器械321的摆动钩337相互勾住,使得末端器械321与自转管427之间无法进一步相对周向转动,再者,凸缘限位件333止挡侧向凸缘335,使得限定了末端器械321与自转管427之间的周向相对位置。In some embodiments, when the end instrument 321 is installed on the long shaft assembly 320, the coupling between the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swing hook 337 of the end instrument 321 can be completed, so that the distance between the end instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 is limited. The circumferential position between. Further, after the lateral flange 335 of the terminal instrument 321 enters the instrument installation groove 332, the connecting hook 338 of the driving rod 327 and the swinging hook 337 of the terminal instrument 321 hook each other, so that there is no way between the terminal instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427. Further relative to the circumferential rotation, moreover, the flange limiter 333 stops the lateral flange 335 so as to limit the relative circumferential position between the terminal instrument 321 and the rotation tube 427 .
在一些实施例中,所述自转管427被所述驱动装置310驱动转动的情况下,所述驱动杆327环绕所述击发杆450转动。In some embodiments, when the rotation tube 427 is driven to rotate by the driving device 310 , the driving rod 327 rotates around the firing rod 450 .
在一些实施方式中,部分击发杆450从自转管427伸出,在末端器械321的连接部324与自转管427进行配接之后,击发杆450可以伸入至末端器械321的连接部324内。击发杆450可以与末端器械321的刀杆连接。具体的,击发杆450伸出自转管427的端部,可以呈扁平形状,并具有变径形成的卡接头339。在末端器械321的连接部324与自转管427连接时,侧向凸缘335从第一槽段353到达第二槽段355时,击发杆450的卡接头339可以穿过末端器械321的刀杆的收容孔,收容孔的开孔形状可以与卡接头339形配。刀杆的收容孔的内部形成有变径。如此,在末端器械321与末端器械321相对转动时,侧向凸缘335可以沿着第二槽段355滑动,卡接头339在收容孔内转动,如此被卡接在收容孔内。使得,击发杆450与刀杆连接。在击发杆450被沿着所述纵长方向驱动移动时,可以带动刀杆一同移动,进而击发末端器械321的切割功能。In some embodiments, part of the firing rod 450 protrudes from the autorotation tube 427 , and after the coupling portion 324 of the end instrument 321 is mated with the autorotation tube 427 , the firing rod 450 can extend into the connection portion 324 of the end instrument 321 . The firing rod 450 may be coupled to the knife bar of the end instrument 321 . Specifically, the firing rod 450 protrudes from the end of the rotation tube 427 and may be in a flat shape, and has a clamping joint 339 formed with a reduced diameter. When the connecting portion 324 of the end instrument 321 is connected to the rotation tube 427, when the lateral flange 335 reaches the second groove section 355 from the first groove section 353, the snap joint 339 of the firing rod 450 can pass through the knife rod of the end instrument 321 The receiving hole, the shape of the opening of the receiving hole can be matched with the bayonet joint 339. A variable diameter is formed inside the receiving hole of the knife rod. In this way, when the terminal instrument 321 rotates relative to the terminal instrument 321 , the lateral flange 335 can slide along the second groove segment 355 , and the locking joint 339 rotates in the receiving hole, thus being locked in the receiving hole. So that the firing rod 450 is connected with the knife rod. When the firing rod 450 is driven to move along the longitudinal direction, it can drive the knife rod to move together, thereby triggering the cutting function of the terminal instrument 321 .
本说明书还提供一种从操作设备,包括至少一个机械臂,所述机械臂包括多个关节和一个致动装置,所述多个关节联动以实现致动装置的多个自由度的运动,所述致动装置上可拆卸地安装有如上任一实施例中所述的手术器械。This specification also provides a slave operation device, including at least one mechanical arm, the mechanical arm includes a plurality of joints and an actuating device, and the plurality of joints are linked to realize the movement of multiple degrees of freedom of the actuating device, so The surgical instrument as described in any one of the above embodiments is detachably installed on the actuating device.
本说明书还提供一种手术机器人,包括主操作控制台以及如上所述的从操作设备,所述从操作设备根据所述主操作控制台的指令执行对人体的手术操作。This specification also provides a surgical robot, including a master operation console and the above-mentioned slave operation device, and the slave operation device performs surgical operations on the human body according to the instructions of the master operation console.
本说明书的多个实施方式揭示的元件,所采用的材料,都符合医学相关标准或规定。The components disclosed in multiple embodiments of this specification, and the materials used, all comply with relevant medical standards or regulations.
本说明书多个实施方式之间,采用递进方式描述介绍,针对相同部分没有赘述。所属领域技术人员可以知悉,本说明书多个实施方式之间可能的任意组合,都在本说明书揭示的范围内。The multiple implementations in this specification are described and introduced in a progressive manner, and the same parts are not repeated. Those skilled in the art can know that any possible combination of multiple implementations in this specification is within the scope disclosed in this specification.
以上所述仅为本发明的较佳实施方式而已,并不用以限制本发明,凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。The above description is only a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the present invention should be included in the protection scope of the present invention within.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种手术器械,其特征在于,包括:A surgical instrument, characterized in that it comprises:
    沿纵长方向延伸并具有第一端和第二端的管件;其中,所述第一端用于安装末端器械;所述管件内设置有用于驱动所述末端器械的驱动杆;在所述驱动杆远离所述第一端的端部形成有面向所述第一端的第一面和背对所述第一端的第二面;A tubular member extending in a lengthwise direction and having a first end and a second end; wherein the first end is used for installing a terminal instrument; a driving rod for driving the terminal instrument is arranged in the tubular member; The end away from the first end is formed with a first surface facing the first end and a second surface facing away from the first end;
    与所述管件的第二端耦合的驱动装置,所述驱动装置能向所述第一面和/或第二面施加力,以使所述驱动杆沿着所述纵长方向移动驱动所述末端器械。a driving device coupled to the second end of the pipe, the driving device can apply a force to the first surface and/or the second surface to move the driving rod along the longitudinal direction to drive the end instrument.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述驱动杆远离所述第一端的端部设置有偏离所述纵长方向的凸缘;所述凸缘具有所述第一面和所述第二面;The surgical instrument according to claim 1, wherein the end of the driving rod away from the first end is provided with a flange that deviates from the longitudinal direction; the flange has the first surface and said second side;
    所述驱动装置具有沿所述管件的周向延伸的环形槽,所述驱动杆的凸缘至少部分收容在所述环形槽内,以使所述驱动装置能沿着所述纵长方向带动所述驱动杆移动;The driving device has an annular groove extending along the circumferential direction of the pipe, and the flange of the driving rod is at least partially accommodated in the annular groove, so that the driving device can drive the pipe along the longitudinal direction. The drive rod moves;
    所述驱动杆相对于所述管件的周向限位;所述管件为自转管,所述驱动装置能驱动所述自转管沿着所述周向转动,以使所述驱动杆的凸缘沿着所述环形槽移动。The circumferential limit of the drive rod relative to the pipe; the pipe is a self-rotating pipe, and the driving device can drive the self-rotating pipe to rotate along the circumferential direction, so that the flange of the driving rod moves along the Move along the annular groove.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述驱动装置包括驱动杆驱动单元,所述驱动杆驱动单元包括设置有所述环形槽的拨叉,和与所述拨叉转动配接的驱动轴组件;所述拨叉能在所述驱动轴组件的带动下沿着所述驱动轴组件的轴向移动,以带动所述驱动杆沿着所述纵长方向移动。The surgical instrument according to claim 2, wherein the driving device comprises a driving rod driving unit, the driving rod driving unit includes a shift fork provided with the annular groove, and is rotationally fitted with the shift fork drive shaft assembly; the shift fork can move along the axial direction of the drive shaft assembly driven by the drive shaft assembly, so as to drive the drive rod to move along the longitudinal direction.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任意一项所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述驱动杆包括第一节和第二节,所述管件安装有可拆卸的紧固件,所述紧固件用于连接所述驱动杆的所述第一节和所述第二节。The surgical instrument according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the driving rod comprises a first segment and a second segment, and the tubular member is equipped with a detachable fastener, and the fastener Used to connect the first section and the second section of the driving rod.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述驱动杆被所述驱动装置驱动沿着所述纵长方向移动时,所述紧固件随同所述第一节和所述第二节一起移动;The surgical instrument according to claim 4, wherein when the driving rod is driven by the driving device to move along the longitudinal direction, the fastener is accompanied by the first segment and the second sections move together;
    其中,所述紧固件包括设置有本体连接部的紧固件本体;所述紧固件本体位于所述管件外部,所述本体连接部伸入所述管件内部分别与所述第一节和所述第二节连接。Wherein, the fastener includes a fastener body provided with a body connecting part; the fastener body is located outside the pipe, and the body connecting part extends into the inside of the pipe to connect with the first section and the pipe respectively. The second section connects.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述管件对应所述紧固件的位置设置有开窗,所述紧固件本体从所述管件外部覆盖所述开窗,所述本体连接部伸入所述开窗;The surgical instrument according to claim 5, wherein a window is provided at the position corresponding to the fastener on the tubular member, and the fastener body covers the window from the outside of the tubular member, and the body The connecting portion extends into the window;
    所述紧固件还包括至少一个本体限位件;至少部分所述本体限位件从所述开窗伸入所述管件内部,使得所述紧固件伸入所述开窗内的部分相对所述纵长方向的宽度大于所述开窗相对所述纵长方向的宽度。The fastener also includes at least one body stopper; at least part of the body stopper protrudes from the window into the inside of the pipe, so that the part of the fastener protruding into the window is opposite to the The width in the longitudinal direction is greater than the width of the window relative to the longitudinal direction.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述管件的所述第一端具有沿着所述纵长方向突出的管件挂钩,所述末端器械沿所述纵长方向具有器械第一端和器械第二端,其中,所述器械第一端设置有末端执行器,所述末端器械靠近所述器械第二端的区域设置有限位槽,所述限位槽用于与所述管件挂钩配合,约束所述管件和所述末端器械沿所述纵长方向的相对位置。The surgical instrument according to claim 1, wherein said first end of said tubular member has a tubular member hook protruding along said longitudinal direction, said terminal instrument has an instrument first end along said longitudinal direction. end and the second end of the instrument, wherein the first end of the instrument is provided with an end effector, and the area of the end instrument close to the second end of the instrument is provided with a limiting groove, and the limiting groove is used to hook the pipe cooperate to constrain the relative positions of the tubular member and the terminal instrument along the longitudinal direction.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述管件为自转管,所述自转管接收所述驱动装置的驱动而自转并用于驱动所述末端器械旋转,所述管件挂钩具有收容在所述自转管内并与所述自转管固定连接的挂钩连接部;The surgical instrument according to claim 7, wherein the pipe is an autorotation tube, the autorotation tube is driven by the driving device to rotate and is used to drive the rotation of the terminal instrument, and the pipe hook has a A hook connection part fixedly connected to the rotation tube in the rotation tube;
    所述挂钩连接部对应所述自转管的中心位置设置有挂钩限位孔,所述手术器械包括从所述驱动装置延伸至所述自转管内的击发杆,所述击发杆穿过所述挂钩限位孔;所述挂钩限位孔允许所述击发杆相对所述挂钩连接部沿着所述纵长方向位移,并阻止所述击发杆相对所述挂钩连接部相对周向转动;The hook connection part is provided with a hook limit hole corresponding to the central position of the rotation tube, and the surgical instrument includes a firing rod extending from the driving device into the rotation tube, and the firing rod passes through the hook limit hole. position hole; the hook limit hole allows the firing rod to be displaced along the longitudinal direction relative to the hook connection part, and prevents the firing rod from rotating relative to the hook connection part in a relative circumferential direction;
    所述挂钩连接部具有沿着所述纵长方向贯穿所述挂钩连接部的挂钩导向孔,挂钩导向孔位于所述挂钩连接部靠近所述自转管的内壁的区域;所述手术器械包括从所述驱动装置延伸至所述自转管内的驱动杆,所述驱动杆穿过所述挂钩导向孔,并在所述驱动装置的驱动下触发所述末端器械。The hook connection part has a hook guide hole passing through the hook connection part along the longitudinal direction, and the hook guide hole is located in the area of the hook connection part close to the inner wall of the rotation tube; the surgical instrument includes The driving device extends to the driving rod in the rotation tube, the driving rod passes through the hook guide hole, and triggers the terminal instrument driven by the driving device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述管件挂钩包括第一挂钩臂和第二挂钩臂;所述第一挂钩臂和所述第二挂钩臂分别与所述挂钩连接部围绕挂钩限位孔的区域固定连接;The surgical instrument according to claim 8, wherein the pipe hook comprises a first hook arm and a second hook arm; the first hook arm and the second hook arm respectively surround the hook connecting portion Area fixed connection of the hook limit hole;
    所述第一挂钩臂和所述第二挂钩臂分别形成有第一挂钩止挡面,以及分别具有面向所述第一挂钩止挡面的第二挂钩止挡面;所述第二挂钩止挡面用于沿着所述纵长方向阻止所述末端器械相对所述自转管靠近所述第二端。The first hook arm and the second hook arm are respectively formed with a first hook stop surface, and respectively have a second hook stop surface facing the first hook stop surface; the second hook stop surface The face is configured to prevent the end instrument from approaching the second end relative to the spinning tube along the lengthwise direction.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述管件为自转管,所述自转管能接受所述驱动装置提供的旋转力,所述自转管靠近所述第一端的内部设置有器械安装槽,所述器械安装槽沿着所述自转管的周向延伸;所述末端器械设置有侧向凸缘,所述侧向凸缘限位于所述器械安装槽内;The surgical instrument according to claim 1, wherein the pipe member is an autorotation tube, the autorotation tube can receive the rotational force provided by the driving device, and the interior of the autorotation tube near the first end is provided with An instrument installation groove, the instrument installation groove extending along the circumference of the rotation tube; the terminal instrument is provided with a lateral flange, and the lateral flange is limited in the instrument installation groove;
    所述末端器械具有刀片、钉砧和钉座;所述手术器械还包括:至少部分收容在所述自转管内的击发杆,所述击发杆能沿所述纵长方向推动所述末端器械的所述刀片,所述驱动杆能沿所述纵长方向被所述驱动装置驱动移动触发所述末端器械的所述钉砧相对于所述钉座张开或闭合;所述击发杆趋于与所述自转管同轴设置,所述驱动杆至少部分收容于所述自转管和所述击发杆之间,所述自转管被所述驱动装置的旋转力驱动转动时,所述驱动杆环绕所述击发杆转动,所述末端器械随同所述自转管一同转动。The terminal instrument has a blade, an anvil, and a nail seat; the surgical instrument also includes: a firing rod at least partially accommodated in the rotation tube, and the firing rod can push all of the terminal instrument along the longitudinal direction. The blade, the driving rod can be driven by the driving device along the longitudinal direction to move and trigger the anvil of the terminal instrument to open or close relative to the nail base; the firing rod tends to be in line with the The rotation tube is arranged coaxially, and the driving rod is at least partially accommodated between the rotation tube and the firing rod. When the rotation tube is driven to rotate by the rotation force of the driving device, the driving rod surrounds the As the firing rod rotates, the end instrument rotates with the autorotation tube.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述末端器械包括设置所述侧向凸缘的连接部和末端执行器,所述连接部与所述末端执行器之间具有使所述连接部与所述末端执行器之间相对转动的摆动机构,所述连接部具有触发所述摆动机构的摆动钩,所述驱动杆靠近所述第一端的端部具有能与所述摆动钩配合的连接钩。The surgical instrument according to claim 10, wherein the end instrument comprises a connecting portion provided with the lateral flange and an end effector, and there is a gap between the connecting portion and the end effector so that the A swing mechanism for relative rotation between the connecting part and the end effector, the connecting part has a swing hook that triggers the swing mechanism, and the end of the driving rod close to the first end has a swing hook capable of engaging with the swing hook Mating hooks.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11中任意一项所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述末端器械包括刀架和摆动拉杆组件;其中,所述摆动拉杆组件包括:与所述末端执行器转动连接的第一拉杆;与所述第一拉杆和所述刀架转动连接的第二拉杆;与所述第二拉杆转动连接的第三拉杆,所述刀架位于所述第一拉杆和所述第三拉杆之间,所述第三拉杆与所述驱动杆连接;所述第三拉杆随同所述驱动杆沿着所述纵长方向移动,以驱动所述末端执行器相对于所述刀架摆动。The surgical instrument according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the end instrument includes a knife holder and a swing rod assembly; wherein the swing rod assembly includes: The first pull rod; the second pull rod that is rotatably connected with the first pull rod and the knife rest; the third pull rod that is rotatably connected with the second pull rod, and the knife rest is located between the first pull rod and the third pull rod. Between the pull rods, the third pull rod is connected to the drive rod; the third pull rod moves along with the drive rod along the longitudinal direction to drive the end effector to swing relative to the knife post.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述摆动拉杆组件还包括分别与所述末端执行器和所述 第二拉杆转动连接的第四拉杆;所述第四拉杆与所述第一拉杆相对所述刀架对称设置。The surgical instrument according to claim 12, wherein the swing rod assembly further comprises a fourth rod that is rotatably connected to the end effector and the second rod; the fourth rod is connected to the first rod A pull rod is arranged symmetrically relative to the knife holder.
  14. 一种手术器械,其包括执行手术的末端执行器,其特征在于,还包括:A surgical instrument, which includes an end effector for performing surgery, is characterized in that it also includes:
    沿着纵长方向延伸的管件,和至少部分收容在所述管件内的驱动杆;所述驱动杆能相对所述管件沿着所述纵长方向移动;所述驱动杆收容在所述管件内的部分连接有穿过所述管件的管壁的外管连接件;A pipe extending along the longitudinal direction, and a driving rod at least partially accommodated in the pipe; the driving rod can move relative to the pipe along the longitudinal direction; the driving rod is accommodated in the pipe A portion of the pipe is connected with an outer pipe connector passing through the pipe wall of the pipe;
    所述末端器械具有用于与所述管件套接的器械外管,以及钉砧和钉座;所述器械外管套接在所述管件上的部分与所述外管连接件配接,使得所述器械外管能被所述驱动杆驱动而沿着所述纵长方向移动以驱动所述末端器械的钉砧相对于钉座张开或闭合。The terminal instrument has an instrument outer tube for being socketed with the tube, as well as an anvil and a nail seat; the part of the instrument outer tube sleeved on the tube is matched with the outer tube connector, so that The instrument outer tube can be driven by the driving rod to move along the longitudinal direction to drive the anvil of the terminal instrument to open or close relative to the nail seat.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述末端器械包括一刀架,所述刀架收容在所述器械外管内,所述钉砧和钉座设置在所述刀架的末端;The surgical instrument according to claim 14, wherein the terminal instrument comprises a knife frame, the knife frame is accommodated in the outer tube of the instrument, and the nail anvil and the nail seat are arranged at the end of the knife frame;
    所述管件为自转管,所述自转管与所述刀架连接,并用于驱动所述末端器械自转,所述器械外管收容部分所述自转管。The pipe is an autorotation tube, the autorotation tube is connected with the tool holder, and is used to drive the terminal instrument to rotate, and the instrument outer tube accommodates part of the autorotation tube.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述器械外管的连接结构包括所述器械外管的外管槽,所述外管槽能收容从所述管件内伸出的外管连接件;所述外管连接件位于所述管件内的部分与所述驱动杆连接;The surgical instrument according to claim 15, wherein the connecting structure of the outer tube of the instrument comprises an outer tube groove of the outer tube of the instrument, and the outer tube groove can accommodate the outer tube protruding from the pipe fitting A connecting piece; the part of the outer pipe connecting piece located inside the pipe is connected to the driving rod;
    所述管件的管壁对应所述外管连接件的区域,设置有沿着所述纵长方向延伸的自转管导向孔,所述驱动杆能驱动所述外管连接件沿着所述自转管导向孔移动。The pipe wall of the pipe fitting corresponds to the area of the outer pipe connector, and is provided with a rotation pipe guide hole extending along the longitudinal direction, and the driving rod can drive the outer pipe connector along the rotation pipe Pilot hole moves.
  17. 一种手术器械,包括:驱动装置、击发杆组件和末端器械;A surgical instrument, comprising: a driving device, a firing rod assembly, and an end instrument;
    所述驱动装置包括壳体,收容在所述壳体内的击发驱动单元,所述击发驱动单元输出旋转驱动力;The drive device includes a casing, a firing drive unit accommodated in the casing, and the firing drive unit outputs a rotational driving force;
    所述击发杆组件包括与所述壳体固定连接的击发杆限位件,被所述击发杆限位件周向限位的击发杆,被所述击发驱动单元的旋转驱动力驱动转动的击发杆驱动件;所述击发杆在所述击发杆驱动件的驱动下沿直线运动而击发所述末端器械移动。The firing rod assembly includes a firing rod limiter fixedly connected to the casing, the firing rod is circumferentially limited by the firing rod limiter, and the firing rod is driven to rotate by the rotational driving force of the firing drive unit. A rod driving part; the firing rod moves along a straight line under the driving of the firing rod driving part to fire the terminal instrument to move.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述击发杆包括内部中空的第一段,和与所述第一段连接的第二段;其中,所述第一段收容至少部分所述击发杆限位件;The surgical instrument according to claim 17, wherein the firing rod comprises a first section which is hollow inside, and a second section connected to the first section; wherein the first section accommodates at least part of the The limit piece of firing rod;
    所述击发杆限位件包括与所述驱动装置的壳体固定连接的限位件安装部,和收容在所述驱动装置的壳体内并伸入所述第一段的延伸部。The firing rod limiter includes a limiter installation part fixedly connected with the casing of the driving device, and an extension part accommodated in the casing of the driving device and protruding into the first section.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述击发杆还包括与所述第二段转动连接的第三段;所述第二段和所述第三段之间,通过击发杆连接件转动连接。The surgical instrument according to claim 18, wherein the firing rod further comprises a third section rotatably connected to the second section; between the second section and the third section, the firing rod The connectors are connected by rotation.
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的手术器械,其特征在于,所述击发杆驱动件整体沿着纵长方向延伸,所述击发杆驱动件整体呈圆筒状,所述击发杆至少部分收容在所述击发杆驱动件内;The surgical instrument according to claim 17, characterized in that, the entirety of the firing rod driving part extends along the longitudinal direction, the entirety of the firing rod driving part is in the shape of a cylinder, and the firing rod is at least partially accommodated in the Inside the trigger rod drive;
    所述击发杆驱动件设置有齿轮部,以使所述击发杆驱动件通过所述齿轮部被所述击发驱动单元的旋转驱动力驱动转动;The firing rod driving part is provided with a gear part, so that the firing rod driving part is driven to rotate by the rotational driving force of the firing driving unit through the gear part;
    所述驱动装置的所述壳体设置有与所述齿轮部相啮合的击发杆驱动齿轮;所述驱动装置的所述壳体外部还设置能驱动所述击发杆驱动齿轮转动的手动驱动单元,以及,所述驱动装置的所述壳体内设置有能驱动所述击发杆驱动齿轮转动的击发驱动单元;其中,所述击发驱动单元接受手术机器人的致动器的动力输入。The casing of the driving device is provided with a firing rod driving gear meshed with the gear portion; a manual drive unit capable of driving the firing rod driving gear to rotate is arranged outside the casing of the driving device, And, a firing driving unit capable of driving the firing rod driving gear to rotate is arranged in the housing of the driving device; wherein, the firing driving unit receives power input from an actuator of a surgical robot.
PCT/CN2022/136620 2021-12-06 2022-12-05 Surgical instrument WO2023103969A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111482143.7 2021-12-06
CN202111482180.8A CN116269774A (en) 2021-12-06 2021-12-06 Surgical instrument, slave operating device, and surgical robot
CN202111479782.8A CN116269805A (en) 2021-12-06 2021-12-06 End instrument, surgical instrument and robot
CN202111479754.6 2021-12-06
CN202111482143.7A CN116269772A (en) 2021-12-06 2021-12-06 Surgical instrument and surgical robot
CN202111482178.0A CN116269807A (en) 2021-12-06 2021-12-06 Surgical instrument, slave operating device, and robot
CN202111482180.8 2021-12-06
CN202111479782.8 2021-12-06
CN202111482124.4 2021-12-06
CN202111482124.4A CN116269771A (en) 2021-12-06 2021-12-06 Surgical instrument and surgical robot
CN202111482166.8A CN116269773A (en) 2021-12-06 2021-12-06 Surgical instrument, slave operating device, and surgical robot
CN202111482166.8 2021-12-06
CN202111479754.6A CN116269804A (en) 2021-12-06 2021-12-06 Surgical instrument and surgical robot
CN202111482178.0 2021-12-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023103969A1 true WO2023103969A1 (en) 2023-06-15

Family

ID=86729604

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/136620 WO2023103969A1 (en) 2021-12-06 2022-12-05 Surgical instrument

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023103969A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030069598A1 (en) * 2001-10-05 2003-04-10 Miser John D. Jaw assembly for endoscopic instruments
US20140039519A1 (en) * 2011-05-12 2014-02-06 Olympus Corporation Surgical instrument device
US20160199084A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2016-07-14 Olympus Corporation Handle for medical treatment device and medical treatment device
US20160242774A1 (en) * 2015-02-19 2016-08-25 Covidien Lp Circular knife blade for linear staplers
WO2016197350A1 (en) * 2015-06-11 2016-12-15 Covidien Lp Endoscopic reposable surgical clip applier
US20200305915A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-01 Covidien Lp Drive rod and knife blade for an articulating surgical instrument

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030069598A1 (en) * 2001-10-05 2003-04-10 Miser John D. Jaw assembly for endoscopic instruments
US20140039519A1 (en) * 2011-05-12 2014-02-06 Olympus Corporation Surgical instrument device
US20160199084A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2016-07-14 Olympus Corporation Handle for medical treatment device and medical treatment device
US20160242774A1 (en) * 2015-02-19 2016-08-25 Covidien Lp Circular knife blade for linear staplers
WO2016197350A1 (en) * 2015-06-11 2016-12-15 Covidien Lp Endoscopic reposable surgical clip applier
US20200305915A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-01 Covidien Lp Drive rod and knife blade for an articulating surgical instrument

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1508306B1 (en) Surgical instrument incorporating an articulation mechanism having rotation about the longitudinal axis
EP0807408B1 (en) Articulation Transmission mechanism for surgical instruments
WO2018086046A1 (en) Surgical instrument with interlocking function
EP0807409B1 (en) Articulation transmission mechanism for surgical instruments
JP3989601B2 (en) Articulation assembly for surgical instruments
CA2473504C (en) Surgical stapling instrument incorporating a tapered firing bar for increased flexibility around the articulation joint
US6964363B2 (en) Surgical stapling instrument having articulation joint support plates for supporting a firing bar
US9387003B2 (en) Handling device for a micro-invasive surgical instrument
JP5425786B2 (en) Surgical equipment
WO2012078951A1 (en) Surgical instrument
CN108065978B (en) Surgical operation instrument
WO2023103969A1 (en) Surgical instrument
EP3375387A2 (en) Adapter with centering mechanism for articulation joint
KR20220139965A (en) Sterile adapters, assemblies, systems and methods for robotic surgical systems
CN116269804A (en) Surgical instrument and surgical robot
CN116269772A (en) Surgical instrument and surgical robot
CN116269807A (en) Surgical instrument, slave operating device, and robot
CN116269805A (en) End instrument, surgical instrument and robot
CN116269773A (en) Surgical instrument, slave operating device, and surgical robot
CN217853128U (en) Head swinging mechanism and medical stapler
CN116919611A (en) Surgical instrument and surgical robot
CN116269771A (en) Surgical instrument and surgical robot
CN117695057A (en) Control system for conveying interventional device
CN116269774A (en) Surgical instrument, slave operating device, and surgical robot
CN115300056A (en) Firing device for surgical operation instrument

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22903391

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1